Post on 11-Nov-2014
smart learning center
- 1 -
E- 2
TENSES 1
middot PRESENT CONTINOUS
middot PRESENT TENSE
middot PRESENT PERFECT
middot PRESENT PERFECT CONTINOUS
1 PRESENT CONTINOUS
A PENGERTIAN
Menyatakan pekerjaan yang sedang terjadi pada
saat kalimatnya diucapkan
B BENTUK
S + isamare + V + ing
Subjek To be
I
We
You
He
She
It
They
am
are
are
is
is
is
are
Ing ditambahkan pada kata kerja bentuk pertama
(V1) ex
work + ing = working
walk + ing = walking
sing + ing = singing
middot Penambahan ing mengakibatkan V1 mengalami
penghampusan e diakhir kalimat ex
make + ing = making
love + ing = loving
write + ing = writing
middot Penambahan ing mengakibatkan penggandaan
huruf akhir g t m n p pada V1 yang terdiri dari
short vowel
dig + ing = digging
swim + ing = swimming
run + ing = running
stop + ing = stoppinng
put + ing = putting
C FUNGSI
1) Menyatakan pekerjaan yang sedang dilaksanakan
Ditandai dengan adanya kata
at the moment now at present
Contoh
The teacher is teaching now
At present the applicants are waiting for their
turn to be interviewed
I am still taking a short course of driving
2) Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilakukan dalam
near future
Near future Jarak masa yang akan datang -
dengan saat ini dekat misal
- tonigh
- tomorrow
- the day after tomorrow
Near future ini relatif
I am visiting you tomorrow
Tonigh I am going to the movie
D NEGATIVE DAN INTERROGATIVE
Untuk membentuk kalimat negative cukup -
Meletakkan not sesudah to be
S + isamare + not + v + ing
Is + not isnt
Are + not arent
ex
middot I am not visiting you tomorrow
middot The teacher is not teaching now
middot They are still waiting for us
Pembentukan kalimat Tanya (interrogative)
dilakukan dengan menukarkan posisi to be
dengan subjek
Is am are + S + V + ing
Ex
- Is the teacher teaching now
- Are you taking the book
- Are the student discussing the problem
2 SIMPLE PRESENT
A BENTUK
S + V1
Jika subjek orang ketiga tunggal
(hesheit)maka V1 mengalami penambahan s es
atau ies tergantung pada huruf akhir V1
HeSheit + V1 + sesies
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 2 -
1) V1 yang di akhiri huruf h o s x meng-
lami penambahan es
- o go goes
- h teach teaches
- s kiss kisses
- x fix fixes
2) V1 yang diakhiri oleh huruf y jika sebelum-
nya terdapat konsonan sebelum menambah- ies
y dihapuskan
- y fly flies
- y cry cries
B FUNGSI
1) Habitutual Action
Menyatakan pekerjaan sesuatu yang meru
pakan kebiasaanUntuk fungsi ini digunakan
beberaapa keterangan waktu
Every day middot often
week middot seldom
month middot sometimes
year middot always
etc
ex
middot Budi walk to school every day
middot we play badminton every morning
middot Johny always sing at night
2) Untuk menyatakan kebenaran umum
(General Sense)
Menyatakan teori hal dan kecenderungan yang
memang benar
ex
middot Doctors work hard
middot Men eat foot
middot Gravitatioan makes apple fall
C NEGATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE
Untuk membentuk kalimat negative dan interro-
gative kata Bantu do does digunakan
do + not dont
does + not doesnt
I He
You do She does
We It
They
Pengguanan dodoes sebagai kata Bantu
pada kaliamat negative dan interrogative
mengakibatkan penambahan s es ies tidak berlaku
S + dodoes + not + V1
dodoes + S + V1
ex
middot Budi doesnt walk to school
middot We dont play Badminton
middot Does Budi walk to school middot Do you play badminton every morning
3 PRESENT PERFECT TENSE
A BENTUK
S + hashave + V3
I He
You have She has
We It
They
Berdasarkan pembentukan kata kerja dari
bentuk pertama (V1) ke bentuk yang kedua dan -
ketiga (V2 V3) kata kerja dapat dibedakan
1) Regular Verb
Perubahan bentuk pertama ke bentuk kedua -
dan ketiga hanya menambahkan
- d untuk V1 yang berakhiran dengan huruf e
V1 V2 V3
decide
bake
decided
baked
decided
baked
- ed ditambahkan pada V1 yang tidak -
berakhiran dengan huruf e mi
V1 V2 V3
work
walk
worked
walked
worked
walked
- Untuk V1 yang berakhiran oleh huruf y dan -
Sebelumnya huruf y dan sebelumnya huruf -
mati (konsonan) maka sebelum menambah -
kan ed y dihapus
V1 V2 V3
cry
fry
cried
fried
cried
fried
2) Irregular Verb Kata kerja tak beraturan Pembentukan kata -
kerja dari V1 ke V2 dan V3 tanpa melalui sua-
tu kaedah
V1 V2 V3
go
sing
take
cut
went
sang
took
cut
gone
sung
taken
cut
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 3 -
Kata kerja yang digunakan untuk Present -
Perfect Tense ialah Kata kerja bentuk ketiga V3
(Past Participle)
B FUNGSI
1) Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang telah
dilaksanakan Dalam fungsi ini keterangan
waktu tidak dibutuhkan hanya kata just
alreading atau yet untuk penekanan makna
ex
- Ted has postend the letter
- The police have caught the thief
- He has just arrived
- The students have taken the exam
already
2) Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang dirintis pada
masa yang lampau dan sampai saat ini masih
Berlangsung
Dalam fungsi ini digunakan
- for selama
- since sejak
Ex
- We have dont the exercise for two hours
- She has written the novel for two months
The woman has been ill since next week
C NEGATIVE DAN INTERROGATIVE
Kalimat negative ditandai dengan adanya
kata not sesudah has have dan tidak jarang terdapat
kata yet diakhir kalimat
S + has have + not + V3 yet
Has + not hasnt
Have + not havent
ex
- the police havent caught the thief yet
- She hasnt written the novel for two months
Kalimat interrogative tanya dibentuk
dengan meletakkan has have sebelum subjek
Has have + S + V3
ex
- Has the visitor arrive
- Have the teacher given us a test
4 PRESENT PERFECT CONTINOUS
A BENTUK
S + Has have + been + V + ing
B FUNGSI
Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang
dirintis pada masa yang lampau dan sampai saat
ini masih berlangsung Dalam fungsi ini digunakan
- for lama
- Since sejak
Ex
- We have been doing the exercise for two hours - She has been writing the novel for two months
C NEGATIVE DAN INTERROGATIVE
Kalimat negative ditandai dengan adanya
kata not sesudah has have
S + has have + not + been + V + ing
ex
- We havent been doing the exercise for two
hours
- She hasnt been writting the novel for two
months
Kalimat interrogative tanya dibentuk
dengan meletakkan has have sebelum subjek
has have + S + Been + V
ex
- Have we been doing the exercise for two hours
- Has she been writing the novels for two
months
Contoh Soal 1 I ________ my holiday in Bali every year
(A) are spending
(B) have spent
(C) wiil spend
(D) spent
(E) spend
2 Mr Brown _____ in his car for half an hour
(A) has rode
(B) drove
(C) drives
(D) has been driving
(E) is driving
3 The servant ___ the floor
(A) Has been sweepng
(B) Has swept
(C) is sweeping
(D) sweeps
(E) sweep
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 4 -
4 Detectives ___ uniforms
(A) do not wear
(B) does not wear
(C) are wearing
(D) have not worn
(E) have not being wearing
5 Badu _____ learning English now
(A) learns
(B) has learnt
(C) has been learning
(D) is learning
(E) learn
E- 2
TENSES 2
- Simple past
- Past continuous
- Past perfect
- Past perfect continuous
-
1 SIMPLE PAST
A BENTUK
S + V2
V2 Verb Past Tense
Pembentukan kata kerja dari bentuk V1 ke V2
dan V3 seperti yang telah dijelaskan pada Present
Perfect Tense
B FUNGSI
Menyatakan perbuatan yang terjadi pada masa
lampau Untuk fungsi ini Simple Past selalu
ditandai oleh keterangan waktu
- Once - a month ago
- Yesterday two week ago
- Last night a few year ago
- Last week etc
month - just now
year
etc
ex
- He passed with flying colours in the last exam
- Yesterday Budi visited me
- He played football once
C NEGATIVE DAN INTERROGATIVE
Pembentukan Negative dan Interrogative
dengan menambahkan not pada did dan merubah
kata kerja menjadi V1
S + did + not + V1
did + not didnrsquot
ex
- He didnt pass with flying colours in the last -
exam
- He didnt play football once Meletakkkan did sebelum subjek
Did + S + V1
Ex
- Did he pass with flying colours
- Did Budi visit me yesterday
2 PAST CONTINOUS
A BENTUK
S + was were + V + ing
To be digunakan tergantung pada subyek
I you
He was we were
She they
It
B FUNGSI Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang
terjadi pada masa lampau
ex
- The thieves were climbing the wall when the
police saw him
- As the woman was getting off the bus She
dropped her purse
- My mother was singing while she was cooking
- Tuti was not helping her mother when her
friends came
3 PAST PERFECT TENSE
A BENTUK
S + had + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 5 -
S + had + been + V + + ing
Ex
- When he reached the station the train had left for
Medan - After he had taken medicine he felt better - Before the bus arrived he had finished his
Breakfast
- Before he had studied went to his house - Had the gone home after they took lunch
4 PAST PERFECT CONTINOOUS
A BENTUK
S + had + been + V + ing
B FUNGSI
Menyatakan suatu perbuatan atau kejadiaan
yang dimulai pada masa lampau dan masih
berlanjut pada masa tersebut
ex - At the time I started working at the office He
had been working for three years
- When I came to England in 1985 Budi had
been staying there for ten years
Contoh Soal
1 He _________ in a cafeacute when I saw him
(A) were sitting
(B) is sitting
(C) was sitting
(D) are sitting
(E) has been sitting
2 When I want to Bali my brother ________ for
three days
(A) have stayed
(B) had been staying
(C) was staying
(D) has been staying
(E) stayed
3 My uncle sent me a letter after he ______
(A) arrived
(B) was arriving
(C) had been arriving
(D) had arrived
(E) will arrive
4 Jacks father ______the army in 1970
(A) had joined
(B) had been joining
(C) Joined
(D) was joining
(E) Joins
5 Before the thief ____ the police caught him
(A) ran away
(B) had been run away
(C) had run away
(D) had been running away
(E) has run away
E-4
- Modals
- pronoun
MODALS
Pengertian
Kata Bantu yang digunakan dalam satu
kalimat yang tidak dapat berdiri sendiri tanpa kata
kerja
FUNGSI
1 Permission
Memberi keizinan Modal yang digunakan
- may
- might
- can
contoh
you may go now
you can have it
Meminta keizinan Modal yang digunakan
- may
- can
- could
Contoh
May I help you
Could you show how to get to the post
Office
2 Ability
Menyatakan kemampuan Modals yang di -
gunakan
- can
- could
Contoh
He could leave the heavy trunk
Jack can swim
3 Possibility
Menyatakan kemmungkinan Modals yang
digunakan
- May
- Might
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 6 -
Contoh
He might come tomorrow
He may finish the assigment now
4 Advisability
Menyarankan sesuatu Modals yang digunakan
- should
- ought to
Contoh
- you should clean your teeth
- You ought not to speak loudly
5 Obligation
Menyatakan kewajiban atau keharusan Modals
yang diguanakan
- Must - have to
- has to - had to
Contoh
You must obey your parents
All had to return the book
6 Logical Conclusion
Menarik kesimpulan logis dari suatu statement
Modals yang digunakan
- Must - Might
- Should -ought to
Contoh
He has a lot of houses He must be rich I -
knocked on the door and got no answer He might -
have been sleeping
Contoh Soal 1 you _____ go for a walk
(A) may (D) might
(B) must (E) should
(C) could
2 ______ I go home in the last lesson
(1) may (3) can
(2) could (4) must
3 Birds____ fly
(A) could (D) must
(B) can (E) ought to
(C) may
4 the woman looked ill She ____see a doctor
(1) must (3) has to
(2) ought to (4) should
5 there was no bus or taxi so I_____ walk
(A) ought (D) should
(B) should (E) has to
(C) could
PRONOUN
Pengertian Kata ganti yaitu kata yang digunakan seba-
gai ganti dari kata benda
Pembagian Pronount terdiri dari
A PERSONAL PRONOUN
B POSSSESSIVE PRONOUN
C REFLEXIVE PRONOUN
a personal Pronoun kata ganti orang yaitu kata yang mengga-
ntikan benda sebagai subyek dan obyek
Kata ganti orang terdiri
SUBJECT OBJECT
I
we
you
he
she
it
they
me
us
you
him
her
it
they
1 SUBJECT PRONOUN
Kata ganti orang untuk pokok kalimat (Sub -
yek)
The woman is going to the shop
the woman is shopping
Sebaiknya
She is shopping
The cat is flying on the floor
The cat is sleeping
Sebaiknya
It is sleeping
Johny and I are running
Johny and I are chased by a dog
Sebaiknya
We are chassed by a dog
Bob and Ted are in the river
Bob and Ted are swimming
Sebliknya
Bob and Ted are swimming
2 OBJECT PRONOUN
Menggunakan kata benda sebagai objek
PERSONAL
PRONOUN
SUBJECT
PRONOUN
OBJECT
PRONOUN
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 7 -
Contoh
We saw a donkey
The farmer hit the donkey with a stick
Sebaiknya the donkey pada kalimat kedua digantik-
an oleh oleh Objek Pronoun
The farmer hit it with a stick
The lady bought potatoes
The hawker put the potatoes in a package
Sebaiknya
The hawker put them in a package
The teacher called Ani
Her mother waited for Ani in the office
Sebaiknya
Her mother waited for her in the office
Contoh
The man is standing outside the building
The man is waiting for his son
The man pada kalimat kedua
Sebaiknya digantikan oleh kata ganti orang sebagai
subyek
Kalimatnya
He is waiting for his son
I met Amir at the station
A conductor was talking Amir
Sebaiknya
A conductor was talking to her
The headmaster punished the boys
The teacher found the boys peeping
Sebaiknya
The teacher found them peeping
2 POSSESSIVE PRONOUN
Kata ganti kepunyaan Kata ini penggunaan-
nya kerap dikaitkan dengan POSSESSIVE ADJE-
CTIVE
POSS ADJECTIVE POSS PRONOUN
my
our
your
his
her
its
their
mine
ours
yours
h is
hers
Its
their
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE menerangkan kata be-
nda dan letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan
POSSESSIVE PRONOUN menggantikan kata
benda
Contoh
This is my car
Tis car is mine
This is her wtch
This watch is hers
That is your pen
That pen is yours
These are their books
These books are theirs
That is our class
That class is ours
That is its kitten
That kitten is its
Possessive Pronoun bisa juga digunakan
menggantikan Possessive Adjective jika
bendanya diketahui
That is my pen and this is yours
Is this your
Where is mine
It belongs to hers
C reflexive Pronoun Merefleksikan kata benda reflexive
Pronoun
SINGULAR PLURAL
myself
yourself
himself
herself
itself
Oursselves
yourselves
themselves
Contoh
The little girl fell down and hurt herself
PERSONAL
PRONOUN
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE
POSSESSIVE PRO-NOUN
POSSESSIVE PRONOUN
SUBJET OBJECT
I
we you
you
he she
it
they
me
us you
you
him her
it
them
my
our your
your
his her
its
their
mine
ours yours
yours
h is hers
Its
their
myself
ourselves yourself
yourselves
himself herself
itself
themselves
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 8 -
He was tired of life so he killed himself
A baby cannot dress it self
I sometimes cut myself when
I am shaving
W e must not be selfish and think only about
Ourselves
She looked at herself in the mirror
He lives alone and often talks to himself
Some men go to a barber but most men shave
themselves
Reflexive Pronoun dapat digunakan untuk
mengeraskan atau menjelaskan benda atau orang
yang dimaksud
I saw the minister himself
I myself mended the wireless
The queen herself is going to open the
New hospital
E-4
1 ADJECTIVE
2 ADVERB
1 ADJECTIVE
PENGERTIAN
Kata yang menerangkan kata benda (noun )
PEMBAGIAN
Kata sifat terdiri atas A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY
B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE
C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE
D INTERROGSTIVE OF QUALITY
A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY
Menerangkan kualitas benda dalam konteks
Karakter
Usia
Bentuk
Ukuran
Warna
Letaknya bisa di depan ataupun di belakang
benda yang diterangkannya
Contoh
He is an old man
The book is red
We see high buildings in the city
The teacher always gies us difficult problem to
solves
B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE
Kata sifat yang menunjukkan kepunyaan
Letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan
PERSONAL PRONOUN POESSESSIVE
ADJECTIVE SUBJECT OBJECT
I
we
you
you
he
she
it
they
me
us
you
you
him
her
it
them
my
our
your
your
his
her
its
their
Contoh
I lost my book
The teacher forgot to bring his beg
The studens were busy writing their composition
The pick-pocket tole her wallet
C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE
Menunjukkan benda yang dimaksudLe-
taknya di depan benda yang diterangkannya
Contoh
This boy is strong
These mangoes are sour
Donrsquot be in such a hurry
That rascal must be punished
D INTERROGATIVE ADJECTIVE
Kata tanya seperti which what whose -
yang digunakan dengan kata benda dalam sebuah
kalimatnya
Contoh
What manner of man is he
Which way shall we go
Whose book is this
E ADJECTIVE OF QUANTITY
Kata sifat yang menunjukkan jumlah ben
da yang dimaksud
Contoh
I eat some rice
He showed much patience
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 9 -
All men must die
He claimed his half share of the booty
You have no sense
The whole sum is expended
There hasnrsquot been sufficient rain this year
POSISI ADJECTIVE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Dete
r
mile
r
Qual
-ityc
harat
er
size- Ag
e
lem
per
a
Parti-
ciple
shape colour Origin
location
noun
2
four
Beau
tiful
expe
nsive
Big
strong
old Negie
ted
square Red
black
African
french
Hous
-es
Hors
-es
2 ADVERB
PENGERTIAN
Kata yang digunakan untuk menjelaskan
atau menerangkan kata kerja (verb) PEMBAGIAN
1 ADVERB OF MANNER
2 ADVERB OF MANNER
3 ADVERB OF PLACE
4 ADVERB OF TIME
5 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY
6 ADVERB OF DEGREE
1 ADVERB OF MANNER
Menerangkan cara melakukan sesuatuAd-
verb ini dibentuk dari
Adjective + ly
Adjective Adverb
quick
easy
foolish
beautiful
quickly
easily
foolishly
beautifully
Sehingga
Untuk beberapa adjective kadang-kadang
penambhan ly tidak diperlukan
Adjective Adverb
fast
hard
good
late
fast
hard
well
late
Letak adverb of manner di dalam kalimat
ialah sesudah atau sebelum kata ker-ja
Ex
- He runs quikly
- He speaks English fluently
- He hopefully found the money
2 ADVERB OF PLACE
Menunjukkan tempat terjadi suatu
perbuatan Letaknya di akhir kalimat
Ex
- He work in an office
- Shersquoll meet me at the same
- He drove eastwards
3 ADVERB OF TIME
Menunjukkan waktu terjadi suatu
perbuatan Letaknya di depan dan di akhir
kalimat
Ex
- She is studying now
- Yesterday I visited my cousin
- Next month he will be forty
4 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY
Kata yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan
frekwensi terjadinya suatu perbuatan Kata-kata -
keterangan tsb
- usually - sometimes
- always - never
- often - seldom
letaknya sebelum verb (kata keja)
Ex
- I always go to the library
- She often watchs tv
5 ADVERB OF DEGREE
Menunjukkan kadarderajat dari suatu -
tindakan
letaknya sebelum adjective atau sebelum-
adverb
ex
- He is too big
- He walks very slowly
POSISI ADVERB
Jika dalam satu kalimat terdapat lebih
dari satu adverb maka susunannya
Manner place time
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 10 -
ex
- Susan regularly studio biology at home
every day
Contoh Soal
1 Our teacher speaks English _______
(A) good (D) fluently
(B) fluent (E) fluenting
(C) clear
2 Jakarta has many ____ building
(A) high (D) expensive
(B) big (E) modern
(C) large
3 I want to meet _____
(A) two teacher english
(B) teachers english two
(C) two english teacher
(D) english two teacher
(E) teacher two english
4 which of the following senteces is correct
(1) He works hard in his office every day
(2) He hard works in his office every day
(3) Every day he works hard in his office
(4) He every day works hard in his office
5 He always feels______
(1) anxious (3) happy
(2) anxiously (4) happily
E-5
- ELLIPSIS
- DEGREE OF COMPARISON
ELLIPSIS
Fungsi
Untuk menggabungkan kalimat yang hanya
memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek (pokok kalimat)
Formula
and so + to behv + s
and so + to behv1 too
and neither + hv + s
to be
and s + hv + nrsquot + either
to be
but S + hvto be
but S + hvto be + nrsquot
Aplikasi
Kalimat Positif
untuk menggabung dua kalimat positif
yang hanya berbeda subyek formula berikut
dapat digunakan
- and so
- and too
Contoh
Jack can swim
Budi can swim
- Jack can swim and so can Budi
atau
Jack can swim and Budi can too
Ali walks to school
We walk to school
- Ali walks to school and sodo we
atau
Ali walks to school and we do too
Kalimat negatif
Untuk menggabung dua kalimat negatif -
yang hanya memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek -
digunakan formula sebagai berikut
- and neither
- and neither
Contoh
Peter canrsquot swim
Teddy canrsquot swim
Peter canrsquot swim and neither can Teddy
Peter canrsquot swim and teddy canrsquot either
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night
Joni didnrsquot attend the party last night
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 11 -
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and neither -
did Joni
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and Joni
didnrsquot either
Kalimat Negatif-Positif
Untuk mengkombinasikan dua kalimat -
yang hanya memiliki perbedaan dalam subyek dan -
salah satunya negatif digunakan
but S + to behv
Jika kalimat pertama negatif
Contoh
Jack canrsquot play the guitar
Budi can play the guitar
Jack canrsquot play the guitar but Budi can
but S + to behv + nrsquot
Jikakalimat kedua negatif
Contoh
Joni passed in the exam
Budi didnrsquot pass the exam
Joni passed in the exam but budi didrsquont
Contoh Soal 1 Ani ____wears glassed but her sister______
(A) do (D) donrsquot
(B) canrsquot (E) doesnrsquot
(C) does
2 Joni made a lot of mistakes in the exam and ____
(A) so I did (D) so did I
(B) so do I (E) I did so
(C) I do too
3 The girls donrsquot like the movie _____
(A) So do we (D) We do too
(B) Neither we do (E) Neither donrsquot we
(C) We donrsquot either
DEGREE OF COMPARISON
Pengertian
Tingkat perbandingan kata sifat (adjective)
dan kata keterangan (adverb
Pembagian
A Comparison of Adjectives
B Comparison of Adverb
C Equal Comparison
A Comparison of Adjectives
Membuat perbandingan atas kata sifat (adj-
Ective)
Perbandingan terdiri atas dua yaitu
1 Comparative
2 Superlative
3 Compareative
Untuk membandingkan dua kata sifat (adj
ective)
Cara membuat perbandingan dengan
a) Menambahkan er) di akhir kata sifat
Hal ini dilakukan jika kata sifat (adjective) -
satu suku bunyi (one syilable)
Contoh
Positive Comparative
short
slow
quick
tall
high
shorter
slower
quicker
taller
higher
Kecuali
Kata sifat berakhiran denganhuruf e cukup
Dengan menambah r
Positive Comparative
brave
white
braver
whiter
Gunakan than sebelum bentuk Comparative
Kata sifat berakhiran dengan huruf d g
mnt dan sebelumnya terdapat short -
vowel maka huruf tersebut digandakan sebe-
lum er ditambahkan
Positive Comparative
red
big
slim
thin
fat
redder
bigger
slimmer
thinner
fatter
Kata sifat yang berakhiran dengan huruf Y-
dan sebelum huruf tersebut adalah huruf mati
(konsonan) maka sebelum menambahkaner
y hilang dan digantikan dengan i
Positive Comparative
dirty
noisy
dirtier
noisier
b) Kata sifat yang terdiri atas lebih dari satu suku
bunyi (more than one syilable) mengalami pe-
nambahan more
Positive Comparative
useful
difficult
necessary
hopeless
more useful
more difficult
more necessary
more hopeless
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 12 -
c) Kata-kata sifat tertentu tak menggunakan kaidah
di atas tersebut di bawah ini
Positive Comparative
good
bad
much
many
little
best
worst
most
most
least
Contoh
Budi is 20 years old
Joni is 21 years old
Ati is 19 years old
Ati is the youngest
Joni is the oldest
The harus digunakan sebelum bentuk Superla
tive
B Comparison Of Adverb
Perbandingan Adverb atau kata keterangan
Pada umumnya yang dibandingkan ialah Adverb of
manner (keterangan Cara)
Bentuk perbandingan
1 Untuk kata-kata keterangan (adverb) yang di
bentuk bukan dari Adjective + ly maka er dan
est digunakan dalam membentukcompa-
rative dan Superlative
Positive Comp Super
fast
hard
high
faster
harder
higher
fastest
hardest
highest
2 Kata keterangan yang bersal dari Adjective +
ly menggunakan bentuk more dan most untuk
Comparative dan Superlative
Pos Comparative Super
slowly
simply
nicely
neatly
tidily
more slowly
more simply
more nicely
more neatly
more tidily
most slowly
most simply
most nicely
most neatly
most tidily
3 Kata keterangan (adverbs) tertentu tidak
menggunakan kaidah di atas tersebut dibawah
ini
Positive Comp Super
well
bad
little
much
better
worse
less
more
best
worst
least
most
Contoh
Comparative
Planes move faster than buses
Budi learns harder than Joni does
She explained it more clearly than I did
He speaks more loudly than I do
Superlative
Rockets move the fastest
Ati learns the hardest
Mr Ali explains the lesson the most clearly of the
teachers
C Equal Comparison
Perbandingan setara Pembentuknya ialah
asas
not asas
not soas
Untuk bentuk tersebut kita bisa mengguna
kan baik untuk kata sifat (adjective) maupun kata
keterangan (adverb)
1 Adjective
Untuk perbandingan yang positif kita gu-
nakan bentuk
as adjective as
Contoh
This book is as thick as that one
Ani is as clever as Budi
Untuk mengungkapkan perbandingan yang nega-
tif dapat digunakan dua bentuk
not so adjective as
not as adjective as
Contoh
The car is not as fast as that one
The car is not so fast as that one
Tuti is not as clever as Ati
Tuti is not so clever as Ati
2 Adverb
Positive
as adverb as
Contoh
He thinks as hard as I do
He played as well as I did
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 13 -
Negative
helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip
helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip
Contoh
He doesnrsquot walk as fast as I do
He doesnrsquot walk so fast as I do
Joni didnrsquot sing as well as Nita did yesterday
Joni didnrsquot sing so well as Nita did yesterday
Contoh Soal
1 Lauren _____ than Diana
(A) tender
(B) tenderer
(C) more tender
(D) the tenderest
(E) the more tender
2 Martin doesnrsquot speak ____
(A) so foudly as you do
(B) so loud as you do
(C) as loudly as you do
(D) as loud as you do
(E) as louder as you do
E-6
TENSES-3
1 SIMPLE FUTURE
2 FUTURE CONTINOUS
3 FUTURE PERFECT
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINOUS
1 SIMPLE FUTURE
Pengertian
Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilaksanakan
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Oleh karena itu kalimat Future TenseSim-
ple Future selalu ditandai dengan keterangan waktu
soon
afterwards
tomorrow
tonight
the day after tomorrow
next week
next month
next year
bentuk
S + shallwill + V1
I
shall
We
you
he
she will
it
they
Contoh
Jack will visit his moter in the country next
week
I shall not attend the party tonight
We shanrsquot have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys wonrsquot swim across the river next
weekend
Interrogative Form
Untuk membentuk kalimat interrogative
kata bantu shall will diletakkan sebelum atau di
depan Subyek
Shallwill + S + V1
Will Jack visit his mother in the country next
week
Shall I attend the party tonight
Shall we have another extra leson tomorrow
Will the boys swim across the river next
weekend
Will you take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Will Tini return the book to the library next
month
Contoh Soal 1 We _____ our homework together soon
(A) shall do (D) did
(B) do (E) does
(C) done
2 The visitor _____ tonight
(A) arrived (D) arrives
(B) has arrived (E) arrive
(C) will arrived
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 14 -
3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit
(A) shall (D) does
(B) will (E) has
(C) Do
TO BE GOING TO
Fungsi
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa
yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif
dari bentuk Shall dan Will
Bentuk
S + isamare + going to + V1
I ______ am
You
We are
they
he
she is
it
Contoh
Jack is going to visit his mother in the country
next week
I am going to attend the part tonight
We are going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river
next weekend
You are going to take a day off the day after
Tomorrow
Tini is going to return the book to the library
next mont
Negative Form
Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk
kalimat negatif
S + to be + not + Going to + V1
Jack is not going to visit his mother in the
country next week
I am not going to attend the part tonight
We are not going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the
river next weekend
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
Tini is not going to return the book to the
Library next month
Interrogative
Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -
subyek
To be + S + going to + V1
Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country
next week
Am I going to attend the part tonight
Are we going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
Are the boys going to swim across the river next
weekend
Are you going to take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Is Tini going to return the book to the library
next month
Contoh Soal
1 The teacher __ a test soon
(1) has given
(2) will given
(3) gave
(4) Is going to give
2 The boys __ a short course nex week
(A) Are going to take
(B) Is going to take
(C) Shall take
(D) Has taken
(E) Took
3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow
(A) Will (D) Are going
(B) Shall (E) must
(C) is going
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 15 -
4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month
(A) Is going to leave
(B) Are going to leave
(C) Has leave
(D) Left
(E) Leaving
5 I ____ supper afterwards
(1) am going to (3) shall have
(2) will have (4) have had
2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
Shallwill + be + v + ing
FUNGSI
Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini
This time tomorrow
Next week
Monday
Month
Moring
Etc
Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang
-an waktu simple future
ex
- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow
- Ill be watching tv tonight
- This time next week the pupils will be having a
test
- John will be helping us this evening
3 FUTURE PERFECT
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + V3
FUNGSI
Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai
pada masa yang akan datang
Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya
selalu diawali oleh kata by mis
by the end of this month
by the end of the week
by now
by the end of the year
ex
- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three
days
- By the time he finishes the question I will
have read the book for one hour
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing
Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan
masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang
Terdapat kesamaan antara future
perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-
terutama dalam fungsi
ex
- When she get to London she will have been
travelling for five days
- By the end of this year he will have been
working for three years
Contoh Soal
1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five
years by the end of this year
(A) will work
(B) have worked
(C) will have been working
(D) will be working
(E) is going to work
2 Dont come at five oclock because _____
(A) I will be playing
(B) I will have been playing
(C) I have played
(D) I will have played
(E) I will playing
3 My friends _____ next sunday
(1) Will invite
(2) Will be inviting
(3) Is going to invite
(4) Is inviting
4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday
(1) have
(2) will have
(3) would have
(4) shall be having
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 16 -
()
Is the butter is kept here hellip
Is Budi played the guitar hellip
2 Present Continous Tense
(+)
A They are repairing the bridge
B The bridge is being repaired
A The man is supervising me
P Iam being supervised by hellip
(-)
A The thief is climbing the wall when the
Police saw him
P the wall is being climbed by the thief when
the police saw
The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-
ing supervised hellip
()
Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip
Are you being supervised helliphellip
3 Present Perfect Tense
(+)
A Tuti has written two letters
P Two letters have been written
A He has don the work well
P The work has been donehellip
(-)
Two letters have not been written
The work has not been done hellip
()
Have two letters been written
Has the work been done by him
5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this
year
(1) Will stay
(2) Will have been staying
(3) Will be staying
(4) Will be stayed
E-7
- PASSIVE VOICE
- IMPERSONAL IT
PASSIVE VOICE
Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan
pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan
Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata
kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh
objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek
merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat
pasif
Bentuk
To be + V3
Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga
mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk
kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut
ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang
diiutinya
1 Present tense
(+)
A We keep the butter here
P The butter is kept here
A Budi plays the guitar at night
P The guitar is played by budi
A The teacher teaches the pupils
P The pupils are taught by hellip
(-)
The butter is kept here hellip
The guitar is not played hellip
S + isamare + V3
S + isamare + not + V3
isamare + S + V3
S + isamare + being + V3
S + Isamare + not + being + V3
Isamare + S + being + V3
S + hashave + been + V3
S + hashave + not + been +V3
hashave + S + been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 17 -
1 4 Past Tense
(+)
A The bad boys broke the windows
P The windows were were broken by
A The farmer hit the snake
P The snake was hit by
(-)
The windows were not broken
The snake was not hit
()
Were the windows were broken by
Was the snake hit by
5 Past Continous Tense
(+)
A They were taking the injured player out of the
Field
P the injured player were being taken by them
6 Past Perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came
P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -
Badu came
A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest
arrived
P The meal had been prepared by the mother -
When the guest arrived
7 Future Tense
(+)
A He will meet you at the station
P You will be met by him
A Budi will lend me his book
P I shall be lent by
()
Will you be met by him
Will you be lent by
8 To be going to
(+)
A We are going to hoid a party
P A party is going to be held hellip
A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -
Nts
P The lazy students are going to be punished by-
The teacher
9 Future Perfect Tense
S + shallwill + have + been + V3
A They will have elected new president in five
Years
P New President will have been elected in five
years
A IPTN will have produced war planes by the
year of 2000
P War planes will have been produced by IPTN
by
10 Past Future
(+)
A if it rained We should postphone our picnic
P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned
A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher
would punish him
P if all didnt change his behaviour he would
be punished by the teacher
11 Past Puture Perfect
(+)
A If you had studied hard you would have got
good marks
P If you had studied hard good marks would
have been got by you
A If the goverment had not made mistake the
judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent
to prison
P If the goverment had not made mistake
Sophia Laurent would not have the judge
would not have beensent to prison by the
judge
S + waswere + V3
S + waswere + not + V3
waswere + S+ V3
S + waswere + being + V3
S + shallwill + be + V3
Will shall + S + be + V3
S + isamare + going to + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 18 -
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
12 Modals
S + modals + be + V3
Modals can hellip hellipcould
may helliphellip might
must hellip
has to hellip had to
have to hellip had to
ought to
should
A you must shut these doors
P These doors must be shut
A You ought to open the windows
P The windows ought to be opened
A They should told him
P He should be told by them
A He has to drive me home
P I have to be driven by him hellip
13 Modals With The Perfect Tense
S + modals + have + been + V3
A The girl must have watered the flowers when I
saw her
P The flowers must have been watered by the girl
when hellip
A I could have asked somebody to carry that
box
P Somebody could have been asked to carry
That box by me
A The teacher might have told the story when
I was absent
P The story might have been told by the teacher
story when I was absent
Contoh Soal
1 Most scientific book ___ in English
(A) Are printing (D) has been printed
(B) Are print (E) are printed
(C) Is print
2 America ______ four hundred years ago
A discovered
B will be discovered
C had discovered
D was discovered
E was being discovered
3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister
A will be driven
B has be driven
C is driven
D was driven
E will be being driven
4He sald the several plans ___
A were being
B were been
C has been
D are been
E had being
5The food _____ several hours before the guast
arrived
A were cook
B had cooking
C has cook
D were cooked
E had been cooked
IMPERSONAL IT
PENGERTIAN
It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal
pronoun
APLIKASI
1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan
- distance
contoh
it is a long way to London
It is about two kilometers reach the post of -
fice
- time
Contoh
What time is it
It is four orsquoclock
- condition
Contoh
It is cold outside
It is warm inside
2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya
- Gerund
Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 19 -
kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it
Going on appears no good
It appears no good going on - To infinitive
Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem
patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-
nya digantikan oleh it
To say is easy
It is easy to say
- That clause
Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas
That they will have to go seem a pity
It seems a pity that willhave to go
3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya
- To infinitive
Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it
diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja
seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu
merupakan obyek bukan subyek
Contoh
We consider to cheat is wrong
We consider it wrong to cheat
- That clause
Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause
Contoh
We think that they didnt try is a pity
We think it a pity that he didnt try
Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to
infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu
menyebabkan hilangnya that
Contoh
People believe that to be polite is important
People believe it important tobe polite
Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh
it antara lain
- Believe - know
- Consider - realize
- Declare - snow
- Find - suppose
- Guees - take
- Imagine - think
- Understand
Contoh Soal
1 Step inside ____ outside
(A) There is cold
(B) Itrsquos cold
(C) Cold
(D) It
(E) It cold
2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep
(A) It is
(B) It will be
(C) It was
(D) It
(E) It should be
3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house
in a week
(A) It
(B) It be
(C) It is
(D) There is
(E) There be
4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other
word
(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson
(B) it difficult understand the lesson
(C) its difficult understand the lesson
(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson
(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson
5 _____ right for us to obey our parents
(A) there is
(B) there are
(C) there has
(D) it is
(E) it has
E-8
CONDITIONALS
Secara harfiah conditionals dapat
diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-
kalimat yang terdiri dari
1 syarat prasyarat
2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi
Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan
tercermin pada main clause
- hasil
- syarat
Conditional
Main clause
If clause
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 20 -
Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang
diawali if
Posisi
If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main
clause
If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip
If Clause I Clause
Atau
S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip
Main Clause I Clause
1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)
- Fungsi
Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan
terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type
ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-
nan
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present
Tense ini terdiri atas
a
b
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future
Bentuknya ialah
Shallwill + Stem
Shall hellip IWe
Will hellip He She It
You They
Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -
conditionals pada main clause
If clause Main Clause
Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)
If you study hard
If it rains
If you agree
If you dont know the
meaning of words
If all doesnt change
his behaviour
If I am rich
You will pass the exam
We shall postpone our
picnic
You can wait here
You may use your
Dictionary
The teacher will punish
him
I shall buy you a car
Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan
sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative
Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif
middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot
give it again
Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot
give it again
Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari
middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals
Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah
Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause
WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem
Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change
his behaviour hellip
2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi
sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan
dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan
untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut
Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition
Present
- Fokus
fakta (present Group)
Pengandalan
- Bentuk
If Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past
Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk
S + StemVerbV
S + isamare + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 21 -
a
b
Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise
but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada
an yang sebenarnya terjadi
ex I was a boy
if I were a bird
I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc
ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung
(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya
bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi
manusia
Main Clause
a Past Future
Should would + stem
b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu
Could might + Stem
If Clause Main Clause
Simple Past
Past
FuturecouldMight
If you studied hard
If it rained
If you agreed
If you didnrsquot know the
meaning of word
if All didnrsquot change his
bhaviour
If I were rich
You would get good
marks
We should postphone
our picnic
You could wait here
You might use you
dictionary
The teacher would
punish him
I should by you a car
Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias
dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan
Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car
Were I rich I should buy you a car
macr If he were not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Were he not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang
Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present
conditionals)
a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya
Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals
type 2 jika tense Present Group
macr Present Tense
macr Present Continous Tense
macr Present Perfect Tense
macr Present Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause
Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause
c Mengembalikan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative
dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
d Hindari penggunaan was
ex
(-) (+)
All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam
Syarat hasil
If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam
(+) (-)
People donrsquot ring me up because my number
is not in the directory
(hasil) (syarat)
People would ring me up if my number were in
the directory
(+) (+)
e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -
could pada Main Clause
ex
We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a
fire
If we got matches we could light a fire
f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak
an might
ex
Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the
cold so much
If he were not thin he might not feel the cold
so much
3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)
Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu
(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)
Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki
an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past
S + V Past tense
S + were + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 22 -
- Fokus
Fakta (past Group)
Penggandaian
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle
Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat
berbentuk
Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle
Past If Clause Main Clause
Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect
Couldmight Perfect
I you had studied hard
If it had rained
If you had agreed
If you had studied not
known the meaning of
words
If Ali had not changed
his behaviour
If I had been rich
You would have got
good marks
We should have
postphoned our picnic
You could have waited
here
You might have used
your dictionary
The teacher would have
punished him
I should have bought
you a car
Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had
ke depan
Ex
- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car
Had been rich I should have boughtyou car
- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Had you not known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang
Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )
a Menentukan tense dari fakta
Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3
jika tense-nya Past Group
- Past tense
- Past Continous Tense
macr Past Perfect Tense
macr Past Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)
Hasil (Main Clause)
c Memutar balikkan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus
negative dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
(-) (+)
All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed
Syarat hasil
If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would
not have fall
(-) (+)
I had no map I got lost
If I had had map I would not have got lost
a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan
gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan
could have + verb past participle pada main
clause
We couldnrsquot get into the house because the
hasil
police forbade us
syarat
We could have got into the house if the
police had not forbidden us
b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan
Might + have + Verb Past Participle
Ex
The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at
first
Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it
If the champion had taken the fight seriously at
first he might no have lost it
Contoh Soal
1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home
A Shall stay D stay
B Should stay E Stayed
C Stay
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 23 -
2 If I were youI _____ that book
A Would buy
B Will buy
C Buy
D bought
E Will not buy
3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger
A Would die
B died
C Will die
D Will have died
E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet
him
4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him
A If he come today I can meet him
B If he had come today I could have met him
C If he came today I could meet him
D If I met him today I could come
E If I had met him He could have come today
E-9
- SUBJUNCTIVE
- CONCORDANCE
SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan
yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan
datang
Ex
Long live the queen
God bless you
Heaven help you
Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini
(Present)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
+ S + V2
As Though
Example
- He always speaks as thought he were the
superior
- He dresses as if he were an officer
- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang
terjadi saat ini (Present)
Wish
If only + S + V2
Would rather
Example
He is sick so he is not able to come
- He wishes he came
If only he came
She would rather he came
The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance
- The students wish the teacher explained in
detail
If only the teacher explained in detail
The student would rather the teacher explained
in detail
Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past
(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu
(past)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
S + had + V3
As Though
Example
- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost
- He acted as thought he had been an actor
yesterday
- He talks about rome as if he had been there
once
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang
terjadi dahulu ( Past)
Wishedwishes
If only + S + had + V3
Would rather
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 24 -
The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday
- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test
- If only the teacher had given us a test
- We would rather teacher had given us a test
Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it
- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the
game
- If only Budi had taken part at the game
- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game
Tina was absent to the meeting last night
- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to
the meeting last night
- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting
last night
- Tina would rather she had not been absent to
the meeting last night
Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator
(A) Was (D) is
(B) Had been (E) had
(C) were
2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the
homework
(A) did (D) was doing
(B) had done (E) do
(C) have done
3 He acted as if he ______ill
(A) were (D) is
(B) was (E) have
(C) had been
4 Choose the correct ones
(1) I would rather he went to Medan now
(2) If only he had joined the last lecture
(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty
(4) She wishes she picked her mother up
5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately
my watch stops now
(A) told (D) tell
(B) had told (E) telling
(C) have told
bull CONCORDE
PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam
kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung
kepada subyek
Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja
juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek
singular kata kerja harus singular
BENTUK-BENTUK
1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan
ldquodengan
and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(Plural Subjek) ex
- Bob and Badu are here
- He and his friends have arrived
- Fire and water donrsquot agree
Kecuali
a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang
atau benda yang sama
ex
- The orator and stateman is dead
- The captain and adjutant was present
- My friend and benefactor has come
b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini
ex
- Bread and milk is his only food
- Slow and steady wins the race
- The horse and carriage is at the door
c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every
dan each
- Every boy and girl was ready
- Every woman man and child was lost
2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh
a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip
- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek
terakhir
- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch
- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant
masters were present
- Rama or his brother have done this
- Either he boy or parents have arrend
b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip
Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek
pertama
ex
- The chief with all his men was massacred
- John as well as james deserves pralse
- Justiceas well as mercy allows it
3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja
tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu
kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(pural) jika dilihat secara individu
ex
- The council has shosen its presuden
- The military were called out
- The crew was large
- The crew was taken prisoners
- A number of interesting suggestions have
been made
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 25 -
4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti
atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal
ex
- Each of his sisters is clever
- Neither of the men was very tall
- The quality of mangoes was not good
Contoh Soal
1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt
(A) was (D) am
(B) were (E) are
(C) has
2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India
(A) is (D) were
(B) am (E) has
(C) are
3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping
(A) are (D) is
(B) were (E) am
(C) was
4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate
(A) was (D) are
(B) is (E) has
(C) Am
5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry
(A) like (D) are liking
(B) likes (E) was liking
(C) is liking
E-10
REPORTED SPEECH
Pengertian
Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect
speech
DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara
INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung
kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali
Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau
pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan
beberapa perubahan
a Pronoun
Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -
maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-
han kalimat
b Keteranngan waktu
Direct Indirect
now
today
tomorrow
yesterday
tonight
last night
last ago
next
then
that day
the following day
the previous day
the following night
the previous night
the previous
the following
Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu
berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -
oleh Every
c Tenses
Direct Indirect
Present Tense
PresCont
Pres Perfect
Pres Perf Con
Past Tense
Future Tense
Future Cont
Future Perf
Past Tense
Past Cont
Past Perfect
Past Perf Con
Past Perfect
Past Future
Past F Con
PastF Perf
Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction
dalam Past
Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika
introduction dalam present
Present Past
Say
Will say
Have said
Said
Would say
Had said
d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda
kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya
e Keterangan lain
Direct Indirect
this
these
here
that
those
there
Reported Speech terdiri atas
A Statement
B Imperative
C Interrogative
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 26 -
Reported Speech
a Statement
Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect
selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak
digunakan
Contoh
PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT
Jack said My sisters learning to cook now
Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then
PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE
Bob said I come to school by bus every morning
Bob said that he came to school by bus every
morning
PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT
Tini said My uncle has bought a new car
Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car
PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON
Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for
half an hour here
Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for
half an hour there
PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT
Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt
herself
Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot
hurt herself
SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE
Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow
Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old
the following day
FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT
Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with
my friend this time tomorrow
Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis
with his friend this time the following day
Bob said I must go to bed early
Bob said he had to go bed early
Jack said My father can drive a car
Jack said his father could drive a car
Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon
Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon
The teacher told us you have to finish your
exercise at home
The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise
at home
b Imperative
Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan
kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak
tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga
kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive
Contoh
I said to Bob Open the window please
I asked Bob to Open the window
The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us
at once
The angry workmen asked the manager to pay
them at once
Badu said to Budi Please lend me your
dictionary
Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary
The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise
books and put them on my table
The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise
books and put them on his table
Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan
sebelum to
The mother said to her children Donrsquot play
with fire
The mother asked her children not to play with
fire
The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot
get off the bus while it is going
The bus conductor told the passengers not to get
off the bus while it was going
Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night
without your cout
Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night
without her coat
The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a
lot of noise
The teacher told the student not to make a lot of
noise
Statement
Imperative
Interro
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 2 -
1) V1 yang di akhiri huruf h o s x meng-
lami penambahan es
- o go goes
- h teach teaches
- s kiss kisses
- x fix fixes
2) V1 yang diakhiri oleh huruf y jika sebelum-
nya terdapat konsonan sebelum menambah- ies
y dihapuskan
- y fly flies
- y cry cries
B FUNGSI
1) Habitutual Action
Menyatakan pekerjaan sesuatu yang meru
pakan kebiasaanUntuk fungsi ini digunakan
beberaapa keterangan waktu
Every day middot often
week middot seldom
month middot sometimes
year middot always
etc
ex
middot Budi walk to school every day
middot we play badminton every morning
middot Johny always sing at night
2) Untuk menyatakan kebenaran umum
(General Sense)
Menyatakan teori hal dan kecenderungan yang
memang benar
ex
middot Doctors work hard
middot Men eat foot
middot Gravitatioan makes apple fall
C NEGATIVE AND INTERROGATIVE
Untuk membentuk kalimat negative dan interro-
gative kata Bantu do does digunakan
do + not dont
does + not doesnt
I He
You do She does
We It
They
Pengguanan dodoes sebagai kata Bantu
pada kaliamat negative dan interrogative
mengakibatkan penambahan s es ies tidak berlaku
S + dodoes + not + V1
dodoes + S + V1
ex
middot Budi doesnt walk to school
middot We dont play Badminton
middot Does Budi walk to school middot Do you play badminton every morning
3 PRESENT PERFECT TENSE
A BENTUK
S + hashave + V3
I He
You have She has
We It
They
Berdasarkan pembentukan kata kerja dari
bentuk pertama (V1) ke bentuk yang kedua dan -
ketiga (V2 V3) kata kerja dapat dibedakan
1) Regular Verb
Perubahan bentuk pertama ke bentuk kedua -
dan ketiga hanya menambahkan
- d untuk V1 yang berakhiran dengan huruf e
V1 V2 V3
decide
bake
decided
baked
decided
baked
- ed ditambahkan pada V1 yang tidak -
berakhiran dengan huruf e mi
V1 V2 V3
work
walk
worked
walked
worked
walked
- Untuk V1 yang berakhiran oleh huruf y dan -
Sebelumnya huruf y dan sebelumnya huruf -
mati (konsonan) maka sebelum menambah -
kan ed y dihapus
V1 V2 V3
cry
fry
cried
fried
cried
fried
2) Irregular Verb Kata kerja tak beraturan Pembentukan kata -
kerja dari V1 ke V2 dan V3 tanpa melalui sua-
tu kaedah
V1 V2 V3
go
sing
take
cut
went
sang
took
cut
gone
sung
taken
cut
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 3 -
Kata kerja yang digunakan untuk Present -
Perfect Tense ialah Kata kerja bentuk ketiga V3
(Past Participle)
B FUNGSI
1) Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang telah
dilaksanakan Dalam fungsi ini keterangan
waktu tidak dibutuhkan hanya kata just
alreading atau yet untuk penekanan makna
ex
- Ted has postend the letter
- The police have caught the thief
- He has just arrived
- The students have taken the exam
already
2) Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang dirintis pada
masa yang lampau dan sampai saat ini masih
Berlangsung
Dalam fungsi ini digunakan
- for selama
- since sejak
Ex
- We have dont the exercise for two hours
- She has written the novel for two months
The woman has been ill since next week
C NEGATIVE DAN INTERROGATIVE
Kalimat negative ditandai dengan adanya
kata not sesudah has have dan tidak jarang terdapat
kata yet diakhir kalimat
S + has have + not + V3 yet
Has + not hasnt
Have + not havent
ex
- the police havent caught the thief yet
- She hasnt written the novel for two months
Kalimat interrogative tanya dibentuk
dengan meletakkan has have sebelum subjek
Has have + S + V3
ex
- Has the visitor arrive
- Have the teacher given us a test
4 PRESENT PERFECT CONTINOUS
A BENTUK
S + Has have + been + V + ing
B FUNGSI
Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang
dirintis pada masa yang lampau dan sampai saat
ini masih berlangsung Dalam fungsi ini digunakan
- for lama
- Since sejak
Ex
- We have been doing the exercise for two hours - She has been writing the novel for two months
C NEGATIVE DAN INTERROGATIVE
Kalimat negative ditandai dengan adanya
kata not sesudah has have
S + has have + not + been + V + ing
ex
- We havent been doing the exercise for two
hours
- She hasnt been writting the novel for two
months
Kalimat interrogative tanya dibentuk
dengan meletakkan has have sebelum subjek
has have + S + Been + V
ex
- Have we been doing the exercise for two hours
- Has she been writing the novels for two
months
Contoh Soal 1 I ________ my holiday in Bali every year
(A) are spending
(B) have spent
(C) wiil spend
(D) spent
(E) spend
2 Mr Brown _____ in his car for half an hour
(A) has rode
(B) drove
(C) drives
(D) has been driving
(E) is driving
3 The servant ___ the floor
(A) Has been sweepng
(B) Has swept
(C) is sweeping
(D) sweeps
(E) sweep
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 4 -
4 Detectives ___ uniforms
(A) do not wear
(B) does not wear
(C) are wearing
(D) have not worn
(E) have not being wearing
5 Badu _____ learning English now
(A) learns
(B) has learnt
(C) has been learning
(D) is learning
(E) learn
E- 2
TENSES 2
- Simple past
- Past continuous
- Past perfect
- Past perfect continuous
-
1 SIMPLE PAST
A BENTUK
S + V2
V2 Verb Past Tense
Pembentukan kata kerja dari bentuk V1 ke V2
dan V3 seperti yang telah dijelaskan pada Present
Perfect Tense
B FUNGSI
Menyatakan perbuatan yang terjadi pada masa
lampau Untuk fungsi ini Simple Past selalu
ditandai oleh keterangan waktu
- Once - a month ago
- Yesterday two week ago
- Last night a few year ago
- Last week etc
month - just now
year
etc
ex
- He passed with flying colours in the last exam
- Yesterday Budi visited me
- He played football once
C NEGATIVE DAN INTERROGATIVE
Pembentukan Negative dan Interrogative
dengan menambahkan not pada did dan merubah
kata kerja menjadi V1
S + did + not + V1
did + not didnrsquot
ex
- He didnt pass with flying colours in the last -
exam
- He didnt play football once Meletakkkan did sebelum subjek
Did + S + V1
Ex
- Did he pass with flying colours
- Did Budi visit me yesterday
2 PAST CONTINOUS
A BENTUK
S + was were + V + ing
To be digunakan tergantung pada subyek
I you
He was we were
She they
It
B FUNGSI Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang
terjadi pada masa lampau
ex
- The thieves were climbing the wall when the
police saw him
- As the woman was getting off the bus She
dropped her purse
- My mother was singing while she was cooking
- Tuti was not helping her mother when her
friends came
3 PAST PERFECT TENSE
A BENTUK
S + had + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 5 -
S + had + been + V + + ing
Ex
- When he reached the station the train had left for
Medan - After he had taken medicine he felt better - Before the bus arrived he had finished his
Breakfast
- Before he had studied went to his house - Had the gone home after they took lunch
4 PAST PERFECT CONTINOOUS
A BENTUK
S + had + been + V + ing
B FUNGSI
Menyatakan suatu perbuatan atau kejadiaan
yang dimulai pada masa lampau dan masih
berlanjut pada masa tersebut
ex - At the time I started working at the office He
had been working for three years
- When I came to England in 1985 Budi had
been staying there for ten years
Contoh Soal
1 He _________ in a cafeacute when I saw him
(A) were sitting
(B) is sitting
(C) was sitting
(D) are sitting
(E) has been sitting
2 When I want to Bali my brother ________ for
three days
(A) have stayed
(B) had been staying
(C) was staying
(D) has been staying
(E) stayed
3 My uncle sent me a letter after he ______
(A) arrived
(B) was arriving
(C) had been arriving
(D) had arrived
(E) will arrive
4 Jacks father ______the army in 1970
(A) had joined
(B) had been joining
(C) Joined
(D) was joining
(E) Joins
5 Before the thief ____ the police caught him
(A) ran away
(B) had been run away
(C) had run away
(D) had been running away
(E) has run away
E-4
- Modals
- pronoun
MODALS
Pengertian
Kata Bantu yang digunakan dalam satu
kalimat yang tidak dapat berdiri sendiri tanpa kata
kerja
FUNGSI
1 Permission
Memberi keizinan Modal yang digunakan
- may
- might
- can
contoh
you may go now
you can have it
Meminta keizinan Modal yang digunakan
- may
- can
- could
Contoh
May I help you
Could you show how to get to the post
Office
2 Ability
Menyatakan kemampuan Modals yang di -
gunakan
- can
- could
Contoh
He could leave the heavy trunk
Jack can swim
3 Possibility
Menyatakan kemmungkinan Modals yang
digunakan
- May
- Might
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 6 -
Contoh
He might come tomorrow
He may finish the assigment now
4 Advisability
Menyarankan sesuatu Modals yang digunakan
- should
- ought to
Contoh
- you should clean your teeth
- You ought not to speak loudly
5 Obligation
Menyatakan kewajiban atau keharusan Modals
yang diguanakan
- Must - have to
- has to - had to
Contoh
You must obey your parents
All had to return the book
6 Logical Conclusion
Menarik kesimpulan logis dari suatu statement
Modals yang digunakan
- Must - Might
- Should -ought to
Contoh
He has a lot of houses He must be rich I -
knocked on the door and got no answer He might -
have been sleeping
Contoh Soal 1 you _____ go for a walk
(A) may (D) might
(B) must (E) should
(C) could
2 ______ I go home in the last lesson
(1) may (3) can
(2) could (4) must
3 Birds____ fly
(A) could (D) must
(B) can (E) ought to
(C) may
4 the woman looked ill She ____see a doctor
(1) must (3) has to
(2) ought to (4) should
5 there was no bus or taxi so I_____ walk
(A) ought (D) should
(B) should (E) has to
(C) could
PRONOUN
Pengertian Kata ganti yaitu kata yang digunakan seba-
gai ganti dari kata benda
Pembagian Pronount terdiri dari
A PERSONAL PRONOUN
B POSSSESSIVE PRONOUN
C REFLEXIVE PRONOUN
a personal Pronoun kata ganti orang yaitu kata yang mengga-
ntikan benda sebagai subyek dan obyek
Kata ganti orang terdiri
SUBJECT OBJECT
I
we
you
he
she
it
they
me
us
you
him
her
it
they
1 SUBJECT PRONOUN
Kata ganti orang untuk pokok kalimat (Sub -
yek)
The woman is going to the shop
the woman is shopping
Sebaiknya
She is shopping
The cat is flying on the floor
The cat is sleeping
Sebaiknya
It is sleeping
Johny and I are running
Johny and I are chased by a dog
Sebaiknya
We are chassed by a dog
Bob and Ted are in the river
Bob and Ted are swimming
Sebliknya
Bob and Ted are swimming
2 OBJECT PRONOUN
Menggunakan kata benda sebagai objek
PERSONAL
PRONOUN
SUBJECT
PRONOUN
OBJECT
PRONOUN
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 7 -
Contoh
We saw a donkey
The farmer hit the donkey with a stick
Sebaiknya the donkey pada kalimat kedua digantik-
an oleh oleh Objek Pronoun
The farmer hit it with a stick
The lady bought potatoes
The hawker put the potatoes in a package
Sebaiknya
The hawker put them in a package
The teacher called Ani
Her mother waited for Ani in the office
Sebaiknya
Her mother waited for her in the office
Contoh
The man is standing outside the building
The man is waiting for his son
The man pada kalimat kedua
Sebaiknya digantikan oleh kata ganti orang sebagai
subyek
Kalimatnya
He is waiting for his son
I met Amir at the station
A conductor was talking Amir
Sebaiknya
A conductor was talking to her
The headmaster punished the boys
The teacher found the boys peeping
Sebaiknya
The teacher found them peeping
2 POSSESSIVE PRONOUN
Kata ganti kepunyaan Kata ini penggunaan-
nya kerap dikaitkan dengan POSSESSIVE ADJE-
CTIVE
POSS ADJECTIVE POSS PRONOUN
my
our
your
his
her
its
their
mine
ours
yours
h is
hers
Its
their
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE menerangkan kata be-
nda dan letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan
POSSESSIVE PRONOUN menggantikan kata
benda
Contoh
This is my car
Tis car is mine
This is her wtch
This watch is hers
That is your pen
That pen is yours
These are their books
These books are theirs
That is our class
That class is ours
That is its kitten
That kitten is its
Possessive Pronoun bisa juga digunakan
menggantikan Possessive Adjective jika
bendanya diketahui
That is my pen and this is yours
Is this your
Where is mine
It belongs to hers
C reflexive Pronoun Merefleksikan kata benda reflexive
Pronoun
SINGULAR PLURAL
myself
yourself
himself
herself
itself
Oursselves
yourselves
themselves
Contoh
The little girl fell down and hurt herself
PERSONAL
PRONOUN
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE
POSSESSIVE PRO-NOUN
POSSESSIVE PRONOUN
SUBJET OBJECT
I
we you
you
he she
it
they
me
us you
you
him her
it
them
my
our your
your
his her
its
their
mine
ours yours
yours
h is hers
Its
their
myself
ourselves yourself
yourselves
himself herself
itself
themselves
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 8 -
He was tired of life so he killed himself
A baby cannot dress it self
I sometimes cut myself when
I am shaving
W e must not be selfish and think only about
Ourselves
She looked at herself in the mirror
He lives alone and often talks to himself
Some men go to a barber but most men shave
themselves
Reflexive Pronoun dapat digunakan untuk
mengeraskan atau menjelaskan benda atau orang
yang dimaksud
I saw the minister himself
I myself mended the wireless
The queen herself is going to open the
New hospital
E-4
1 ADJECTIVE
2 ADVERB
1 ADJECTIVE
PENGERTIAN
Kata yang menerangkan kata benda (noun )
PEMBAGIAN
Kata sifat terdiri atas A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY
B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE
C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE
D INTERROGSTIVE OF QUALITY
A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY
Menerangkan kualitas benda dalam konteks
Karakter
Usia
Bentuk
Ukuran
Warna
Letaknya bisa di depan ataupun di belakang
benda yang diterangkannya
Contoh
He is an old man
The book is red
We see high buildings in the city
The teacher always gies us difficult problem to
solves
B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE
Kata sifat yang menunjukkan kepunyaan
Letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan
PERSONAL PRONOUN POESSESSIVE
ADJECTIVE SUBJECT OBJECT
I
we
you
you
he
she
it
they
me
us
you
you
him
her
it
them
my
our
your
your
his
her
its
their
Contoh
I lost my book
The teacher forgot to bring his beg
The studens were busy writing their composition
The pick-pocket tole her wallet
C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE
Menunjukkan benda yang dimaksudLe-
taknya di depan benda yang diterangkannya
Contoh
This boy is strong
These mangoes are sour
Donrsquot be in such a hurry
That rascal must be punished
D INTERROGATIVE ADJECTIVE
Kata tanya seperti which what whose -
yang digunakan dengan kata benda dalam sebuah
kalimatnya
Contoh
What manner of man is he
Which way shall we go
Whose book is this
E ADJECTIVE OF QUANTITY
Kata sifat yang menunjukkan jumlah ben
da yang dimaksud
Contoh
I eat some rice
He showed much patience
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 9 -
All men must die
He claimed his half share of the booty
You have no sense
The whole sum is expended
There hasnrsquot been sufficient rain this year
POSISI ADJECTIVE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Dete
r
mile
r
Qual
-ityc
harat
er
size- Ag
e
lem
per
a
Parti-
ciple
shape colour Origin
location
noun
2
four
Beau
tiful
expe
nsive
Big
strong
old Negie
ted
square Red
black
African
french
Hous
-es
Hors
-es
2 ADVERB
PENGERTIAN
Kata yang digunakan untuk menjelaskan
atau menerangkan kata kerja (verb) PEMBAGIAN
1 ADVERB OF MANNER
2 ADVERB OF MANNER
3 ADVERB OF PLACE
4 ADVERB OF TIME
5 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY
6 ADVERB OF DEGREE
1 ADVERB OF MANNER
Menerangkan cara melakukan sesuatuAd-
verb ini dibentuk dari
Adjective + ly
Adjective Adverb
quick
easy
foolish
beautiful
quickly
easily
foolishly
beautifully
Sehingga
Untuk beberapa adjective kadang-kadang
penambhan ly tidak diperlukan
Adjective Adverb
fast
hard
good
late
fast
hard
well
late
Letak adverb of manner di dalam kalimat
ialah sesudah atau sebelum kata ker-ja
Ex
- He runs quikly
- He speaks English fluently
- He hopefully found the money
2 ADVERB OF PLACE
Menunjukkan tempat terjadi suatu
perbuatan Letaknya di akhir kalimat
Ex
- He work in an office
- Shersquoll meet me at the same
- He drove eastwards
3 ADVERB OF TIME
Menunjukkan waktu terjadi suatu
perbuatan Letaknya di depan dan di akhir
kalimat
Ex
- She is studying now
- Yesterday I visited my cousin
- Next month he will be forty
4 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY
Kata yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan
frekwensi terjadinya suatu perbuatan Kata-kata -
keterangan tsb
- usually - sometimes
- always - never
- often - seldom
letaknya sebelum verb (kata keja)
Ex
- I always go to the library
- She often watchs tv
5 ADVERB OF DEGREE
Menunjukkan kadarderajat dari suatu -
tindakan
letaknya sebelum adjective atau sebelum-
adverb
ex
- He is too big
- He walks very slowly
POSISI ADVERB
Jika dalam satu kalimat terdapat lebih
dari satu adverb maka susunannya
Manner place time
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 10 -
ex
- Susan regularly studio biology at home
every day
Contoh Soal
1 Our teacher speaks English _______
(A) good (D) fluently
(B) fluent (E) fluenting
(C) clear
2 Jakarta has many ____ building
(A) high (D) expensive
(B) big (E) modern
(C) large
3 I want to meet _____
(A) two teacher english
(B) teachers english two
(C) two english teacher
(D) english two teacher
(E) teacher two english
4 which of the following senteces is correct
(1) He works hard in his office every day
(2) He hard works in his office every day
(3) Every day he works hard in his office
(4) He every day works hard in his office
5 He always feels______
(1) anxious (3) happy
(2) anxiously (4) happily
E-5
- ELLIPSIS
- DEGREE OF COMPARISON
ELLIPSIS
Fungsi
Untuk menggabungkan kalimat yang hanya
memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek (pokok kalimat)
Formula
and so + to behv + s
and so + to behv1 too
and neither + hv + s
to be
and s + hv + nrsquot + either
to be
but S + hvto be
but S + hvto be + nrsquot
Aplikasi
Kalimat Positif
untuk menggabung dua kalimat positif
yang hanya berbeda subyek formula berikut
dapat digunakan
- and so
- and too
Contoh
Jack can swim
Budi can swim
- Jack can swim and so can Budi
atau
Jack can swim and Budi can too
Ali walks to school
We walk to school
- Ali walks to school and sodo we
atau
Ali walks to school and we do too
Kalimat negatif
Untuk menggabung dua kalimat negatif -
yang hanya memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek -
digunakan formula sebagai berikut
- and neither
- and neither
Contoh
Peter canrsquot swim
Teddy canrsquot swim
Peter canrsquot swim and neither can Teddy
Peter canrsquot swim and teddy canrsquot either
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night
Joni didnrsquot attend the party last night
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 11 -
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and neither -
did Joni
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and Joni
didnrsquot either
Kalimat Negatif-Positif
Untuk mengkombinasikan dua kalimat -
yang hanya memiliki perbedaan dalam subyek dan -
salah satunya negatif digunakan
but S + to behv
Jika kalimat pertama negatif
Contoh
Jack canrsquot play the guitar
Budi can play the guitar
Jack canrsquot play the guitar but Budi can
but S + to behv + nrsquot
Jikakalimat kedua negatif
Contoh
Joni passed in the exam
Budi didnrsquot pass the exam
Joni passed in the exam but budi didrsquont
Contoh Soal 1 Ani ____wears glassed but her sister______
(A) do (D) donrsquot
(B) canrsquot (E) doesnrsquot
(C) does
2 Joni made a lot of mistakes in the exam and ____
(A) so I did (D) so did I
(B) so do I (E) I did so
(C) I do too
3 The girls donrsquot like the movie _____
(A) So do we (D) We do too
(B) Neither we do (E) Neither donrsquot we
(C) We donrsquot either
DEGREE OF COMPARISON
Pengertian
Tingkat perbandingan kata sifat (adjective)
dan kata keterangan (adverb
Pembagian
A Comparison of Adjectives
B Comparison of Adverb
C Equal Comparison
A Comparison of Adjectives
Membuat perbandingan atas kata sifat (adj-
Ective)
Perbandingan terdiri atas dua yaitu
1 Comparative
2 Superlative
3 Compareative
Untuk membandingkan dua kata sifat (adj
ective)
Cara membuat perbandingan dengan
a) Menambahkan er) di akhir kata sifat
Hal ini dilakukan jika kata sifat (adjective) -
satu suku bunyi (one syilable)
Contoh
Positive Comparative
short
slow
quick
tall
high
shorter
slower
quicker
taller
higher
Kecuali
Kata sifat berakhiran denganhuruf e cukup
Dengan menambah r
Positive Comparative
brave
white
braver
whiter
Gunakan than sebelum bentuk Comparative
Kata sifat berakhiran dengan huruf d g
mnt dan sebelumnya terdapat short -
vowel maka huruf tersebut digandakan sebe-
lum er ditambahkan
Positive Comparative
red
big
slim
thin
fat
redder
bigger
slimmer
thinner
fatter
Kata sifat yang berakhiran dengan huruf Y-
dan sebelum huruf tersebut adalah huruf mati
(konsonan) maka sebelum menambahkaner
y hilang dan digantikan dengan i
Positive Comparative
dirty
noisy
dirtier
noisier
b) Kata sifat yang terdiri atas lebih dari satu suku
bunyi (more than one syilable) mengalami pe-
nambahan more
Positive Comparative
useful
difficult
necessary
hopeless
more useful
more difficult
more necessary
more hopeless
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 12 -
c) Kata-kata sifat tertentu tak menggunakan kaidah
di atas tersebut di bawah ini
Positive Comparative
good
bad
much
many
little
best
worst
most
most
least
Contoh
Budi is 20 years old
Joni is 21 years old
Ati is 19 years old
Ati is the youngest
Joni is the oldest
The harus digunakan sebelum bentuk Superla
tive
B Comparison Of Adverb
Perbandingan Adverb atau kata keterangan
Pada umumnya yang dibandingkan ialah Adverb of
manner (keterangan Cara)
Bentuk perbandingan
1 Untuk kata-kata keterangan (adverb) yang di
bentuk bukan dari Adjective + ly maka er dan
est digunakan dalam membentukcompa-
rative dan Superlative
Positive Comp Super
fast
hard
high
faster
harder
higher
fastest
hardest
highest
2 Kata keterangan yang bersal dari Adjective +
ly menggunakan bentuk more dan most untuk
Comparative dan Superlative
Pos Comparative Super
slowly
simply
nicely
neatly
tidily
more slowly
more simply
more nicely
more neatly
more tidily
most slowly
most simply
most nicely
most neatly
most tidily
3 Kata keterangan (adverbs) tertentu tidak
menggunakan kaidah di atas tersebut dibawah
ini
Positive Comp Super
well
bad
little
much
better
worse
less
more
best
worst
least
most
Contoh
Comparative
Planes move faster than buses
Budi learns harder than Joni does
She explained it more clearly than I did
He speaks more loudly than I do
Superlative
Rockets move the fastest
Ati learns the hardest
Mr Ali explains the lesson the most clearly of the
teachers
C Equal Comparison
Perbandingan setara Pembentuknya ialah
asas
not asas
not soas
Untuk bentuk tersebut kita bisa mengguna
kan baik untuk kata sifat (adjective) maupun kata
keterangan (adverb)
1 Adjective
Untuk perbandingan yang positif kita gu-
nakan bentuk
as adjective as
Contoh
This book is as thick as that one
Ani is as clever as Budi
Untuk mengungkapkan perbandingan yang nega-
tif dapat digunakan dua bentuk
not so adjective as
not as adjective as
Contoh
The car is not as fast as that one
The car is not so fast as that one
Tuti is not as clever as Ati
Tuti is not so clever as Ati
2 Adverb
Positive
as adverb as
Contoh
He thinks as hard as I do
He played as well as I did
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 13 -
Negative
helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip
helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip
Contoh
He doesnrsquot walk as fast as I do
He doesnrsquot walk so fast as I do
Joni didnrsquot sing as well as Nita did yesterday
Joni didnrsquot sing so well as Nita did yesterday
Contoh Soal
1 Lauren _____ than Diana
(A) tender
(B) tenderer
(C) more tender
(D) the tenderest
(E) the more tender
2 Martin doesnrsquot speak ____
(A) so foudly as you do
(B) so loud as you do
(C) as loudly as you do
(D) as loud as you do
(E) as louder as you do
E-6
TENSES-3
1 SIMPLE FUTURE
2 FUTURE CONTINOUS
3 FUTURE PERFECT
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINOUS
1 SIMPLE FUTURE
Pengertian
Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilaksanakan
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Oleh karena itu kalimat Future TenseSim-
ple Future selalu ditandai dengan keterangan waktu
soon
afterwards
tomorrow
tonight
the day after tomorrow
next week
next month
next year
bentuk
S + shallwill + V1
I
shall
We
you
he
she will
it
they
Contoh
Jack will visit his moter in the country next
week
I shall not attend the party tonight
We shanrsquot have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys wonrsquot swim across the river next
weekend
Interrogative Form
Untuk membentuk kalimat interrogative
kata bantu shall will diletakkan sebelum atau di
depan Subyek
Shallwill + S + V1
Will Jack visit his mother in the country next
week
Shall I attend the party tonight
Shall we have another extra leson tomorrow
Will the boys swim across the river next
weekend
Will you take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Will Tini return the book to the library next
month
Contoh Soal 1 We _____ our homework together soon
(A) shall do (D) did
(B) do (E) does
(C) done
2 The visitor _____ tonight
(A) arrived (D) arrives
(B) has arrived (E) arrive
(C) will arrived
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 14 -
3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit
(A) shall (D) does
(B) will (E) has
(C) Do
TO BE GOING TO
Fungsi
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa
yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif
dari bentuk Shall dan Will
Bentuk
S + isamare + going to + V1
I ______ am
You
We are
they
he
she is
it
Contoh
Jack is going to visit his mother in the country
next week
I am going to attend the part tonight
We are going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river
next weekend
You are going to take a day off the day after
Tomorrow
Tini is going to return the book to the library
next mont
Negative Form
Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk
kalimat negatif
S + to be + not + Going to + V1
Jack is not going to visit his mother in the
country next week
I am not going to attend the part tonight
We are not going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the
river next weekend
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
Tini is not going to return the book to the
Library next month
Interrogative
Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -
subyek
To be + S + going to + V1
Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country
next week
Am I going to attend the part tonight
Are we going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
Are the boys going to swim across the river next
weekend
Are you going to take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Is Tini going to return the book to the library
next month
Contoh Soal
1 The teacher __ a test soon
(1) has given
(2) will given
(3) gave
(4) Is going to give
2 The boys __ a short course nex week
(A) Are going to take
(B) Is going to take
(C) Shall take
(D) Has taken
(E) Took
3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow
(A) Will (D) Are going
(B) Shall (E) must
(C) is going
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 15 -
4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month
(A) Is going to leave
(B) Are going to leave
(C) Has leave
(D) Left
(E) Leaving
5 I ____ supper afterwards
(1) am going to (3) shall have
(2) will have (4) have had
2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
Shallwill + be + v + ing
FUNGSI
Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini
This time tomorrow
Next week
Monday
Month
Moring
Etc
Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang
-an waktu simple future
ex
- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow
- Ill be watching tv tonight
- This time next week the pupils will be having a
test
- John will be helping us this evening
3 FUTURE PERFECT
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + V3
FUNGSI
Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai
pada masa yang akan datang
Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya
selalu diawali oleh kata by mis
by the end of this month
by the end of the week
by now
by the end of the year
ex
- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three
days
- By the time he finishes the question I will
have read the book for one hour
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing
Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan
masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang
Terdapat kesamaan antara future
perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-
terutama dalam fungsi
ex
- When she get to London she will have been
travelling for five days
- By the end of this year he will have been
working for three years
Contoh Soal
1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five
years by the end of this year
(A) will work
(B) have worked
(C) will have been working
(D) will be working
(E) is going to work
2 Dont come at five oclock because _____
(A) I will be playing
(B) I will have been playing
(C) I have played
(D) I will have played
(E) I will playing
3 My friends _____ next sunday
(1) Will invite
(2) Will be inviting
(3) Is going to invite
(4) Is inviting
4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday
(1) have
(2) will have
(3) would have
(4) shall be having
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 16 -
()
Is the butter is kept here hellip
Is Budi played the guitar hellip
2 Present Continous Tense
(+)
A They are repairing the bridge
B The bridge is being repaired
A The man is supervising me
P Iam being supervised by hellip
(-)
A The thief is climbing the wall when the
Police saw him
P the wall is being climbed by the thief when
the police saw
The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-
ing supervised hellip
()
Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip
Are you being supervised helliphellip
3 Present Perfect Tense
(+)
A Tuti has written two letters
P Two letters have been written
A He has don the work well
P The work has been donehellip
(-)
Two letters have not been written
The work has not been done hellip
()
Have two letters been written
Has the work been done by him
5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this
year
(1) Will stay
(2) Will have been staying
(3) Will be staying
(4) Will be stayed
E-7
- PASSIVE VOICE
- IMPERSONAL IT
PASSIVE VOICE
Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan
pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan
Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata
kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh
objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek
merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat
pasif
Bentuk
To be + V3
Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga
mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk
kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut
ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang
diiutinya
1 Present tense
(+)
A We keep the butter here
P The butter is kept here
A Budi plays the guitar at night
P The guitar is played by budi
A The teacher teaches the pupils
P The pupils are taught by hellip
(-)
The butter is kept here hellip
The guitar is not played hellip
S + isamare + V3
S + isamare + not + V3
isamare + S + V3
S + isamare + being + V3
S + Isamare + not + being + V3
Isamare + S + being + V3
S + hashave + been + V3
S + hashave + not + been +V3
hashave + S + been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 17 -
1 4 Past Tense
(+)
A The bad boys broke the windows
P The windows were were broken by
A The farmer hit the snake
P The snake was hit by
(-)
The windows were not broken
The snake was not hit
()
Were the windows were broken by
Was the snake hit by
5 Past Continous Tense
(+)
A They were taking the injured player out of the
Field
P the injured player were being taken by them
6 Past Perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came
P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -
Badu came
A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest
arrived
P The meal had been prepared by the mother -
When the guest arrived
7 Future Tense
(+)
A He will meet you at the station
P You will be met by him
A Budi will lend me his book
P I shall be lent by
()
Will you be met by him
Will you be lent by
8 To be going to
(+)
A We are going to hoid a party
P A party is going to be held hellip
A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -
Nts
P The lazy students are going to be punished by-
The teacher
9 Future Perfect Tense
S + shallwill + have + been + V3
A They will have elected new president in five
Years
P New President will have been elected in five
years
A IPTN will have produced war planes by the
year of 2000
P War planes will have been produced by IPTN
by
10 Past Future
(+)
A if it rained We should postphone our picnic
P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned
A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher
would punish him
P if all didnt change his behaviour he would
be punished by the teacher
11 Past Puture Perfect
(+)
A If you had studied hard you would have got
good marks
P If you had studied hard good marks would
have been got by you
A If the goverment had not made mistake the
judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent
to prison
P If the goverment had not made mistake
Sophia Laurent would not have the judge
would not have beensent to prison by the
judge
S + waswere + V3
S + waswere + not + V3
waswere + S+ V3
S + waswere + being + V3
S + shallwill + be + V3
Will shall + S + be + V3
S + isamare + going to + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 18 -
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
12 Modals
S + modals + be + V3
Modals can hellip hellipcould
may helliphellip might
must hellip
has to hellip had to
have to hellip had to
ought to
should
A you must shut these doors
P These doors must be shut
A You ought to open the windows
P The windows ought to be opened
A They should told him
P He should be told by them
A He has to drive me home
P I have to be driven by him hellip
13 Modals With The Perfect Tense
S + modals + have + been + V3
A The girl must have watered the flowers when I
saw her
P The flowers must have been watered by the girl
when hellip
A I could have asked somebody to carry that
box
P Somebody could have been asked to carry
That box by me
A The teacher might have told the story when
I was absent
P The story might have been told by the teacher
story when I was absent
Contoh Soal
1 Most scientific book ___ in English
(A) Are printing (D) has been printed
(B) Are print (E) are printed
(C) Is print
2 America ______ four hundred years ago
A discovered
B will be discovered
C had discovered
D was discovered
E was being discovered
3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister
A will be driven
B has be driven
C is driven
D was driven
E will be being driven
4He sald the several plans ___
A were being
B were been
C has been
D are been
E had being
5The food _____ several hours before the guast
arrived
A were cook
B had cooking
C has cook
D were cooked
E had been cooked
IMPERSONAL IT
PENGERTIAN
It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal
pronoun
APLIKASI
1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan
- distance
contoh
it is a long way to London
It is about two kilometers reach the post of -
fice
- time
Contoh
What time is it
It is four orsquoclock
- condition
Contoh
It is cold outside
It is warm inside
2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya
- Gerund
Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 19 -
kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it
Going on appears no good
It appears no good going on - To infinitive
Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem
patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-
nya digantikan oleh it
To say is easy
It is easy to say
- That clause
Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas
That they will have to go seem a pity
It seems a pity that willhave to go
3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya
- To infinitive
Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it
diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja
seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu
merupakan obyek bukan subyek
Contoh
We consider to cheat is wrong
We consider it wrong to cheat
- That clause
Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause
Contoh
We think that they didnt try is a pity
We think it a pity that he didnt try
Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to
infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu
menyebabkan hilangnya that
Contoh
People believe that to be polite is important
People believe it important tobe polite
Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh
it antara lain
- Believe - know
- Consider - realize
- Declare - snow
- Find - suppose
- Guees - take
- Imagine - think
- Understand
Contoh Soal
1 Step inside ____ outside
(A) There is cold
(B) Itrsquos cold
(C) Cold
(D) It
(E) It cold
2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep
(A) It is
(B) It will be
(C) It was
(D) It
(E) It should be
3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house
in a week
(A) It
(B) It be
(C) It is
(D) There is
(E) There be
4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other
word
(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson
(B) it difficult understand the lesson
(C) its difficult understand the lesson
(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson
(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson
5 _____ right for us to obey our parents
(A) there is
(B) there are
(C) there has
(D) it is
(E) it has
E-8
CONDITIONALS
Secara harfiah conditionals dapat
diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-
kalimat yang terdiri dari
1 syarat prasyarat
2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi
Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan
tercermin pada main clause
- hasil
- syarat
Conditional
Main clause
If clause
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 20 -
Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang
diawali if
Posisi
If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main
clause
If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip
If Clause I Clause
Atau
S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip
Main Clause I Clause
1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)
- Fungsi
Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan
terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type
ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-
nan
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present
Tense ini terdiri atas
a
b
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future
Bentuknya ialah
Shallwill + Stem
Shall hellip IWe
Will hellip He She It
You They
Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -
conditionals pada main clause
If clause Main Clause
Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)
If you study hard
If it rains
If you agree
If you dont know the
meaning of words
If all doesnt change
his behaviour
If I am rich
You will pass the exam
We shall postpone our
picnic
You can wait here
You may use your
Dictionary
The teacher will punish
him
I shall buy you a car
Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan
sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative
Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif
middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot
give it again
Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot
give it again
Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari
middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals
Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah
Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause
WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem
Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change
his behaviour hellip
2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi
sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan
dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan
untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut
Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition
Present
- Fokus
fakta (present Group)
Pengandalan
- Bentuk
If Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past
Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk
S + StemVerbV
S + isamare + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 21 -
a
b
Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise
but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada
an yang sebenarnya terjadi
ex I was a boy
if I were a bird
I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc
ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung
(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya
bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi
manusia
Main Clause
a Past Future
Should would + stem
b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu
Could might + Stem
If Clause Main Clause
Simple Past
Past
FuturecouldMight
If you studied hard
If it rained
If you agreed
If you didnrsquot know the
meaning of word
if All didnrsquot change his
bhaviour
If I were rich
You would get good
marks
We should postphone
our picnic
You could wait here
You might use you
dictionary
The teacher would
punish him
I should by you a car
Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias
dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan
Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car
Were I rich I should buy you a car
macr If he were not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Were he not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang
Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present
conditionals)
a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya
Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals
type 2 jika tense Present Group
macr Present Tense
macr Present Continous Tense
macr Present Perfect Tense
macr Present Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause
Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause
c Mengembalikan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative
dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
d Hindari penggunaan was
ex
(-) (+)
All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam
Syarat hasil
If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam
(+) (-)
People donrsquot ring me up because my number
is not in the directory
(hasil) (syarat)
People would ring me up if my number were in
the directory
(+) (+)
e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -
could pada Main Clause
ex
We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a
fire
If we got matches we could light a fire
f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak
an might
ex
Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the
cold so much
If he were not thin he might not feel the cold
so much
3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)
Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu
(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)
Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki
an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past
S + V Past tense
S + were + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 22 -
- Fokus
Fakta (past Group)
Penggandaian
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle
Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat
berbentuk
Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle
Past If Clause Main Clause
Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect
Couldmight Perfect
I you had studied hard
If it had rained
If you had agreed
If you had studied not
known the meaning of
words
If Ali had not changed
his behaviour
If I had been rich
You would have got
good marks
We should have
postphoned our picnic
You could have waited
here
You might have used
your dictionary
The teacher would have
punished him
I should have bought
you a car
Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had
ke depan
Ex
- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car
Had been rich I should have boughtyou car
- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Had you not known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang
Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )
a Menentukan tense dari fakta
Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3
jika tense-nya Past Group
- Past tense
- Past Continous Tense
macr Past Perfect Tense
macr Past Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)
Hasil (Main Clause)
c Memutar balikkan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus
negative dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
(-) (+)
All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed
Syarat hasil
If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would
not have fall
(-) (+)
I had no map I got lost
If I had had map I would not have got lost
a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan
gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan
could have + verb past participle pada main
clause
We couldnrsquot get into the house because the
hasil
police forbade us
syarat
We could have got into the house if the
police had not forbidden us
b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan
Might + have + Verb Past Participle
Ex
The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at
first
Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it
If the champion had taken the fight seriously at
first he might no have lost it
Contoh Soal
1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home
A Shall stay D stay
B Should stay E Stayed
C Stay
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 23 -
2 If I were youI _____ that book
A Would buy
B Will buy
C Buy
D bought
E Will not buy
3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger
A Would die
B died
C Will die
D Will have died
E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet
him
4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him
A If he come today I can meet him
B If he had come today I could have met him
C If he came today I could meet him
D If I met him today I could come
E If I had met him He could have come today
E-9
- SUBJUNCTIVE
- CONCORDANCE
SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan
yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan
datang
Ex
Long live the queen
God bless you
Heaven help you
Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini
(Present)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
+ S + V2
As Though
Example
- He always speaks as thought he were the
superior
- He dresses as if he were an officer
- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang
terjadi saat ini (Present)
Wish
If only + S + V2
Would rather
Example
He is sick so he is not able to come
- He wishes he came
If only he came
She would rather he came
The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance
- The students wish the teacher explained in
detail
If only the teacher explained in detail
The student would rather the teacher explained
in detail
Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past
(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu
(past)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
S + had + V3
As Though
Example
- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost
- He acted as thought he had been an actor
yesterday
- He talks about rome as if he had been there
once
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang
terjadi dahulu ( Past)
Wishedwishes
If only + S + had + V3
Would rather
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 24 -
The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday
- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test
- If only the teacher had given us a test
- We would rather teacher had given us a test
Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it
- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the
game
- If only Budi had taken part at the game
- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game
Tina was absent to the meeting last night
- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to
the meeting last night
- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting
last night
- Tina would rather she had not been absent to
the meeting last night
Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator
(A) Was (D) is
(B) Had been (E) had
(C) were
2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the
homework
(A) did (D) was doing
(B) had done (E) do
(C) have done
3 He acted as if he ______ill
(A) were (D) is
(B) was (E) have
(C) had been
4 Choose the correct ones
(1) I would rather he went to Medan now
(2) If only he had joined the last lecture
(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty
(4) She wishes she picked her mother up
5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately
my watch stops now
(A) told (D) tell
(B) had told (E) telling
(C) have told
bull CONCORDE
PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam
kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung
kepada subyek
Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja
juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek
singular kata kerja harus singular
BENTUK-BENTUK
1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan
ldquodengan
and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(Plural Subjek) ex
- Bob and Badu are here
- He and his friends have arrived
- Fire and water donrsquot agree
Kecuali
a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang
atau benda yang sama
ex
- The orator and stateman is dead
- The captain and adjutant was present
- My friend and benefactor has come
b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini
ex
- Bread and milk is his only food
- Slow and steady wins the race
- The horse and carriage is at the door
c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every
dan each
- Every boy and girl was ready
- Every woman man and child was lost
2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh
a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip
- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek
terakhir
- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch
- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant
masters were present
- Rama or his brother have done this
- Either he boy or parents have arrend
b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip
Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek
pertama
ex
- The chief with all his men was massacred
- John as well as james deserves pralse
- Justiceas well as mercy allows it
3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja
tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu
kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(pural) jika dilihat secara individu
ex
- The council has shosen its presuden
- The military were called out
- The crew was large
- The crew was taken prisoners
- A number of interesting suggestions have
been made
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 25 -
4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti
atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal
ex
- Each of his sisters is clever
- Neither of the men was very tall
- The quality of mangoes was not good
Contoh Soal
1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt
(A) was (D) am
(B) were (E) are
(C) has
2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India
(A) is (D) were
(B) am (E) has
(C) are
3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping
(A) are (D) is
(B) were (E) am
(C) was
4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate
(A) was (D) are
(B) is (E) has
(C) Am
5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry
(A) like (D) are liking
(B) likes (E) was liking
(C) is liking
E-10
REPORTED SPEECH
Pengertian
Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect
speech
DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara
INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung
kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali
Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau
pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan
beberapa perubahan
a Pronoun
Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -
maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-
han kalimat
b Keteranngan waktu
Direct Indirect
now
today
tomorrow
yesterday
tonight
last night
last ago
next
then
that day
the following day
the previous day
the following night
the previous night
the previous
the following
Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu
berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -
oleh Every
c Tenses
Direct Indirect
Present Tense
PresCont
Pres Perfect
Pres Perf Con
Past Tense
Future Tense
Future Cont
Future Perf
Past Tense
Past Cont
Past Perfect
Past Perf Con
Past Perfect
Past Future
Past F Con
PastF Perf
Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction
dalam Past
Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika
introduction dalam present
Present Past
Say
Will say
Have said
Said
Would say
Had said
d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda
kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya
e Keterangan lain
Direct Indirect
this
these
here
that
those
there
Reported Speech terdiri atas
A Statement
B Imperative
C Interrogative
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 26 -
Reported Speech
a Statement
Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect
selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak
digunakan
Contoh
PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT
Jack said My sisters learning to cook now
Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then
PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE
Bob said I come to school by bus every morning
Bob said that he came to school by bus every
morning
PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT
Tini said My uncle has bought a new car
Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car
PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON
Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for
half an hour here
Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for
half an hour there
PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT
Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt
herself
Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot
hurt herself
SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE
Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow
Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old
the following day
FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT
Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with
my friend this time tomorrow
Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis
with his friend this time the following day
Bob said I must go to bed early
Bob said he had to go bed early
Jack said My father can drive a car
Jack said his father could drive a car
Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon
Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon
The teacher told us you have to finish your
exercise at home
The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise
at home
b Imperative
Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan
kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak
tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga
kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive
Contoh
I said to Bob Open the window please
I asked Bob to Open the window
The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us
at once
The angry workmen asked the manager to pay
them at once
Badu said to Budi Please lend me your
dictionary
Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary
The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise
books and put them on my table
The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise
books and put them on his table
Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan
sebelum to
The mother said to her children Donrsquot play
with fire
The mother asked her children not to play with
fire
The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot
get off the bus while it is going
The bus conductor told the passengers not to get
off the bus while it was going
Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night
without your cout
Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night
without her coat
The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a
lot of noise
The teacher told the student not to make a lot of
noise
Statement
Imperative
Interro
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 3 -
Kata kerja yang digunakan untuk Present -
Perfect Tense ialah Kata kerja bentuk ketiga V3
(Past Participle)
B FUNGSI
1) Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang telah
dilaksanakan Dalam fungsi ini keterangan
waktu tidak dibutuhkan hanya kata just
alreading atau yet untuk penekanan makna
ex
- Ted has postend the letter
- The police have caught the thief
- He has just arrived
- The students have taken the exam
already
2) Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang dirintis pada
masa yang lampau dan sampai saat ini masih
Berlangsung
Dalam fungsi ini digunakan
- for selama
- since sejak
Ex
- We have dont the exercise for two hours
- She has written the novel for two months
The woman has been ill since next week
C NEGATIVE DAN INTERROGATIVE
Kalimat negative ditandai dengan adanya
kata not sesudah has have dan tidak jarang terdapat
kata yet diakhir kalimat
S + has have + not + V3 yet
Has + not hasnt
Have + not havent
ex
- the police havent caught the thief yet
- She hasnt written the novel for two months
Kalimat interrogative tanya dibentuk
dengan meletakkan has have sebelum subjek
Has have + S + V3
ex
- Has the visitor arrive
- Have the teacher given us a test
4 PRESENT PERFECT CONTINOUS
A BENTUK
S + Has have + been + V + ing
B FUNGSI
Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang
dirintis pada masa yang lampau dan sampai saat
ini masih berlangsung Dalam fungsi ini digunakan
- for lama
- Since sejak
Ex
- We have been doing the exercise for two hours - She has been writing the novel for two months
C NEGATIVE DAN INTERROGATIVE
Kalimat negative ditandai dengan adanya
kata not sesudah has have
S + has have + not + been + V + ing
ex
- We havent been doing the exercise for two
hours
- She hasnt been writting the novel for two
months
Kalimat interrogative tanya dibentuk
dengan meletakkan has have sebelum subjek
has have + S + Been + V
ex
- Have we been doing the exercise for two hours
- Has she been writing the novels for two
months
Contoh Soal 1 I ________ my holiday in Bali every year
(A) are spending
(B) have spent
(C) wiil spend
(D) spent
(E) spend
2 Mr Brown _____ in his car for half an hour
(A) has rode
(B) drove
(C) drives
(D) has been driving
(E) is driving
3 The servant ___ the floor
(A) Has been sweepng
(B) Has swept
(C) is sweeping
(D) sweeps
(E) sweep
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 4 -
4 Detectives ___ uniforms
(A) do not wear
(B) does not wear
(C) are wearing
(D) have not worn
(E) have not being wearing
5 Badu _____ learning English now
(A) learns
(B) has learnt
(C) has been learning
(D) is learning
(E) learn
E- 2
TENSES 2
- Simple past
- Past continuous
- Past perfect
- Past perfect continuous
-
1 SIMPLE PAST
A BENTUK
S + V2
V2 Verb Past Tense
Pembentukan kata kerja dari bentuk V1 ke V2
dan V3 seperti yang telah dijelaskan pada Present
Perfect Tense
B FUNGSI
Menyatakan perbuatan yang terjadi pada masa
lampau Untuk fungsi ini Simple Past selalu
ditandai oleh keterangan waktu
- Once - a month ago
- Yesterday two week ago
- Last night a few year ago
- Last week etc
month - just now
year
etc
ex
- He passed with flying colours in the last exam
- Yesterday Budi visited me
- He played football once
C NEGATIVE DAN INTERROGATIVE
Pembentukan Negative dan Interrogative
dengan menambahkan not pada did dan merubah
kata kerja menjadi V1
S + did + not + V1
did + not didnrsquot
ex
- He didnt pass with flying colours in the last -
exam
- He didnt play football once Meletakkkan did sebelum subjek
Did + S + V1
Ex
- Did he pass with flying colours
- Did Budi visit me yesterday
2 PAST CONTINOUS
A BENTUK
S + was were + V + ing
To be digunakan tergantung pada subyek
I you
He was we were
She they
It
B FUNGSI Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang
terjadi pada masa lampau
ex
- The thieves were climbing the wall when the
police saw him
- As the woman was getting off the bus She
dropped her purse
- My mother was singing while she was cooking
- Tuti was not helping her mother when her
friends came
3 PAST PERFECT TENSE
A BENTUK
S + had + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 5 -
S + had + been + V + + ing
Ex
- When he reached the station the train had left for
Medan - After he had taken medicine he felt better - Before the bus arrived he had finished his
Breakfast
- Before he had studied went to his house - Had the gone home after they took lunch
4 PAST PERFECT CONTINOOUS
A BENTUK
S + had + been + V + ing
B FUNGSI
Menyatakan suatu perbuatan atau kejadiaan
yang dimulai pada masa lampau dan masih
berlanjut pada masa tersebut
ex - At the time I started working at the office He
had been working for three years
- When I came to England in 1985 Budi had
been staying there for ten years
Contoh Soal
1 He _________ in a cafeacute when I saw him
(A) were sitting
(B) is sitting
(C) was sitting
(D) are sitting
(E) has been sitting
2 When I want to Bali my brother ________ for
three days
(A) have stayed
(B) had been staying
(C) was staying
(D) has been staying
(E) stayed
3 My uncle sent me a letter after he ______
(A) arrived
(B) was arriving
(C) had been arriving
(D) had arrived
(E) will arrive
4 Jacks father ______the army in 1970
(A) had joined
(B) had been joining
(C) Joined
(D) was joining
(E) Joins
5 Before the thief ____ the police caught him
(A) ran away
(B) had been run away
(C) had run away
(D) had been running away
(E) has run away
E-4
- Modals
- pronoun
MODALS
Pengertian
Kata Bantu yang digunakan dalam satu
kalimat yang tidak dapat berdiri sendiri tanpa kata
kerja
FUNGSI
1 Permission
Memberi keizinan Modal yang digunakan
- may
- might
- can
contoh
you may go now
you can have it
Meminta keizinan Modal yang digunakan
- may
- can
- could
Contoh
May I help you
Could you show how to get to the post
Office
2 Ability
Menyatakan kemampuan Modals yang di -
gunakan
- can
- could
Contoh
He could leave the heavy trunk
Jack can swim
3 Possibility
Menyatakan kemmungkinan Modals yang
digunakan
- May
- Might
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 6 -
Contoh
He might come tomorrow
He may finish the assigment now
4 Advisability
Menyarankan sesuatu Modals yang digunakan
- should
- ought to
Contoh
- you should clean your teeth
- You ought not to speak loudly
5 Obligation
Menyatakan kewajiban atau keharusan Modals
yang diguanakan
- Must - have to
- has to - had to
Contoh
You must obey your parents
All had to return the book
6 Logical Conclusion
Menarik kesimpulan logis dari suatu statement
Modals yang digunakan
- Must - Might
- Should -ought to
Contoh
He has a lot of houses He must be rich I -
knocked on the door and got no answer He might -
have been sleeping
Contoh Soal 1 you _____ go for a walk
(A) may (D) might
(B) must (E) should
(C) could
2 ______ I go home in the last lesson
(1) may (3) can
(2) could (4) must
3 Birds____ fly
(A) could (D) must
(B) can (E) ought to
(C) may
4 the woman looked ill She ____see a doctor
(1) must (3) has to
(2) ought to (4) should
5 there was no bus or taxi so I_____ walk
(A) ought (D) should
(B) should (E) has to
(C) could
PRONOUN
Pengertian Kata ganti yaitu kata yang digunakan seba-
gai ganti dari kata benda
Pembagian Pronount terdiri dari
A PERSONAL PRONOUN
B POSSSESSIVE PRONOUN
C REFLEXIVE PRONOUN
a personal Pronoun kata ganti orang yaitu kata yang mengga-
ntikan benda sebagai subyek dan obyek
Kata ganti orang terdiri
SUBJECT OBJECT
I
we
you
he
she
it
they
me
us
you
him
her
it
they
1 SUBJECT PRONOUN
Kata ganti orang untuk pokok kalimat (Sub -
yek)
The woman is going to the shop
the woman is shopping
Sebaiknya
She is shopping
The cat is flying on the floor
The cat is sleeping
Sebaiknya
It is sleeping
Johny and I are running
Johny and I are chased by a dog
Sebaiknya
We are chassed by a dog
Bob and Ted are in the river
Bob and Ted are swimming
Sebliknya
Bob and Ted are swimming
2 OBJECT PRONOUN
Menggunakan kata benda sebagai objek
PERSONAL
PRONOUN
SUBJECT
PRONOUN
OBJECT
PRONOUN
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 7 -
Contoh
We saw a donkey
The farmer hit the donkey with a stick
Sebaiknya the donkey pada kalimat kedua digantik-
an oleh oleh Objek Pronoun
The farmer hit it with a stick
The lady bought potatoes
The hawker put the potatoes in a package
Sebaiknya
The hawker put them in a package
The teacher called Ani
Her mother waited for Ani in the office
Sebaiknya
Her mother waited for her in the office
Contoh
The man is standing outside the building
The man is waiting for his son
The man pada kalimat kedua
Sebaiknya digantikan oleh kata ganti orang sebagai
subyek
Kalimatnya
He is waiting for his son
I met Amir at the station
A conductor was talking Amir
Sebaiknya
A conductor was talking to her
The headmaster punished the boys
The teacher found the boys peeping
Sebaiknya
The teacher found them peeping
2 POSSESSIVE PRONOUN
Kata ganti kepunyaan Kata ini penggunaan-
nya kerap dikaitkan dengan POSSESSIVE ADJE-
CTIVE
POSS ADJECTIVE POSS PRONOUN
my
our
your
his
her
its
their
mine
ours
yours
h is
hers
Its
their
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE menerangkan kata be-
nda dan letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan
POSSESSIVE PRONOUN menggantikan kata
benda
Contoh
This is my car
Tis car is mine
This is her wtch
This watch is hers
That is your pen
That pen is yours
These are their books
These books are theirs
That is our class
That class is ours
That is its kitten
That kitten is its
Possessive Pronoun bisa juga digunakan
menggantikan Possessive Adjective jika
bendanya diketahui
That is my pen and this is yours
Is this your
Where is mine
It belongs to hers
C reflexive Pronoun Merefleksikan kata benda reflexive
Pronoun
SINGULAR PLURAL
myself
yourself
himself
herself
itself
Oursselves
yourselves
themselves
Contoh
The little girl fell down and hurt herself
PERSONAL
PRONOUN
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE
POSSESSIVE PRO-NOUN
POSSESSIVE PRONOUN
SUBJET OBJECT
I
we you
you
he she
it
they
me
us you
you
him her
it
them
my
our your
your
his her
its
their
mine
ours yours
yours
h is hers
Its
their
myself
ourselves yourself
yourselves
himself herself
itself
themselves
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 8 -
He was tired of life so he killed himself
A baby cannot dress it self
I sometimes cut myself when
I am shaving
W e must not be selfish and think only about
Ourselves
She looked at herself in the mirror
He lives alone and often talks to himself
Some men go to a barber but most men shave
themselves
Reflexive Pronoun dapat digunakan untuk
mengeraskan atau menjelaskan benda atau orang
yang dimaksud
I saw the minister himself
I myself mended the wireless
The queen herself is going to open the
New hospital
E-4
1 ADJECTIVE
2 ADVERB
1 ADJECTIVE
PENGERTIAN
Kata yang menerangkan kata benda (noun )
PEMBAGIAN
Kata sifat terdiri atas A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY
B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE
C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE
D INTERROGSTIVE OF QUALITY
A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY
Menerangkan kualitas benda dalam konteks
Karakter
Usia
Bentuk
Ukuran
Warna
Letaknya bisa di depan ataupun di belakang
benda yang diterangkannya
Contoh
He is an old man
The book is red
We see high buildings in the city
The teacher always gies us difficult problem to
solves
B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE
Kata sifat yang menunjukkan kepunyaan
Letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan
PERSONAL PRONOUN POESSESSIVE
ADJECTIVE SUBJECT OBJECT
I
we
you
you
he
she
it
they
me
us
you
you
him
her
it
them
my
our
your
your
his
her
its
their
Contoh
I lost my book
The teacher forgot to bring his beg
The studens were busy writing their composition
The pick-pocket tole her wallet
C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE
Menunjukkan benda yang dimaksudLe-
taknya di depan benda yang diterangkannya
Contoh
This boy is strong
These mangoes are sour
Donrsquot be in such a hurry
That rascal must be punished
D INTERROGATIVE ADJECTIVE
Kata tanya seperti which what whose -
yang digunakan dengan kata benda dalam sebuah
kalimatnya
Contoh
What manner of man is he
Which way shall we go
Whose book is this
E ADJECTIVE OF QUANTITY
Kata sifat yang menunjukkan jumlah ben
da yang dimaksud
Contoh
I eat some rice
He showed much patience
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 9 -
All men must die
He claimed his half share of the booty
You have no sense
The whole sum is expended
There hasnrsquot been sufficient rain this year
POSISI ADJECTIVE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Dete
r
mile
r
Qual
-ityc
harat
er
size- Ag
e
lem
per
a
Parti-
ciple
shape colour Origin
location
noun
2
four
Beau
tiful
expe
nsive
Big
strong
old Negie
ted
square Red
black
African
french
Hous
-es
Hors
-es
2 ADVERB
PENGERTIAN
Kata yang digunakan untuk menjelaskan
atau menerangkan kata kerja (verb) PEMBAGIAN
1 ADVERB OF MANNER
2 ADVERB OF MANNER
3 ADVERB OF PLACE
4 ADVERB OF TIME
5 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY
6 ADVERB OF DEGREE
1 ADVERB OF MANNER
Menerangkan cara melakukan sesuatuAd-
verb ini dibentuk dari
Adjective + ly
Adjective Adverb
quick
easy
foolish
beautiful
quickly
easily
foolishly
beautifully
Sehingga
Untuk beberapa adjective kadang-kadang
penambhan ly tidak diperlukan
Adjective Adverb
fast
hard
good
late
fast
hard
well
late
Letak adverb of manner di dalam kalimat
ialah sesudah atau sebelum kata ker-ja
Ex
- He runs quikly
- He speaks English fluently
- He hopefully found the money
2 ADVERB OF PLACE
Menunjukkan tempat terjadi suatu
perbuatan Letaknya di akhir kalimat
Ex
- He work in an office
- Shersquoll meet me at the same
- He drove eastwards
3 ADVERB OF TIME
Menunjukkan waktu terjadi suatu
perbuatan Letaknya di depan dan di akhir
kalimat
Ex
- She is studying now
- Yesterday I visited my cousin
- Next month he will be forty
4 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY
Kata yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan
frekwensi terjadinya suatu perbuatan Kata-kata -
keterangan tsb
- usually - sometimes
- always - never
- often - seldom
letaknya sebelum verb (kata keja)
Ex
- I always go to the library
- She often watchs tv
5 ADVERB OF DEGREE
Menunjukkan kadarderajat dari suatu -
tindakan
letaknya sebelum adjective atau sebelum-
adverb
ex
- He is too big
- He walks very slowly
POSISI ADVERB
Jika dalam satu kalimat terdapat lebih
dari satu adverb maka susunannya
Manner place time
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 10 -
ex
- Susan regularly studio biology at home
every day
Contoh Soal
1 Our teacher speaks English _______
(A) good (D) fluently
(B) fluent (E) fluenting
(C) clear
2 Jakarta has many ____ building
(A) high (D) expensive
(B) big (E) modern
(C) large
3 I want to meet _____
(A) two teacher english
(B) teachers english two
(C) two english teacher
(D) english two teacher
(E) teacher two english
4 which of the following senteces is correct
(1) He works hard in his office every day
(2) He hard works in his office every day
(3) Every day he works hard in his office
(4) He every day works hard in his office
5 He always feels______
(1) anxious (3) happy
(2) anxiously (4) happily
E-5
- ELLIPSIS
- DEGREE OF COMPARISON
ELLIPSIS
Fungsi
Untuk menggabungkan kalimat yang hanya
memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek (pokok kalimat)
Formula
and so + to behv + s
and so + to behv1 too
and neither + hv + s
to be
and s + hv + nrsquot + either
to be
but S + hvto be
but S + hvto be + nrsquot
Aplikasi
Kalimat Positif
untuk menggabung dua kalimat positif
yang hanya berbeda subyek formula berikut
dapat digunakan
- and so
- and too
Contoh
Jack can swim
Budi can swim
- Jack can swim and so can Budi
atau
Jack can swim and Budi can too
Ali walks to school
We walk to school
- Ali walks to school and sodo we
atau
Ali walks to school and we do too
Kalimat negatif
Untuk menggabung dua kalimat negatif -
yang hanya memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek -
digunakan formula sebagai berikut
- and neither
- and neither
Contoh
Peter canrsquot swim
Teddy canrsquot swim
Peter canrsquot swim and neither can Teddy
Peter canrsquot swim and teddy canrsquot either
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night
Joni didnrsquot attend the party last night
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 11 -
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and neither -
did Joni
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and Joni
didnrsquot either
Kalimat Negatif-Positif
Untuk mengkombinasikan dua kalimat -
yang hanya memiliki perbedaan dalam subyek dan -
salah satunya negatif digunakan
but S + to behv
Jika kalimat pertama negatif
Contoh
Jack canrsquot play the guitar
Budi can play the guitar
Jack canrsquot play the guitar but Budi can
but S + to behv + nrsquot
Jikakalimat kedua negatif
Contoh
Joni passed in the exam
Budi didnrsquot pass the exam
Joni passed in the exam but budi didrsquont
Contoh Soal 1 Ani ____wears glassed but her sister______
(A) do (D) donrsquot
(B) canrsquot (E) doesnrsquot
(C) does
2 Joni made a lot of mistakes in the exam and ____
(A) so I did (D) so did I
(B) so do I (E) I did so
(C) I do too
3 The girls donrsquot like the movie _____
(A) So do we (D) We do too
(B) Neither we do (E) Neither donrsquot we
(C) We donrsquot either
DEGREE OF COMPARISON
Pengertian
Tingkat perbandingan kata sifat (adjective)
dan kata keterangan (adverb
Pembagian
A Comparison of Adjectives
B Comparison of Adverb
C Equal Comparison
A Comparison of Adjectives
Membuat perbandingan atas kata sifat (adj-
Ective)
Perbandingan terdiri atas dua yaitu
1 Comparative
2 Superlative
3 Compareative
Untuk membandingkan dua kata sifat (adj
ective)
Cara membuat perbandingan dengan
a) Menambahkan er) di akhir kata sifat
Hal ini dilakukan jika kata sifat (adjective) -
satu suku bunyi (one syilable)
Contoh
Positive Comparative
short
slow
quick
tall
high
shorter
slower
quicker
taller
higher
Kecuali
Kata sifat berakhiran denganhuruf e cukup
Dengan menambah r
Positive Comparative
brave
white
braver
whiter
Gunakan than sebelum bentuk Comparative
Kata sifat berakhiran dengan huruf d g
mnt dan sebelumnya terdapat short -
vowel maka huruf tersebut digandakan sebe-
lum er ditambahkan
Positive Comparative
red
big
slim
thin
fat
redder
bigger
slimmer
thinner
fatter
Kata sifat yang berakhiran dengan huruf Y-
dan sebelum huruf tersebut adalah huruf mati
(konsonan) maka sebelum menambahkaner
y hilang dan digantikan dengan i
Positive Comparative
dirty
noisy
dirtier
noisier
b) Kata sifat yang terdiri atas lebih dari satu suku
bunyi (more than one syilable) mengalami pe-
nambahan more
Positive Comparative
useful
difficult
necessary
hopeless
more useful
more difficult
more necessary
more hopeless
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 12 -
c) Kata-kata sifat tertentu tak menggunakan kaidah
di atas tersebut di bawah ini
Positive Comparative
good
bad
much
many
little
best
worst
most
most
least
Contoh
Budi is 20 years old
Joni is 21 years old
Ati is 19 years old
Ati is the youngest
Joni is the oldest
The harus digunakan sebelum bentuk Superla
tive
B Comparison Of Adverb
Perbandingan Adverb atau kata keterangan
Pada umumnya yang dibandingkan ialah Adverb of
manner (keterangan Cara)
Bentuk perbandingan
1 Untuk kata-kata keterangan (adverb) yang di
bentuk bukan dari Adjective + ly maka er dan
est digunakan dalam membentukcompa-
rative dan Superlative
Positive Comp Super
fast
hard
high
faster
harder
higher
fastest
hardest
highest
2 Kata keterangan yang bersal dari Adjective +
ly menggunakan bentuk more dan most untuk
Comparative dan Superlative
Pos Comparative Super
slowly
simply
nicely
neatly
tidily
more slowly
more simply
more nicely
more neatly
more tidily
most slowly
most simply
most nicely
most neatly
most tidily
3 Kata keterangan (adverbs) tertentu tidak
menggunakan kaidah di atas tersebut dibawah
ini
Positive Comp Super
well
bad
little
much
better
worse
less
more
best
worst
least
most
Contoh
Comparative
Planes move faster than buses
Budi learns harder than Joni does
She explained it more clearly than I did
He speaks more loudly than I do
Superlative
Rockets move the fastest
Ati learns the hardest
Mr Ali explains the lesson the most clearly of the
teachers
C Equal Comparison
Perbandingan setara Pembentuknya ialah
asas
not asas
not soas
Untuk bentuk tersebut kita bisa mengguna
kan baik untuk kata sifat (adjective) maupun kata
keterangan (adverb)
1 Adjective
Untuk perbandingan yang positif kita gu-
nakan bentuk
as adjective as
Contoh
This book is as thick as that one
Ani is as clever as Budi
Untuk mengungkapkan perbandingan yang nega-
tif dapat digunakan dua bentuk
not so adjective as
not as adjective as
Contoh
The car is not as fast as that one
The car is not so fast as that one
Tuti is not as clever as Ati
Tuti is not so clever as Ati
2 Adverb
Positive
as adverb as
Contoh
He thinks as hard as I do
He played as well as I did
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 13 -
Negative
helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip
helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip
Contoh
He doesnrsquot walk as fast as I do
He doesnrsquot walk so fast as I do
Joni didnrsquot sing as well as Nita did yesterday
Joni didnrsquot sing so well as Nita did yesterday
Contoh Soal
1 Lauren _____ than Diana
(A) tender
(B) tenderer
(C) more tender
(D) the tenderest
(E) the more tender
2 Martin doesnrsquot speak ____
(A) so foudly as you do
(B) so loud as you do
(C) as loudly as you do
(D) as loud as you do
(E) as louder as you do
E-6
TENSES-3
1 SIMPLE FUTURE
2 FUTURE CONTINOUS
3 FUTURE PERFECT
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINOUS
1 SIMPLE FUTURE
Pengertian
Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilaksanakan
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Oleh karena itu kalimat Future TenseSim-
ple Future selalu ditandai dengan keterangan waktu
soon
afterwards
tomorrow
tonight
the day after tomorrow
next week
next month
next year
bentuk
S + shallwill + V1
I
shall
We
you
he
she will
it
they
Contoh
Jack will visit his moter in the country next
week
I shall not attend the party tonight
We shanrsquot have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys wonrsquot swim across the river next
weekend
Interrogative Form
Untuk membentuk kalimat interrogative
kata bantu shall will diletakkan sebelum atau di
depan Subyek
Shallwill + S + V1
Will Jack visit his mother in the country next
week
Shall I attend the party tonight
Shall we have another extra leson tomorrow
Will the boys swim across the river next
weekend
Will you take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Will Tini return the book to the library next
month
Contoh Soal 1 We _____ our homework together soon
(A) shall do (D) did
(B) do (E) does
(C) done
2 The visitor _____ tonight
(A) arrived (D) arrives
(B) has arrived (E) arrive
(C) will arrived
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 14 -
3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit
(A) shall (D) does
(B) will (E) has
(C) Do
TO BE GOING TO
Fungsi
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa
yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif
dari bentuk Shall dan Will
Bentuk
S + isamare + going to + V1
I ______ am
You
We are
they
he
she is
it
Contoh
Jack is going to visit his mother in the country
next week
I am going to attend the part tonight
We are going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river
next weekend
You are going to take a day off the day after
Tomorrow
Tini is going to return the book to the library
next mont
Negative Form
Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk
kalimat negatif
S + to be + not + Going to + V1
Jack is not going to visit his mother in the
country next week
I am not going to attend the part tonight
We are not going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the
river next weekend
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
Tini is not going to return the book to the
Library next month
Interrogative
Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -
subyek
To be + S + going to + V1
Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country
next week
Am I going to attend the part tonight
Are we going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
Are the boys going to swim across the river next
weekend
Are you going to take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Is Tini going to return the book to the library
next month
Contoh Soal
1 The teacher __ a test soon
(1) has given
(2) will given
(3) gave
(4) Is going to give
2 The boys __ a short course nex week
(A) Are going to take
(B) Is going to take
(C) Shall take
(D) Has taken
(E) Took
3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow
(A) Will (D) Are going
(B) Shall (E) must
(C) is going
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 15 -
4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month
(A) Is going to leave
(B) Are going to leave
(C) Has leave
(D) Left
(E) Leaving
5 I ____ supper afterwards
(1) am going to (3) shall have
(2) will have (4) have had
2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
Shallwill + be + v + ing
FUNGSI
Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini
This time tomorrow
Next week
Monday
Month
Moring
Etc
Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang
-an waktu simple future
ex
- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow
- Ill be watching tv tonight
- This time next week the pupils will be having a
test
- John will be helping us this evening
3 FUTURE PERFECT
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + V3
FUNGSI
Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai
pada masa yang akan datang
Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya
selalu diawali oleh kata by mis
by the end of this month
by the end of the week
by now
by the end of the year
ex
- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three
days
- By the time he finishes the question I will
have read the book for one hour
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing
Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan
masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang
Terdapat kesamaan antara future
perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-
terutama dalam fungsi
ex
- When she get to London she will have been
travelling for five days
- By the end of this year he will have been
working for three years
Contoh Soal
1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five
years by the end of this year
(A) will work
(B) have worked
(C) will have been working
(D) will be working
(E) is going to work
2 Dont come at five oclock because _____
(A) I will be playing
(B) I will have been playing
(C) I have played
(D) I will have played
(E) I will playing
3 My friends _____ next sunday
(1) Will invite
(2) Will be inviting
(3) Is going to invite
(4) Is inviting
4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday
(1) have
(2) will have
(3) would have
(4) shall be having
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 16 -
()
Is the butter is kept here hellip
Is Budi played the guitar hellip
2 Present Continous Tense
(+)
A They are repairing the bridge
B The bridge is being repaired
A The man is supervising me
P Iam being supervised by hellip
(-)
A The thief is climbing the wall when the
Police saw him
P the wall is being climbed by the thief when
the police saw
The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-
ing supervised hellip
()
Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip
Are you being supervised helliphellip
3 Present Perfect Tense
(+)
A Tuti has written two letters
P Two letters have been written
A He has don the work well
P The work has been donehellip
(-)
Two letters have not been written
The work has not been done hellip
()
Have two letters been written
Has the work been done by him
5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this
year
(1) Will stay
(2) Will have been staying
(3) Will be staying
(4) Will be stayed
E-7
- PASSIVE VOICE
- IMPERSONAL IT
PASSIVE VOICE
Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan
pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan
Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata
kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh
objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek
merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat
pasif
Bentuk
To be + V3
Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga
mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk
kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut
ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang
diiutinya
1 Present tense
(+)
A We keep the butter here
P The butter is kept here
A Budi plays the guitar at night
P The guitar is played by budi
A The teacher teaches the pupils
P The pupils are taught by hellip
(-)
The butter is kept here hellip
The guitar is not played hellip
S + isamare + V3
S + isamare + not + V3
isamare + S + V3
S + isamare + being + V3
S + Isamare + not + being + V3
Isamare + S + being + V3
S + hashave + been + V3
S + hashave + not + been +V3
hashave + S + been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 17 -
1 4 Past Tense
(+)
A The bad boys broke the windows
P The windows were were broken by
A The farmer hit the snake
P The snake was hit by
(-)
The windows were not broken
The snake was not hit
()
Were the windows were broken by
Was the snake hit by
5 Past Continous Tense
(+)
A They were taking the injured player out of the
Field
P the injured player were being taken by them
6 Past Perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came
P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -
Badu came
A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest
arrived
P The meal had been prepared by the mother -
When the guest arrived
7 Future Tense
(+)
A He will meet you at the station
P You will be met by him
A Budi will lend me his book
P I shall be lent by
()
Will you be met by him
Will you be lent by
8 To be going to
(+)
A We are going to hoid a party
P A party is going to be held hellip
A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -
Nts
P The lazy students are going to be punished by-
The teacher
9 Future Perfect Tense
S + shallwill + have + been + V3
A They will have elected new president in five
Years
P New President will have been elected in five
years
A IPTN will have produced war planes by the
year of 2000
P War planes will have been produced by IPTN
by
10 Past Future
(+)
A if it rained We should postphone our picnic
P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned
A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher
would punish him
P if all didnt change his behaviour he would
be punished by the teacher
11 Past Puture Perfect
(+)
A If you had studied hard you would have got
good marks
P If you had studied hard good marks would
have been got by you
A If the goverment had not made mistake the
judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent
to prison
P If the goverment had not made mistake
Sophia Laurent would not have the judge
would not have beensent to prison by the
judge
S + waswere + V3
S + waswere + not + V3
waswere + S+ V3
S + waswere + being + V3
S + shallwill + be + V3
Will shall + S + be + V3
S + isamare + going to + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 18 -
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
12 Modals
S + modals + be + V3
Modals can hellip hellipcould
may helliphellip might
must hellip
has to hellip had to
have to hellip had to
ought to
should
A you must shut these doors
P These doors must be shut
A You ought to open the windows
P The windows ought to be opened
A They should told him
P He should be told by them
A He has to drive me home
P I have to be driven by him hellip
13 Modals With The Perfect Tense
S + modals + have + been + V3
A The girl must have watered the flowers when I
saw her
P The flowers must have been watered by the girl
when hellip
A I could have asked somebody to carry that
box
P Somebody could have been asked to carry
That box by me
A The teacher might have told the story when
I was absent
P The story might have been told by the teacher
story when I was absent
Contoh Soal
1 Most scientific book ___ in English
(A) Are printing (D) has been printed
(B) Are print (E) are printed
(C) Is print
2 America ______ four hundred years ago
A discovered
B will be discovered
C had discovered
D was discovered
E was being discovered
3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister
A will be driven
B has be driven
C is driven
D was driven
E will be being driven
4He sald the several plans ___
A were being
B were been
C has been
D are been
E had being
5The food _____ several hours before the guast
arrived
A were cook
B had cooking
C has cook
D were cooked
E had been cooked
IMPERSONAL IT
PENGERTIAN
It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal
pronoun
APLIKASI
1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan
- distance
contoh
it is a long way to London
It is about two kilometers reach the post of -
fice
- time
Contoh
What time is it
It is four orsquoclock
- condition
Contoh
It is cold outside
It is warm inside
2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya
- Gerund
Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 19 -
kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it
Going on appears no good
It appears no good going on - To infinitive
Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem
patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-
nya digantikan oleh it
To say is easy
It is easy to say
- That clause
Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas
That they will have to go seem a pity
It seems a pity that willhave to go
3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya
- To infinitive
Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it
diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja
seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu
merupakan obyek bukan subyek
Contoh
We consider to cheat is wrong
We consider it wrong to cheat
- That clause
Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause
Contoh
We think that they didnt try is a pity
We think it a pity that he didnt try
Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to
infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu
menyebabkan hilangnya that
Contoh
People believe that to be polite is important
People believe it important tobe polite
Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh
it antara lain
- Believe - know
- Consider - realize
- Declare - snow
- Find - suppose
- Guees - take
- Imagine - think
- Understand
Contoh Soal
1 Step inside ____ outside
(A) There is cold
(B) Itrsquos cold
(C) Cold
(D) It
(E) It cold
2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep
(A) It is
(B) It will be
(C) It was
(D) It
(E) It should be
3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house
in a week
(A) It
(B) It be
(C) It is
(D) There is
(E) There be
4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other
word
(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson
(B) it difficult understand the lesson
(C) its difficult understand the lesson
(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson
(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson
5 _____ right for us to obey our parents
(A) there is
(B) there are
(C) there has
(D) it is
(E) it has
E-8
CONDITIONALS
Secara harfiah conditionals dapat
diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-
kalimat yang terdiri dari
1 syarat prasyarat
2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi
Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan
tercermin pada main clause
- hasil
- syarat
Conditional
Main clause
If clause
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 20 -
Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang
diawali if
Posisi
If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main
clause
If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip
If Clause I Clause
Atau
S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip
Main Clause I Clause
1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)
- Fungsi
Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan
terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type
ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-
nan
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present
Tense ini terdiri atas
a
b
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future
Bentuknya ialah
Shallwill + Stem
Shall hellip IWe
Will hellip He She It
You They
Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -
conditionals pada main clause
If clause Main Clause
Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)
If you study hard
If it rains
If you agree
If you dont know the
meaning of words
If all doesnt change
his behaviour
If I am rich
You will pass the exam
We shall postpone our
picnic
You can wait here
You may use your
Dictionary
The teacher will punish
him
I shall buy you a car
Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan
sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative
Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif
middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot
give it again
Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot
give it again
Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari
middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals
Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah
Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause
WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem
Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change
his behaviour hellip
2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi
sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan
dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan
untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut
Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition
Present
- Fokus
fakta (present Group)
Pengandalan
- Bentuk
If Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past
Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk
S + StemVerbV
S + isamare + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 21 -
a
b
Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise
but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada
an yang sebenarnya terjadi
ex I was a boy
if I were a bird
I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc
ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung
(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya
bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi
manusia
Main Clause
a Past Future
Should would + stem
b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu
Could might + Stem
If Clause Main Clause
Simple Past
Past
FuturecouldMight
If you studied hard
If it rained
If you agreed
If you didnrsquot know the
meaning of word
if All didnrsquot change his
bhaviour
If I were rich
You would get good
marks
We should postphone
our picnic
You could wait here
You might use you
dictionary
The teacher would
punish him
I should by you a car
Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias
dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan
Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car
Were I rich I should buy you a car
macr If he were not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Were he not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang
Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present
conditionals)
a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya
Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals
type 2 jika tense Present Group
macr Present Tense
macr Present Continous Tense
macr Present Perfect Tense
macr Present Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause
Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause
c Mengembalikan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative
dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
d Hindari penggunaan was
ex
(-) (+)
All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam
Syarat hasil
If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam
(+) (-)
People donrsquot ring me up because my number
is not in the directory
(hasil) (syarat)
People would ring me up if my number were in
the directory
(+) (+)
e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -
could pada Main Clause
ex
We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a
fire
If we got matches we could light a fire
f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak
an might
ex
Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the
cold so much
If he were not thin he might not feel the cold
so much
3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)
Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu
(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)
Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki
an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past
S + V Past tense
S + were + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 22 -
- Fokus
Fakta (past Group)
Penggandaian
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle
Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat
berbentuk
Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle
Past If Clause Main Clause
Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect
Couldmight Perfect
I you had studied hard
If it had rained
If you had agreed
If you had studied not
known the meaning of
words
If Ali had not changed
his behaviour
If I had been rich
You would have got
good marks
We should have
postphoned our picnic
You could have waited
here
You might have used
your dictionary
The teacher would have
punished him
I should have bought
you a car
Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had
ke depan
Ex
- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car
Had been rich I should have boughtyou car
- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Had you not known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang
Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )
a Menentukan tense dari fakta
Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3
jika tense-nya Past Group
- Past tense
- Past Continous Tense
macr Past Perfect Tense
macr Past Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)
Hasil (Main Clause)
c Memutar balikkan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus
negative dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
(-) (+)
All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed
Syarat hasil
If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would
not have fall
(-) (+)
I had no map I got lost
If I had had map I would not have got lost
a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan
gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan
could have + verb past participle pada main
clause
We couldnrsquot get into the house because the
hasil
police forbade us
syarat
We could have got into the house if the
police had not forbidden us
b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan
Might + have + Verb Past Participle
Ex
The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at
first
Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it
If the champion had taken the fight seriously at
first he might no have lost it
Contoh Soal
1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home
A Shall stay D stay
B Should stay E Stayed
C Stay
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 23 -
2 If I were youI _____ that book
A Would buy
B Will buy
C Buy
D bought
E Will not buy
3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger
A Would die
B died
C Will die
D Will have died
E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet
him
4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him
A If he come today I can meet him
B If he had come today I could have met him
C If he came today I could meet him
D If I met him today I could come
E If I had met him He could have come today
E-9
- SUBJUNCTIVE
- CONCORDANCE
SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan
yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan
datang
Ex
Long live the queen
God bless you
Heaven help you
Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini
(Present)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
+ S + V2
As Though
Example
- He always speaks as thought he were the
superior
- He dresses as if he were an officer
- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang
terjadi saat ini (Present)
Wish
If only + S + V2
Would rather
Example
He is sick so he is not able to come
- He wishes he came
If only he came
She would rather he came
The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance
- The students wish the teacher explained in
detail
If only the teacher explained in detail
The student would rather the teacher explained
in detail
Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past
(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu
(past)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
S + had + V3
As Though
Example
- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost
- He acted as thought he had been an actor
yesterday
- He talks about rome as if he had been there
once
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang
terjadi dahulu ( Past)
Wishedwishes
If only + S + had + V3
Would rather
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 24 -
The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday
- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test
- If only the teacher had given us a test
- We would rather teacher had given us a test
Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it
- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the
game
- If only Budi had taken part at the game
- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game
Tina was absent to the meeting last night
- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to
the meeting last night
- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting
last night
- Tina would rather she had not been absent to
the meeting last night
Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator
(A) Was (D) is
(B) Had been (E) had
(C) were
2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the
homework
(A) did (D) was doing
(B) had done (E) do
(C) have done
3 He acted as if he ______ill
(A) were (D) is
(B) was (E) have
(C) had been
4 Choose the correct ones
(1) I would rather he went to Medan now
(2) If only he had joined the last lecture
(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty
(4) She wishes she picked her mother up
5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately
my watch stops now
(A) told (D) tell
(B) had told (E) telling
(C) have told
bull CONCORDE
PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam
kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung
kepada subyek
Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja
juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek
singular kata kerja harus singular
BENTUK-BENTUK
1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan
ldquodengan
and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(Plural Subjek) ex
- Bob and Badu are here
- He and his friends have arrived
- Fire and water donrsquot agree
Kecuali
a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang
atau benda yang sama
ex
- The orator and stateman is dead
- The captain and adjutant was present
- My friend and benefactor has come
b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini
ex
- Bread and milk is his only food
- Slow and steady wins the race
- The horse and carriage is at the door
c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every
dan each
- Every boy and girl was ready
- Every woman man and child was lost
2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh
a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip
- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek
terakhir
- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch
- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant
masters were present
- Rama or his brother have done this
- Either he boy or parents have arrend
b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip
Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek
pertama
ex
- The chief with all his men was massacred
- John as well as james deserves pralse
- Justiceas well as mercy allows it
3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja
tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu
kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(pural) jika dilihat secara individu
ex
- The council has shosen its presuden
- The military were called out
- The crew was large
- The crew was taken prisoners
- A number of interesting suggestions have
been made
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 25 -
4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti
atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal
ex
- Each of his sisters is clever
- Neither of the men was very tall
- The quality of mangoes was not good
Contoh Soal
1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt
(A) was (D) am
(B) were (E) are
(C) has
2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India
(A) is (D) were
(B) am (E) has
(C) are
3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping
(A) are (D) is
(B) were (E) am
(C) was
4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate
(A) was (D) are
(B) is (E) has
(C) Am
5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry
(A) like (D) are liking
(B) likes (E) was liking
(C) is liking
E-10
REPORTED SPEECH
Pengertian
Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect
speech
DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara
INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung
kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali
Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau
pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan
beberapa perubahan
a Pronoun
Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -
maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-
han kalimat
b Keteranngan waktu
Direct Indirect
now
today
tomorrow
yesterday
tonight
last night
last ago
next
then
that day
the following day
the previous day
the following night
the previous night
the previous
the following
Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu
berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -
oleh Every
c Tenses
Direct Indirect
Present Tense
PresCont
Pres Perfect
Pres Perf Con
Past Tense
Future Tense
Future Cont
Future Perf
Past Tense
Past Cont
Past Perfect
Past Perf Con
Past Perfect
Past Future
Past F Con
PastF Perf
Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction
dalam Past
Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika
introduction dalam present
Present Past
Say
Will say
Have said
Said
Would say
Had said
d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda
kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya
e Keterangan lain
Direct Indirect
this
these
here
that
those
there
Reported Speech terdiri atas
A Statement
B Imperative
C Interrogative
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 26 -
Reported Speech
a Statement
Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect
selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak
digunakan
Contoh
PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT
Jack said My sisters learning to cook now
Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then
PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE
Bob said I come to school by bus every morning
Bob said that he came to school by bus every
morning
PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT
Tini said My uncle has bought a new car
Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car
PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON
Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for
half an hour here
Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for
half an hour there
PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT
Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt
herself
Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot
hurt herself
SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE
Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow
Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old
the following day
FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT
Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with
my friend this time tomorrow
Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis
with his friend this time the following day
Bob said I must go to bed early
Bob said he had to go bed early
Jack said My father can drive a car
Jack said his father could drive a car
Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon
Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon
The teacher told us you have to finish your
exercise at home
The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise
at home
b Imperative
Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan
kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak
tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga
kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive
Contoh
I said to Bob Open the window please
I asked Bob to Open the window
The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us
at once
The angry workmen asked the manager to pay
them at once
Badu said to Budi Please lend me your
dictionary
Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary
The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise
books and put them on my table
The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise
books and put them on his table
Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan
sebelum to
The mother said to her children Donrsquot play
with fire
The mother asked her children not to play with
fire
The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot
get off the bus while it is going
The bus conductor told the passengers not to get
off the bus while it was going
Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night
without your cout
Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night
without her coat
The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a
lot of noise
The teacher told the student not to make a lot of
noise
Statement
Imperative
Interro
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 4 -
4 Detectives ___ uniforms
(A) do not wear
(B) does not wear
(C) are wearing
(D) have not worn
(E) have not being wearing
5 Badu _____ learning English now
(A) learns
(B) has learnt
(C) has been learning
(D) is learning
(E) learn
E- 2
TENSES 2
- Simple past
- Past continuous
- Past perfect
- Past perfect continuous
-
1 SIMPLE PAST
A BENTUK
S + V2
V2 Verb Past Tense
Pembentukan kata kerja dari bentuk V1 ke V2
dan V3 seperti yang telah dijelaskan pada Present
Perfect Tense
B FUNGSI
Menyatakan perbuatan yang terjadi pada masa
lampau Untuk fungsi ini Simple Past selalu
ditandai oleh keterangan waktu
- Once - a month ago
- Yesterday two week ago
- Last night a few year ago
- Last week etc
month - just now
year
etc
ex
- He passed with flying colours in the last exam
- Yesterday Budi visited me
- He played football once
C NEGATIVE DAN INTERROGATIVE
Pembentukan Negative dan Interrogative
dengan menambahkan not pada did dan merubah
kata kerja menjadi V1
S + did + not + V1
did + not didnrsquot
ex
- He didnt pass with flying colours in the last -
exam
- He didnt play football once Meletakkkan did sebelum subjek
Did + S + V1
Ex
- Did he pass with flying colours
- Did Budi visit me yesterday
2 PAST CONTINOUS
A BENTUK
S + was were + V + ing
To be digunakan tergantung pada subyek
I you
He was we were
She they
It
B FUNGSI Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang
terjadi pada masa lampau
ex
- The thieves were climbing the wall when the
police saw him
- As the woman was getting off the bus She
dropped her purse
- My mother was singing while she was cooking
- Tuti was not helping her mother when her
friends came
3 PAST PERFECT TENSE
A BENTUK
S + had + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 5 -
S + had + been + V + + ing
Ex
- When he reached the station the train had left for
Medan - After he had taken medicine he felt better - Before the bus arrived he had finished his
Breakfast
- Before he had studied went to his house - Had the gone home after they took lunch
4 PAST PERFECT CONTINOOUS
A BENTUK
S + had + been + V + ing
B FUNGSI
Menyatakan suatu perbuatan atau kejadiaan
yang dimulai pada masa lampau dan masih
berlanjut pada masa tersebut
ex - At the time I started working at the office He
had been working for three years
- When I came to England in 1985 Budi had
been staying there for ten years
Contoh Soal
1 He _________ in a cafeacute when I saw him
(A) were sitting
(B) is sitting
(C) was sitting
(D) are sitting
(E) has been sitting
2 When I want to Bali my brother ________ for
three days
(A) have stayed
(B) had been staying
(C) was staying
(D) has been staying
(E) stayed
3 My uncle sent me a letter after he ______
(A) arrived
(B) was arriving
(C) had been arriving
(D) had arrived
(E) will arrive
4 Jacks father ______the army in 1970
(A) had joined
(B) had been joining
(C) Joined
(D) was joining
(E) Joins
5 Before the thief ____ the police caught him
(A) ran away
(B) had been run away
(C) had run away
(D) had been running away
(E) has run away
E-4
- Modals
- pronoun
MODALS
Pengertian
Kata Bantu yang digunakan dalam satu
kalimat yang tidak dapat berdiri sendiri tanpa kata
kerja
FUNGSI
1 Permission
Memberi keizinan Modal yang digunakan
- may
- might
- can
contoh
you may go now
you can have it
Meminta keizinan Modal yang digunakan
- may
- can
- could
Contoh
May I help you
Could you show how to get to the post
Office
2 Ability
Menyatakan kemampuan Modals yang di -
gunakan
- can
- could
Contoh
He could leave the heavy trunk
Jack can swim
3 Possibility
Menyatakan kemmungkinan Modals yang
digunakan
- May
- Might
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 6 -
Contoh
He might come tomorrow
He may finish the assigment now
4 Advisability
Menyarankan sesuatu Modals yang digunakan
- should
- ought to
Contoh
- you should clean your teeth
- You ought not to speak loudly
5 Obligation
Menyatakan kewajiban atau keharusan Modals
yang diguanakan
- Must - have to
- has to - had to
Contoh
You must obey your parents
All had to return the book
6 Logical Conclusion
Menarik kesimpulan logis dari suatu statement
Modals yang digunakan
- Must - Might
- Should -ought to
Contoh
He has a lot of houses He must be rich I -
knocked on the door and got no answer He might -
have been sleeping
Contoh Soal 1 you _____ go for a walk
(A) may (D) might
(B) must (E) should
(C) could
2 ______ I go home in the last lesson
(1) may (3) can
(2) could (4) must
3 Birds____ fly
(A) could (D) must
(B) can (E) ought to
(C) may
4 the woman looked ill She ____see a doctor
(1) must (3) has to
(2) ought to (4) should
5 there was no bus or taxi so I_____ walk
(A) ought (D) should
(B) should (E) has to
(C) could
PRONOUN
Pengertian Kata ganti yaitu kata yang digunakan seba-
gai ganti dari kata benda
Pembagian Pronount terdiri dari
A PERSONAL PRONOUN
B POSSSESSIVE PRONOUN
C REFLEXIVE PRONOUN
a personal Pronoun kata ganti orang yaitu kata yang mengga-
ntikan benda sebagai subyek dan obyek
Kata ganti orang terdiri
SUBJECT OBJECT
I
we
you
he
she
it
they
me
us
you
him
her
it
they
1 SUBJECT PRONOUN
Kata ganti orang untuk pokok kalimat (Sub -
yek)
The woman is going to the shop
the woman is shopping
Sebaiknya
She is shopping
The cat is flying on the floor
The cat is sleeping
Sebaiknya
It is sleeping
Johny and I are running
Johny and I are chased by a dog
Sebaiknya
We are chassed by a dog
Bob and Ted are in the river
Bob and Ted are swimming
Sebliknya
Bob and Ted are swimming
2 OBJECT PRONOUN
Menggunakan kata benda sebagai objek
PERSONAL
PRONOUN
SUBJECT
PRONOUN
OBJECT
PRONOUN
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 7 -
Contoh
We saw a donkey
The farmer hit the donkey with a stick
Sebaiknya the donkey pada kalimat kedua digantik-
an oleh oleh Objek Pronoun
The farmer hit it with a stick
The lady bought potatoes
The hawker put the potatoes in a package
Sebaiknya
The hawker put them in a package
The teacher called Ani
Her mother waited for Ani in the office
Sebaiknya
Her mother waited for her in the office
Contoh
The man is standing outside the building
The man is waiting for his son
The man pada kalimat kedua
Sebaiknya digantikan oleh kata ganti orang sebagai
subyek
Kalimatnya
He is waiting for his son
I met Amir at the station
A conductor was talking Amir
Sebaiknya
A conductor was talking to her
The headmaster punished the boys
The teacher found the boys peeping
Sebaiknya
The teacher found them peeping
2 POSSESSIVE PRONOUN
Kata ganti kepunyaan Kata ini penggunaan-
nya kerap dikaitkan dengan POSSESSIVE ADJE-
CTIVE
POSS ADJECTIVE POSS PRONOUN
my
our
your
his
her
its
their
mine
ours
yours
h is
hers
Its
their
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE menerangkan kata be-
nda dan letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan
POSSESSIVE PRONOUN menggantikan kata
benda
Contoh
This is my car
Tis car is mine
This is her wtch
This watch is hers
That is your pen
That pen is yours
These are their books
These books are theirs
That is our class
That class is ours
That is its kitten
That kitten is its
Possessive Pronoun bisa juga digunakan
menggantikan Possessive Adjective jika
bendanya diketahui
That is my pen and this is yours
Is this your
Where is mine
It belongs to hers
C reflexive Pronoun Merefleksikan kata benda reflexive
Pronoun
SINGULAR PLURAL
myself
yourself
himself
herself
itself
Oursselves
yourselves
themselves
Contoh
The little girl fell down and hurt herself
PERSONAL
PRONOUN
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE
POSSESSIVE PRO-NOUN
POSSESSIVE PRONOUN
SUBJET OBJECT
I
we you
you
he she
it
they
me
us you
you
him her
it
them
my
our your
your
his her
its
their
mine
ours yours
yours
h is hers
Its
their
myself
ourselves yourself
yourselves
himself herself
itself
themselves
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 8 -
He was tired of life so he killed himself
A baby cannot dress it self
I sometimes cut myself when
I am shaving
W e must not be selfish and think only about
Ourselves
She looked at herself in the mirror
He lives alone and often talks to himself
Some men go to a barber but most men shave
themselves
Reflexive Pronoun dapat digunakan untuk
mengeraskan atau menjelaskan benda atau orang
yang dimaksud
I saw the minister himself
I myself mended the wireless
The queen herself is going to open the
New hospital
E-4
1 ADJECTIVE
2 ADVERB
1 ADJECTIVE
PENGERTIAN
Kata yang menerangkan kata benda (noun )
PEMBAGIAN
Kata sifat terdiri atas A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY
B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE
C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE
D INTERROGSTIVE OF QUALITY
A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY
Menerangkan kualitas benda dalam konteks
Karakter
Usia
Bentuk
Ukuran
Warna
Letaknya bisa di depan ataupun di belakang
benda yang diterangkannya
Contoh
He is an old man
The book is red
We see high buildings in the city
The teacher always gies us difficult problem to
solves
B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE
Kata sifat yang menunjukkan kepunyaan
Letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan
PERSONAL PRONOUN POESSESSIVE
ADJECTIVE SUBJECT OBJECT
I
we
you
you
he
she
it
they
me
us
you
you
him
her
it
them
my
our
your
your
his
her
its
their
Contoh
I lost my book
The teacher forgot to bring his beg
The studens were busy writing their composition
The pick-pocket tole her wallet
C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE
Menunjukkan benda yang dimaksudLe-
taknya di depan benda yang diterangkannya
Contoh
This boy is strong
These mangoes are sour
Donrsquot be in such a hurry
That rascal must be punished
D INTERROGATIVE ADJECTIVE
Kata tanya seperti which what whose -
yang digunakan dengan kata benda dalam sebuah
kalimatnya
Contoh
What manner of man is he
Which way shall we go
Whose book is this
E ADJECTIVE OF QUANTITY
Kata sifat yang menunjukkan jumlah ben
da yang dimaksud
Contoh
I eat some rice
He showed much patience
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 9 -
All men must die
He claimed his half share of the booty
You have no sense
The whole sum is expended
There hasnrsquot been sufficient rain this year
POSISI ADJECTIVE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Dete
r
mile
r
Qual
-ityc
harat
er
size- Ag
e
lem
per
a
Parti-
ciple
shape colour Origin
location
noun
2
four
Beau
tiful
expe
nsive
Big
strong
old Negie
ted
square Red
black
African
french
Hous
-es
Hors
-es
2 ADVERB
PENGERTIAN
Kata yang digunakan untuk menjelaskan
atau menerangkan kata kerja (verb) PEMBAGIAN
1 ADVERB OF MANNER
2 ADVERB OF MANNER
3 ADVERB OF PLACE
4 ADVERB OF TIME
5 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY
6 ADVERB OF DEGREE
1 ADVERB OF MANNER
Menerangkan cara melakukan sesuatuAd-
verb ini dibentuk dari
Adjective + ly
Adjective Adverb
quick
easy
foolish
beautiful
quickly
easily
foolishly
beautifully
Sehingga
Untuk beberapa adjective kadang-kadang
penambhan ly tidak diperlukan
Adjective Adverb
fast
hard
good
late
fast
hard
well
late
Letak adverb of manner di dalam kalimat
ialah sesudah atau sebelum kata ker-ja
Ex
- He runs quikly
- He speaks English fluently
- He hopefully found the money
2 ADVERB OF PLACE
Menunjukkan tempat terjadi suatu
perbuatan Letaknya di akhir kalimat
Ex
- He work in an office
- Shersquoll meet me at the same
- He drove eastwards
3 ADVERB OF TIME
Menunjukkan waktu terjadi suatu
perbuatan Letaknya di depan dan di akhir
kalimat
Ex
- She is studying now
- Yesterday I visited my cousin
- Next month he will be forty
4 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY
Kata yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan
frekwensi terjadinya suatu perbuatan Kata-kata -
keterangan tsb
- usually - sometimes
- always - never
- often - seldom
letaknya sebelum verb (kata keja)
Ex
- I always go to the library
- She often watchs tv
5 ADVERB OF DEGREE
Menunjukkan kadarderajat dari suatu -
tindakan
letaknya sebelum adjective atau sebelum-
adverb
ex
- He is too big
- He walks very slowly
POSISI ADVERB
Jika dalam satu kalimat terdapat lebih
dari satu adverb maka susunannya
Manner place time
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 10 -
ex
- Susan regularly studio biology at home
every day
Contoh Soal
1 Our teacher speaks English _______
(A) good (D) fluently
(B) fluent (E) fluenting
(C) clear
2 Jakarta has many ____ building
(A) high (D) expensive
(B) big (E) modern
(C) large
3 I want to meet _____
(A) two teacher english
(B) teachers english two
(C) two english teacher
(D) english two teacher
(E) teacher two english
4 which of the following senteces is correct
(1) He works hard in his office every day
(2) He hard works in his office every day
(3) Every day he works hard in his office
(4) He every day works hard in his office
5 He always feels______
(1) anxious (3) happy
(2) anxiously (4) happily
E-5
- ELLIPSIS
- DEGREE OF COMPARISON
ELLIPSIS
Fungsi
Untuk menggabungkan kalimat yang hanya
memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek (pokok kalimat)
Formula
and so + to behv + s
and so + to behv1 too
and neither + hv + s
to be
and s + hv + nrsquot + either
to be
but S + hvto be
but S + hvto be + nrsquot
Aplikasi
Kalimat Positif
untuk menggabung dua kalimat positif
yang hanya berbeda subyek formula berikut
dapat digunakan
- and so
- and too
Contoh
Jack can swim
Budi can swim
- Jack can swim and so can Budi
atau
Jack can swim and Budi can too
Ali walks to school
We walk to school
- Ali walks to school and sodo we
atau
Ali walks to school and we do too
Kalimat negatif
Untuk menggabung dua kalimat negatif -
yang hanya memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek -
digunakan formula sebagai berikut
- and neither
- and neither
Contoh
Peter canrsquot swim
Teddy canrsquot swim
Peter canrsquot swim and neither can Teddy
Peter canrsquot swim and teddy canrsquot either
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night
Joni didnrsquot attend the party last night
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 11 -
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and neither -
did Joni
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and Joni
didnrsquot either
Kalimat Negatif-Positif
Untuk mengkombinasikan dua kalimat -
yang hanya memiliki perbedaan dalam subyek dan -
salah satunya negatif digunakan
but S + to behv
Jika kalimat pertama negatif
Contoh
Jack canrsquot play the guitar
Budi can play the guitar
Jack canrsquot play the guitar but Budi can
but S + to behv + nrsquot
Jikakalimat kedua negatif
Contoh
Joni passed in the exam
Budi didnrsquot pass the exam
Joni passed in the exam but budi didrsquont
Contoh Soal 1 Ani ____wears glassed but her sister______
(A) do (D) donrsquot
(B) canrsquot (E) doesnrsquot
(C) does
2 Joni made a lot of mistakes in the exam and ____
(A) so I did (D) so did I
(B) so do I (E) I did so
(C) I do too
3 The girls donrsquot like the movie _____
(A) So do we (D) We do too
(B) Neither we do (E) Neither donrsquot we
(C) We donrsquot either
DEGREE OF COMPARISON
Pengertian
Tingkat perbandingan kata sifat (adjective)
dan kata keterangan (adverb
Pembagian
A Comparison of Adjectives
B Comparison of Adverb
C Equal Comparison
A Comparison of Adjectives
Membuat perbandingan atas kata sifat (adj-
Ective)
Perbandingan terdiri atas dua yaitu
1 Comparative
2 Superlative
3 Compareative
Untuk membandingkan dua kata sifat (adj
ective)
Cara membuat perbandingan dengan
a) Menambahkan er) di akhir kata sifat
Hal ini dilakukan jika kata sifat (adjective) -
satu suku bunyi (one syilable)
Contoh
Positive Comparative
short
slow
quick
tall
high
shorter
slower
quicker
taller
higher
Kecuali
Kata sifat berakhiran denganhuruf e cukup
Dengan menambah r
Positive Comparative
brave
white
braver
whiter
Gunakan than sebelum bentuk Comparative
Kata sifat berakhiran dengan huruf d g
mnt dan sebelumnya terdapat short -
vowel maka huruf tersebut digandakan sebe-
lum er ditambahkan
Positive Comparative
red
big
slim
thin
fat
redder
bigger
slimmer
thinner
fatter
Kata sifat yang berakhiran dengan huruf Y-
dan sebelum huruf tersebut adalah huruf mati
(konsonan) maka sebelum menambahkaner
y hilang dan digantikan dengan i
Positive Comparative
dirty
noisy
dirtier
noisier
b) Kata sifat yang terdiri atas lebih dari satu suku
bunyi (more than one syilable) mengalami pe-
nambahan more
Positive Comparative
useful
difficult
necessary
hopeless
more useful
more difficult
more necessary
more hopeless
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 12 -
c) Kata-kata sifat tertentu tak menggunakan kaidah
di atas tersebut di bawah ini
Positive Comparative
good
bad
much
many
little
best
worst
most
most
least
Contoh
Budi is 20 years old
Joni is 21 years old
Ati is 19 years old
Ati is the youngest
Joni is the oldest
The harus digunakan sebelum bentuk Superla
tive
B Comparison Of Adverb
Perbandingan Adverb atau kata keterangan
Pada umumnya yang dibandingkan ialah Adverb of
manner (keterangan Cara)
Bentuk perbandingan
1 Untuk kata-kata keterangan (adverb) yang di
bentuk bukan dari Adjective + ly maka er dan
est digunakan dalam membentukcompa-
rative dan Superlative
Positive Comp Super
fast
hard
high
faster
harder
higher
fastest
hardest
highest
2 Kata keterangan yang bersal dari Adjective +
ly menggunakan bentuk more dan most untuk
Comparative dan Superlative
Pos Comparative Super
slowly
simply
nicely
neatly
tidily
more slowly
more simply
more nicely
more neatly
more tidily
most slowly
most simply
most nicely
most neatly
most tidily
3 Kata keterangan (adverbs) tertentu tidak
menggunakan kaidah di atas tersebut dibawah
ini
Positive Comp Super
well
bad
little
much
better
worse
less
more
best
worst
least
most
Contoh
Comparative
Planes move faster than buses
Budi learns harder than Joni does
She explained it more clearly than I did
He speaks more loudly than I do
Superlative
Rockets move the fastest
Ati learns the hardest
Mr Ali explains the lesson the most clearly of the
teachers
C Equal Comparison
Perbandingan setara Pembentuknya ialah
asas
not asas
not soas
Untuk bentuk tersebut kita bisa mengguna
kan baik untuk kata sifat (adjective) maupun kata
keterangan (adverb)
1 Adjective
Untuk perbandingan yang positif kita gu-
nakan bentuk
as adjective as
Contoh
This book is as thick as that one
Ani is as clever as Budi
Untuk mengungkapkan perbandingan yang nega-
tif dapat digunakan dua bentuk
not so adjective as
not as adjective as
Contoh
The car is not as fast as that one
The car is not so fast as that one
Tuti is not as clever as Ati
Tuti is not so clever as Ati
2 Adverb
Positive
as adverb as
Contoh
He thinks as hard as I do
He played as well as I did
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 13 -
Negative
helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip
helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip
Contoh
He doesnrsquot walk as fast as I do
He doesnrsquot walk so fast as I do
Joni didnrsquot sing as well as Nita did yesterday
Joni didnrsquot sing so well as Nita did yesterday
Contoh Soal
1 Lauren _____ than Diana
(A) tender
(B) tenderer
(C) more tender
(D) the tenderest
(E) the more tender
2 Martin doesnrsquot speak ____
(A) so foudly as you do
(B) so loud as you do
(C) as loudly as you do
(D) as loud as you do
(E) as louder as you do
E-6
TENSES-3
1 SIMPLE FUTURE
2 FUTURE CONTINOUS
3 FUTURE PERFECT
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINOUS
1 SIMPLE FUTURE
Pengertian
Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilaksanakan
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Oleh karena itu kalimat Future TenseSim-
ple Future selalu ditandai dengan keterangan waktu
soon
afterwards
tomorrow
tonight
the day after tomorrow
next week
next month
next year
bentuk
S + shallwill + V1
I
shall
We
you
he
she will
it
they
Contoh
Jack will visit his moter in the country next
week
I shall not attend the party tonight
We shanrsquot have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys wonrsquot swim across the river next
weekend
Interrogative Form
Untuk membentuk kalimat interrogative
kata bantu shall will diletakkan sebelum atau di
depan Subyek
Shallwill + S + V1
Will Jack visit his mother in the country next
week
Shall I attend the party tonight
Shall we have another extra leson tomorrow
Will the boys swim across the river next
weekend
Will you take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Will Tini return the book to the library next
month
Contoh Soal 1 We _____ our homework together soon
(A) shall do (D) did
(B) do (E) does
(C) done
2 The visitor _____ tonight
(A) arrived (D) arrives
(B) has arrived (E) arrive
(C) will arrived
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 14 -
3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit
(A) shall (D) does
(B) will (E) has
(C) Do
TO BE GOING TO
Fungsi
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa
yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif
dari bentuk Shall dan Will
Bentuk
S + isamare + going to + V1
I ______ am
You
We are
they
he
she is
it
Contoh
Jack is going to visit his mother in the country
next week
I am going to attend the part tonight
We are going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river
next weekend
You are going to take a day off the day after
Tomorrow
Tini is going to return the book to the library
next mont
Negative Form
Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk
kalimat negatif
S + to be + not + Going to + V1
Jack is not going to visit his mother in the
country next week
I am not going to attend the part tonight
We are not going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the
river next weekend
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
Tini is not going to return the book to the
Library next month
Interrogative
Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -
subyek
To be + S + going to + V1
Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country
next week
Am I going to attend the part tonight
Are we going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
Are the boys going to swim across the river next
weekend
Are you going to take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Is Tini going to return the book to the library
next month
Contoh Soal
1 The teacher __ a test soon
(1) has given
(2) will given
(3) gave
(4) Is going to give
2 The boys __ a short course nex week
(A) Are going to take
(B) Is going to take
(C) Shall take
(D) Has taken
(E) Took
3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow
(A) Will (D) Are going
(B) Shall (E) must
(C) is going
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 15 -
4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month
(A) Is going to leave
(B) Are going to leave
(C) Has leave
(D) Left
(E) Leaving
5 I ____ supper afterwards
(1) am going to (3) shall have
(2) will have (4) have had
2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
Shallwill + be + v + ing
FUNGSI
Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini
This time tomorrow
Next week
Monday
Month
Moring
Etc
Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang
-an waktu simple future
ex
- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow
- Ill be watching tv tonight
- This time next week the pupils will be having a
test
- John will be helping us this evening
3 FUTURE PERFECT
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + V3
FUNGSI
Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai
pada masa yang akan datang
Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya
selalu diawali oleh kata by mis
by the end of this month
by the end of the week
by now
by the end of the year
ex
- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three
days
- By the time he finishes the question I will
have read the book for one hour
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing
Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan
masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang
Terdapat kesamaan antara future
perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-
terutama dalam fungsi
ex
- When she get to London she will have been
travelling for five days
- By the end of this year he will have been
working for three years
Contoh Soal
1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five
years by the end of this year
(A) will work
(B) have worked
(C) will have been working
(D) will be working
(E) is going to work
2 Dont come at five oclock because _____
(A) I will be playing
(B) I will have been playing
(C) I have played
(D) I will have played
(E) I will playing
3 My friends _____ next sunday
(1) Will invite
(2) Will be inviting
(3) Is going to invite
(4) Is inviting
4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday
(1) have
(2) will have
(3) would have
(4) shall be having
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 16 -
()
Is the butter is kept here hellip
Is Budi played the guitar hellip
2 Present Continous Tense
(+)
A They are repairing the bridge
B The bridge is being repaired
A The man is supervising me
P Iam being supervised by hellip
(-)
A The thief is climbing the wall when the
Police saw him
P the wall is being climbed by the thief when
the police saw
The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-
ing supervised hellip
()
Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip
Are you being supervised helliphellip
3 Present Perfect Tense
(+)
A Tuti has written two letters
P Two letters have been written
A He has don the work well
P The work has been donehellip
(-)
Two letters have not been written
The work has not been done hellip
()
Have two letters been written
Has the work been done by him
5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this
year
(1) Will stay
(2) Will have been staying
(3) Will be staying
(4) Will be stayed
E-7
- PASSIVE VOICE
- IMPERSONAL IT
PASSIVE VOICE
Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan
pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan
Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata
kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh
objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek
merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat
pasif
Bentuk
To be + V3
Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga
mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk
kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut
ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang
diiutinya
1 Present tense
(+)
A We keep the butter here
P The butter is kept here
A Budi plays the guitar at night
P The guitar is played by budi
A The teacher teaches the pupils
P The pupils are taught by hellip
(-)
The butter is kept here hellip
The guitar is not played hellip
S + isamare + V3
S + isamare + not + V3
isamare + S + V3
S + isamare + being + V3
S + Isamare + not + being + V3
Isamare + S + being + V3
S + hashave + been + V3
S + hashave + not + been +V3
hashave + S + been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 17 -
1 4 Past Tense
(+)
A The bad boys broke the windows
P The windows were were broken by
A The farmer hit the snake
P The snake was hit by
(-)
The windows were not broken
The snake was not hit
()
Were the windows were broken by
Was the snake hit by
5 Past Continous Tense
(+)
A They were taking the injured player out of the
Field
P the injured player were being taken by them
6 Past Perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came
P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -
Badu came
A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest
arrived
P The meal had been prepared by the mother -
When the guest arrived
7 Future Tense
(+)
A He will meet you at the station
P You will be met by him
A Budi will lend me his book
P I shall be lent by
()
Will you be met by him
Will you be lent by
8 To be going to
(+)
A We are going to hoid a party
P A party is going to be held hellip
A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -
Nts
P The lazy students are going to be punished by-
The teacher
9 Future Perfect Tense
S + shallwill + have + been + V3
A They will have elected new president in five
Years
P New President will have been elected in five
years
A IPTN will have produced war planes by the
year of 2000
P War planes will have been produced by IPTN
by
10 Past Future
(+)
A if it rained We should postphone our picnic
P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned
A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher
would punish him
P if all didnt change his behaviour he would
be punished by the teacher
11 Past Puture Perfect
(+)
A If you had studied hard you would have got
good marks
P If you had studied hard good marks would
have been got by you
A If the goverment had not made mistake the
judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent
to prison
P If the goverment had not made mistake
Sophia Laurent would not have the judge
would not have beensent to prison by the
judge
S + waswere + V3
S + waswere + not + V3
waswere + S+ V3
S + waswere + being + V3
S + shallwill + be + V3
Will shall + S + be + V3
S + isamare + going to + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 18 -
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
12 Modals
S + modals + be + V3
Modals can hellip hellipcould
may helliphellip might
must hellip
has to hellip had to
have to hellip had to
ought to
should
A you must shut these doors
P These doors must be shut
A You ought to open the windows
P The windows ought to be opened
A They should told him
P He should be told by them
A He has to drive me home
P I have to be driven by him hellip
13 Modals With The Perfect Tense
S + modals + have + been + V3
A The girl must have watered the flowers when I
saw her
P The flowers must have been watered by the girl
when hellip
A I could have asked somebody to carry that
box
P Somebody could have been asked to carry
That box by me
A The teacher might have told the story when
I was absent
P The story might have been told by the teacher
story when I was absent
Contoh Soal
1 Most scientific book ___ in English
(A) Are printing (D) has been printed
(B) Are print (E) are printed
(C) Is print
2 America ______ four hundred years ago
A discovered
B will be discovered
C had discovered
D was discovered
E was being discovered
3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister
A will be driven
B has be driven
C is driven
D was driven
E will be being driven
4He sald the several plans ___
A were being
B were been
C has been
D are been
E had being
5The food _____ several hours before the guast
arrived
A were cook
B had cooking
C has cook
D were cooked
E had been cooked
IMPERSONAL IT
PENGERTIAN
It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal
pronoun
APLIKASI
1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan
- distance
contoh
it is a long way to London
It is about two kilometers reach the post of -
fice
- time
Contoh
What time is it
It is four orsquoclock
- condition
Contoh
It is cold outside
It is warm inside
2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya
- Gerund
Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 19 -
kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it
Going on appears no good
It appears no good going on - To infinitive
Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem
patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-
nya digantikan oleh it
To say is easy
It is easy to say
- That clause
Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas
That they will have to go seem a pity
It seems a pity that willhave to go
3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya
- To infinitive
Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it
diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja
seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu
merupakan obyek bukan subyek
Contoh
We consider to cheat is wrong
We consider it wrong to cheat
- That clause
Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause
Contoh
We think that they didnt try is a pity
We think it a pity that he didnt try
Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to
infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu
menyebabkan hilangnya that
Contoh
People believe that to be polite is important
People believe it important tobe polite
Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh
it antara lain
- Believe - know
- Consider - realize
- Declare - snow
- Find - suppose
- Guees - take
- Imagine - think
- Understand
Contoh Soal
1 Step inside ____ outside
(A) There is cold
(B) Itrsquos cold
(C) Cold
(D) It
(E) It cold
2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep
(A) It is
(B) It will be
(C) It was
(D) It
(E) It should be
3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house
in a week
(A) It
(B) It be
(C) It is
(D) There is
(E) There be
4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other
word
(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson
(B) it difficult understand the lesson
(C) its difficult understand the lesson
(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson
(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson
5 _____ right for us to obey our parents
(A) there is
(B) there are
(C) there has
(D) it is
(E) it has
E-8
CONDITIONALS
Secara harfiah conditionals dapat
diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-
kalimat yang terdiri dari
1 syarat prasyarat
2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi
Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan
tercermin pada main clause
- hasil
- syarat
Conditional
Main clause
If clause
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 20 -
Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang
diawali if
Posisi
If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main
clause
If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip
If Clause I Clause
Atau
S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip
Main Clause I Clause
1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)
- Fungsi
Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan
terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type
ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-
nan
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present
Tense ini terdiri atas
a
b
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future
Bentuknya ialah
Shallwill + Stem
Shall hellip IWe
Will hellip He She It
You They
Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -
conditionals pada main clause
If clause Main Clause
Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)
If you study hard
If it rains
If you agree
If you dont know the
meaning of words
If all doesnt change
his behaviour
If I am rich
You will pass the exam
We shall postpone our
picnic
You can wait here
You may use your
Dictionary
The teacher will punish
him
I shall buy you a car
Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan
sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative
Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif
middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot
give it again
Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot
give it again
Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari
middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals
Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah
Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause
WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem
Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change
his behaviour hellip
2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi
sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan
dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan
untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut
Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition
Present
- Fokus
fakta (present Group)
Pengandalan
- Bentuk
If Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past
Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk
S + StemVerbV
S + isamare + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 21 -
a
b
Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise
but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada
an yang sebenarnya terjadi
ex I was a boy
if I were a bird
I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc
ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung
(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya
bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi
manusia
Main Clause
a Past Future
Should would + stem
b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu
Could might + Stem
If Clause Main Clause
Simple Past
Past
FuturecouldMight
If you studied hard
If it rained
If you agreed
If you didnrsquot know the
meaning of word
if All didnrsquot change his
bhaviour
If I were rich
You would get good
marks
We should postphone
our picnic
You could wait here
You might use you
dictionary
The teacher would
punish him
I should by you a car
Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias
dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan
Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car
Were I rich I should buy you a car
macr If he were not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Were he not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang
Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present
conditionals)
a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya
Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals
type 2 jika tense Present Group
macr Present Tense
macr Present Continous Tense
macr Present Perfect Tense
macr Present Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause
Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause
c Mengembalikan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative
dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
d Hindari penggunaan was
ex
(-) (+)
All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam
Syarat hasil
If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam
(+) (-)
People donrsquot ring me up because my number
is not in the directory
(hasil) (syarat)
People would ring me up if my number were in
the directory
(+) (+)
e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -
could pada Main Clause
ex
We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a
fire
If we got matches we could light a fire
f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak
an might
ex
Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the
cold so much
If he were not thin he might not feel the cold
so much
3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)
Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu
(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)
Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki
an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past
S + V Past tense
S + were + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 22 -
- Fokus
Fakta (past Group)
Penggandaian
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle
Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat
berbentuk
Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle
Past If Clause Main Clause
Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect
Couldmight Perfect
I you had studied hard
If it had rained
If you had agreed
If you had studied not
known the meaning of
words
If Ali had not changed
his behaviour
If I had been rich
You would have got
good marks
We should have
postphoned our picnic
You could have waited
here
You might have used
your dictionary
The teacher would have
punished him
I should have bought
you a car
Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had
ke depan
Ex
- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car
Had been rich I should have boughtyou car
- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Had you not known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang
Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )
a Menentukan tense dari fakta
Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3
jika tense-nya Past Group
- Past tense
- Past Continous Tense
macr Past Perfect Tense
macr Past Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)
Hasil (Main Clause)
c Memutar balikkan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus
negative dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
(-) (+)
All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed
Syarat hasil
If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would
not have fall
(-) (+)
I had no map I got lost
If I had had map I would not have got lost
a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan
gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan
could have + verb past participle pada main
clause
We couldnrsquot get into the house because the
hasil
police forbade us
syarat
We could have got into the house if the
police had not forbidden us
b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan
Might + have + Verb Past Participle
Ex
The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at
first
Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it
If the champion had taken the fight seriously at
first he might no have lost it
Contoh Soal
1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home
A Shall stay D stay
B Should stay E Stayed
C Stay
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 23 -
2 If I were youI _____ that book
A Would buy
B Will buy
C Buy
D bought
E Will not buy
3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger
A Would die
B died
C Will die
D Will have died
E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet
him
4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him
A If he come today I can meet him
B If he had come today I could have met him
C If he came today I could meet him
D If I met him today I could come
E If I had met him He could have come today
E-9
- SUBJUNCTIVE
- CONCORDANCE
SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan
yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan
datang
Ex
Long live the queen
God bless you
Heaven help you
Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini
(Present)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
+ S + V2
As Though
Example
- He always speaks as thought he were the
superior
- He dresses as if he were an officer
- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang
terjadi saat ini (Present)
Wish
If only + S + V2
Would rather
Example
He is sick so he is not able to come
- He wishes he came
If only he came
She would rather he came
The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance
- The students wish the teacher explained in
detail
If only the teacher explained in detail
The student would rather the teacher explained
in detail
Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past
(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu
(past)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
S + had + V3
As Though
Example
- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost
- He acted as thought he had been an actor
yesterday
- He talks about rome as if he had been there
once
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang
terjadi dahulu ( Past)
Wishedwishes
If only + S + had + V3
Would rather
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 24 -
The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday
- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test
- If only the teacher had given us a test
- We would rather teacher had given us a test
Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it
- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the
game
- If only Budi had taken part at the game
- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game
Tina was absent to the meeting last night
- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to
the meeting last night
- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting
last night
- Tina would rather she had not been absent to
the meeting last night
Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator
(A) Was (D) is
(B) Had been (E) had
(C) were
2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the
homework
(A) did (D) was doing
(B) had done (E) do
(C) have done
3 He acted as if he ______ill
(A) were (D) is
(B) was (E) have
(C) had been
4 Choose the correct ones
(1) I would rather he went to Medan now
(2) If only he had joined the last lecture
(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty
(4) She wishes she picked her mother up
5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately
my watch stops now
(A) told (D) tell
(B) had told (E) telling
(C) have told
bull CONCORDE
PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam
kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung
kepada subyek
Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja
juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek
singular kata kerja harus singular
BENTUK-BENTUK
1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan
ldquodengan
and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(Plural Subjek) ex
- Bob and Badu are here
- He and his friends have arrived
- Fire and water donrsquot agree
Kecuali
a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang
atau benda yang sama
ex
- The orator and stateman is dead
- The captain and adjutant was present
- My friend and benefactor has come
b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini
ex
- Bread and milk is his only food
- Slow and steady wins the race
- The horse and carriage is at the door
c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every
dan each
- Every boy and girl was ready
- Every woman man and child was lost
2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh
a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip
- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek
terakhir
- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch
- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant
masters were present
- Rama or his brother have done this
- Either he boy or parents have arrend
b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip
Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek
pertama
ex
- The chief with all his men was massacred
- John as well as james deserves pralse
- Justiceas well as mercy allows it
3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja
tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu
kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(pural) jika dilihat secara individu
ex
- The council has shosen its presuden
- The military were called out
- The crew was large
- The crew was taken prisoners
- A number of interesting suggestions have
been made
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 25 -
4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti
atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal
ex
- Each of his sisters is clever
- Neither of the men was very tall
- The quality of mangoes was not good
Contoh Soal
1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt
(A) was (D) am
(B) were (E) are
(C) has
2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India
(A) is (D) were
(B) am (E) has
(C) are
3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping
(A) are (D) is
(B) were (E) am
(C) was
4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate
(A) was (D) are
(B) is (E) has
(C) Am
5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry
(A) like (D) are liking
(B) likes (E) was liking
(C) is liking
E-10
REPORTED SPEECH
Pengertian
Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect
speech
DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara
INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung
kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali
Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau
pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan
beberapa perubahan
a Pronoun
Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -
maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-
han kalimat
b Keteranngan waktu
Direct Indirect
now
today
tomorrow
yesterday
tonight
last night
last ago
next
then
that day
the following day
the previous day
the following night
the previous night
the previous
the following
Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu
berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -
oleh Every
c Tenses
Direct Indirect
Present Tense
PresCont
Pres Perfect
Pres Perf Con
Past Tense
Future Tense
Future Cont
Future Perf
Past Tense
Past Cont
Past Perfect
Past Perf Con
Past Perfect
Past Future
Past F Con
PastF Perf
Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction
dalam Past
Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika
introduction dalam present
Present Past
Say
Will say
Have said
Said
Would say
Had said
d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda
kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya
e Keterangan lain
Direct Indirect
this
these
here
that
those
there
Reported Speech terdiri atas
A Statement
B Imperative
C Interrogative
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 26 -
Reported Speech
a Statement
Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect
selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak
digunakan
Contoh
PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT
Jack said My sisters learning to cook now
Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then
PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE
Bob said I come to school by bus every morning
Bob said that he came to school by bus every
morning
PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT
Tini said My uncle has bought a new car
Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car
PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON
Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for
half an hour here
Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for
half an hour there
PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT
Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt
herself
Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot
hurt herself
SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE
Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow
Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old
the following day
FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT
Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with
my friend this time tomorrow
Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis
with his friend this time the following day
Bob said I must go to bed early
Bob said he had to go bed early
Jack said My father can drive a car
Jack said his father could drive a car
Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon
Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon
The teacher told us you have to finish your
exercise at home
The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise
at home
b Imperative
Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan
kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak
tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga
kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive
Contoh
I said to Bob Open the window please
I asked Bob to Open the window
The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us
at once
The angry workmen asked the manager to pay
them at once
Badu said to Budi Please lend me your
dictionary
Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary
The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise
books and put them on my table
The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise
books and put them on his table
Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan
sebelum to
The mother said to her children Donrsquot play
with fire
The mother asked her children not to play with
fire
The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot
get off the bus while it is going
The bus conductor told the passengers not to get
off the bus while it was going
Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night
without your cout
Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night
without her coat
The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a
lot of noise
The teacher told the student not to make a lot of
noise
Statement
Imperative
Interro
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 5 -
S + had + been + V + + ing
Ex
- When he reached the station the train had left for
Medan - After he had taken medicine he felt better - Before the bus arrived he had finished his
Breakfast
- Before he had studied went to his house - Had the gone home after they took lunch
4 PAST PERFECT CONTINOOUS
A BENTUK
S + had + been + V + ing
B FUNGSI
Menyatakan suatu perbuatan atau kejadiaan
yang dimulai pada masa lampau dan masih
berlanjut pada masa tersebut
ex - At the time I started working at the office He
had been working for three years
- When I came to England in 1985 Budi had
been staying there for ten years
Contoh Soal
1 He _________ in a cafeacute when I saw him
(A) were sitting
(B) is sitting
(C) was sitting
(D) are sitting
(E) has been sitting
2 When I want to Bali my brother ________ for
three days
(A) have stayed
(B) had been staying
(C) was staying
(D) has been staying
(E) stayed
3 My uncle sent me a letter after he ______
(A) arrived
(B) was arriving
(C) had been arriving
(D) had arrived
(E) will arrive
4 Jacks father ______the army in 1970
(A) had joined
(B) had been joining
(C) Joined
(D) was joining
(E) Joins
5 Before the thief ____ the police caught him
(A) ran away
(B) had been run away
(C) had run away
(D) had been running away
(E) has run away
E-4
- Modals
- pronoun
MODALS
Pengertian
Kata Bantu yang digunakan dalam satu
kalimat yang tidak dapat berdiri sendiri tanpa kata
kerja
FUNGSI
1 Permission
Memberi keizinan Modal yang digunakan
- may
- might
- can
contoh
you may go now
you can have it
Meminta keizinan Modal yang digunakan
- may
- can
- could
Contoh
May I help you
Could you show how to get to the post
Office
2 Ability
Menyatakan kemampuan Modals yang di -
gunakan
- can
- could
Contoh
He could leave the heavy trunk
Jack can swim
3 Possibility
Menyatakan kemmungkinan Modals yang
digunakan
- May
- Might
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 6 -
Contoh
He might come tomorrow
He may finish the assigment now
4 Advisability
Menyarankan sesuatu Modals yang digunakan
- should
- ought to
Contoh
- you should clean your teeth
- You ought not to speak loudly
5 Obligation
Menyatakan kewajiban atau keharusan Modals
yang diguanakan
- Must - have to
- has to - had to
Contoh
You must obey your parents
All had to return the book
6 Logical Conclusion
Menarik kesimpulan logis dari suatu statement
Modals yang digunakan
- Must - Might
- Should -ought to
Contoh
He has a lot of houses He must be rich I -
knocked on the door and got no answer He might -
have been sleeping
Contoh Soal 1 you _____ go for a walk
(A) may (D) might
(B) must (E) should
(C) could
2 ______ I go home in the last lesson
(1) may (3) can
(2) could (4) must
3 Birds____ fly
(A) could (D) must
(B) can (E) ought to
(C) may
4 the woman looked ill She ____see a doctor
(1) must (3) has to
(2) ought to (4) should
5 there was no bus or taxi so I_____ walk
(A) ought (D) should
(B) should (E) has to
(C) could
PRONOUN
Pengertian Kata ganti yaitu kata yang digunakan seba-
gai ganti dari kata benda
Pembagian Pronount terdiri dari
A PERSONAL PRONOUN
B POSSSESSIVE PRONOUN
C REFLEXIVE PRONOUN
a personal Pronoun kata ganti orang yaitu kata yang mengga-
ntikan benda sebagai subyek dan obyek
Kata ganti orang terdiri
SUBJECT OBJECT
I
we
you
he
she
it
they
me
us
you
him
her
it
they
1 SUBJECT PRONOUN
Kata ganti orang untuk pokok kalimat (Sub -
yek)
The woman is going to the shop
the woman is shopping
Sebaiknya
She is shopping
The cat is flying on the floor
The cat is sleeping
Sebaiknya
It is sleeping
Johny and I are running
Johny and I are chased by a dog
Sebaiknya
We are chassed by a dog
Bob and Ted are in the river
Bob and Ted are swimming
Sebliknya
Bob and Ted are swimming
2 OBJECT PRONOUN
Menggunakan kata benda sebagai objek
PERSONAL
PRONOUN
SUBJECT
PRONOUN
OBJECT
PRONOUN
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 7 -
Contoh
We saw a donkey
The farmer hit the donkey with a stick
Sebaiknya the donkey pada kalimat kedua digantik-
an oleh oleh Objek Pronoun
The farmer hit it with a stick
The lady bought potatoes
The hawker put the potatoes in a package
Sebaiknya
The hawker put them in a package
The teacher called Ani
Her mother waited for Ani in the office
Sebaiknya
Her mother waited for her in the office
Contoh
The man is standing outside the building
The man is waiting for his son
The man pada kalimat kedua
Sebaiknya digantikan oleh kata ganti orang sebagai
subyek
Kalimatnya
He is waiting for his son
I met Amir at the station
A conductor was talking Amir
Sebaiknya
A conductor was talking to her
The headmaster punished the boys
The teacher found the boys peeping
Sebaiknya
The teacher found them peeping
2 POSSESSIVE PRONOUN
Kata ganti kepunyaan Kata ini penggunaan-
nya kerap dikaitkan dengan POSSESSIVE ADJE-
CTIVE
POSS ADJECTIVE POSS PRONOUN
my
our
your
his
her
its
their
mine
ours
yours
h is
hers
Its
their
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE menerangkan kata be-
nda dan letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan
POSSESSIVE PRONOUN menggantikan kata
benda
Contoh
This is my car
Tis car is mine
This is her wtch
This watch is hers
That is your pen
That pen is yours
These are their books
These books are theirs
That is our class
That class is ours
That is its kitten
That kitten is its
Possessive Pronoun bisa juga digunakan
menggantikan Possessive Adjective jika
bendanya diketahui
That is my pen and this is yours
Is this your
Where is mine
It belongs to hers
C reflexive Pronoun Merefleksikan kata benda reflexive
Pronoun
SINGULAR PLURAL
myself
yourself
himself
herself
itself
Oursselves
yourselves
themselves
Contoh
The little girl fell down and hurt herself
PERSONAL
PRONOUN
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE
POSSESSIVE PRO-NOUN
POSSESSIVE PRONOUN
SUBJET OBJECT
I
we you
you
he she
it
they
me
us you
you
him her
it
them
my
our your
your
his her
its
their
mine
ours yours
yours
h is hers
Its
their
myself
ourselves yourself
yourselves
himself herself
itself
themselves
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 8 -
He was tired of life so he killed himself
A baby cannot dress it self
I sometimes cut myself when
I am shaving
W e must not be selfish and think only about
Ourselves
She looked at herself in the mirror
He lives alone and often talks to himself
Some men go to a barber but most men shave
themselves
Reflexive Pronoun dapat digunakan untuk
mengeraskan atau menjelaskan benda atau orang
yang dimaksud
I saw the minister himself
I myself mended the wireless
The queen herself is going to open the
New hospital
E-4
1 ADJECTIVE
2 ADVERB
1 ADJECTIVE
PENGERTIAN
Kata yang menerangkan kata benda (noun )
PEMBAGIAN
Kata sifat terdiri atas A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY
B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE
C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE
D INTERROGSTIVE OF QUALITY
A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY
Menerangkan kualitas benda dalam konteks
Karakter
Usia
Bentuk
Ukuran
Warna
Letaknya bisa di depan ataupun di belakang
benda yang diterangkannya
Contoh
He is an old man
The book is red
We see high buildings in the city
The teacher always gies us difficult problem to
solves
B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE
Kata sifat yang menunjukkan kepunyaan
Letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan
PERSONAL PRONOUN POESSESSIVE
ADJECTIVE SUBJECT OBJECT
I
we
you
you
he
she
it
they
me
us
you
you
him
her
it
them
my
our
your
your
his
her
its
their
Contoh
I lost my book
The teacher forgot to bring his beg
The studens were busy writing their composition
The pick-pocket tole her wallet
C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE
Menunjukkan benda yang dimaksudLe-
taknya di depan benda yang diterangkannya
Contoh
This boy is strong
These mangoes are sour
Donrsquot be in such a hurry
That rascal must be punished
D INTERROGATIVE ADJECTIVE
Kata tanya seperti which what whose -
yang digunakan dengan kata benda dalam sebuah
kalimatnya
Contoh
What manner of man is he
Which way shall we go
Whose book is this
E ADJECTIVE OF QUANTITY
Kata sifat yang menunjukkan jumlah ben
da yang dimaksud
Contoh
I eat some rice
He showed much patience
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 9 -
All men must die
He claimed his half share of the booty
You have no sense
The whole sum is expended
There hasnrsquot been sufficient rain this year
POSISI ADJECTIVE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Dete
r
mile
r
Qual
-ityc
harat
er
size- Ag
e
lem
per
a
Parti-
ciple
shape colour Origin
location
noun
2
four
Beau
tiful
expe
nsive
Big
strong
old Negie
ted
square Red
black
African
french
Hous
-es
Hors
-es
2 ADVERB
PENGERTIAN
Kata yang digunakan untuk menjelaskan
atau menerangkan kata kerja (verb) PEMBAGIAN
1 ADVERB OF MANNER
2 ADVERB OF MANNER
3 ADVERB OF PLACE
4 ADVERB OF TIME
5 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY
6 ADVERB OF DEGREE
1 ADVERB OF MANNER
Menerangkan cara melakukan sesuatuAd-
verb ini dibentuk dari
Adjective + ly
Adjective Adverb
quick
easy
foolish
beautiful
quickly
easily
foolishly
beautifully
Sehingga
Untuk beberapa adjective kadang-kadang
penambhan ly tidak diperlukan
Adjective Adverb
fast
hard
good
late
fast
hard
well
late
Letak adverb of manner di dalam kalimat
ialah sesudah atau sebelum kata ker-ja
Ex
- He runs quikly
- He speaks English fluently
- He hopefully found the money
2 ADVERB OF PLACE
Menunjukkan tempat terjadi suatu
perbuatan Letaknya di akhir kalimat
Ex
- He work in an office
- Shersquoll meet me at the same
- He drove eastwards
3 ADVERB OF TIME
Menunjukkan waktu terjadi suatu
perbuatan Letaknya di depan dan di akhir
kalimat
Ex
- She is studying now
- Yesterday I visited my cousin
- Next month he will be forty
4 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY
Kata yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan
frekwensi terjadinya suatu perbuatan Kata-kata -
keterangan tsb
- usually - sometimes
- always - never
- often - seldom
letaknya sebelum verb (kata keja)
Ex
- I always go to the library
- She often watchs tv
5 ADVERB OF DEGREE
Menunjukkan kadarderajat dari suatu -
tindakan
letaknya sebelum adjective atau sebelum-
adverb
ex
- He is too big
- He walks very slowly
POSISI ADVERB
Jika dalam satu kalimat terdapat lebih
dari satu adverb maka susunannya
Manner place time
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 10 -
ex
- Susan regularly studio biology at home
every day
Contoh Soal
1 Our teacher speaks English _______
(A) good (D) fluently
(B) fluent (E) fluenting
(C) clear
2 Jakarta has many ____ building
(A) high (D) expensive
(B) big (E) modern
(C) large
3 I want to meet _____
(A) two teacher english
(B) teachers english two
(C) two english teacher
(D) english two teacher
(E) teacher two english
4 which of the following senteces is correct
(1) He works hard in his office every day
(2) He hard works in his office every day
(3) Every day he works hard in his office
(4) He every day works hard in his office
5 He always feels______
(1) anxious (3) happy
(2) anxiously (4) happily
E-5
- ELLIPSIS
- DEGREE OF COMPARISON
ELLIPSIS
Fungsi
Untuk menggabungkan kalimat yang hanya
memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek (pokok kalimat)
Formula
and so + to behv + s
and so + to behv1 too
and neither + hv + s
to be
and s + hv + nrsquot + either
to be
but S + hvto be
but S + hvto be + nrsquot
Aplikasi
Kalimat Positif
untuk menggabung dua kalimat positif
yang hanya berbeda subyek formula berikut
dapat digunakan
- and so
- and too
Contoh
Jack can swim
Budi can swim
- Jack can swim and so can Budi
atau
Jack can swim and Budi can too
Ali walks to school
We walk to school
- Ali walks to school and sodo we
atau
Ali walks to school and we do too
Kalimat negatif
Untuk menggabung dua kalimat negatif -
yang hanya memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek -
digunakan formula sebagai berikut
- and neither
- and neither
Contoh
Peter canrsquot swim
Teddy canrsquot swim
Peter canrsquot swim and neither can Teddy
Peter canrsquot swim and teddy canrsquot either
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night
Joni didnrsquot attend the party last night
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 11 -
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and neither -
did Joni
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and Joni
didnrsquot either
Kalimat Negatif-Positif
Untuk mengkombinasikan dua kalimat -
yang hanya memiliki perbedaan dalam subyek dan -
salah satunya negatif digunakan
but S + to behv
Jika kalimat pertama negatif
Contoh
Jack canrsquot play the guitar
Budi can play the guitar
Jack canrsquot play the guitar but Budi can
but S + to behv + nrsquot
Jikakalimat kedua negatif
Contoh
Joni passed in the exam
Budi didnrsquot pass the exam
Joni passed in the exam but budi didrsquont
Contoh Soal 1 Ani ____wears glassed but her sister______
(A) do (D) donrsquot
(B) canrsquot (E) doesnrsquot
(C) does
2 Joni made a lot of mistakes in the exam and ____
(A) so I did (D) so did I
(B) so do I (E) I did so
(C) I do too
3 The girls donrsquot like the movie _____
(A) So do we (D) We do too
(B) Neither we do (E) Neither donrsquot we
(C) We donrsquot either
DEGREE OF COMPARISON
Pengertian
Tingkat perbandingan kata sifat (adjective)
dan kata keterangan (adverb
Pembagian
A Comparison of Adjectives
B Comparison of Adverb
C Equal Comparison
A Comparison of Adjectives
Membuat perbandingan atas kata sifat (adj-
Ective)
Perbandingan terdiri atas dua yaitu
1 Comparative
2 Superlative
3 Compareative
Untuk membandingkan dua kata sifat (adj
ective)
Cara membuat perbandingan dengan
a) Menambahkan er) di akhir kata sifat
Hal ini dilakukan jika kata sifat (adjective) -
satu suku bunyi (one syilable)
Contoh
Positive Comparative
short
slow
quick
tall
high
shorter
slower
quicker
taller
higher
Kecuali
Kata sifat berakhiran denganhuruf e cukup
Dengan menambah r
Positive Comparative
brave
white
braver
whiter
Gunakan than sebelum bentuk Comparative
Kata sifat berakhiran dengan huruf d g
mnt dan sebelumnya terdapat short -
vowel maka huruf tersebut digandakan sebe-
lum er ditambahkan
Positive Comparative
red
big
slim
thin
fat
redder
bigger
slimmer
thinner
fatter
Kata sifat yang berakhiran dengan huruf Y-
dan sebelum huruf tersebut adalah huruf mati
(konsonan) maka sebelum menambahkaner
y hilang dan digantikan dengan i
Positive Comparative
dirty
noisy
dirtier
noisier
b) Kata sifat yang terdiri atas lebih dari satu suku
bunyi (more than one syilable) mengalami pe-
nambahan more
Positive Comparative
useful
difficult
necessary
hopeless
more useful
more difficult
more necessary
more hopeless
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 12 -
c) Kata-kata sifat tertentu tak menggunakan kaidah
di atas tersebut di bawah ini
Positive Comparative
good
bad
much
many
little
best
worst
most
most
least
Contoh
Budi is 20 years old
Joni is 21 years old
Ati is 19 years old
Ati is the youngest
Joni is the oldest
The harus digunakan sebelum bentuk Superla
tive
B Comparison Of Adverb
Perbandingan Adverb atau kata keterangan
Pada umumnya yang dibandingkan ialah Adverb of
manner (keterangan Cara)
Bentuk perbandingan
1 Untuk kata-kata keterangan (adverb) yang di
bentuk bukan dari Adjective + ly maka er dan
est digunakan dalam membentukcompa-
rative dan Superlative
Positive Comp Super
fast
hard
high
faster
harder
higher
fastest
hardest
highest
2 Kata keterangan yang bersal dari Adjective +
ly menggunakan bentuk more dan most untuk
Comparative dan Superlative
Pos Comparative Super
slowly
simply
nicely
neatly
tidily
more slowly
more simply
more nicely
more neatly
more tidily
most slowly
most simply
most nicely
most neatly
most tidily
3 Kata keterangan (adverbs) tertentu tidak
menggunakan kaidah di atas tersebut dibawah
ini
Positive Comp Super
well
bad
little
much
better
worse
less
more
best
worst
least
most
Contoh
Comparative
Planes move faster than buses
Budi learns harder than Joni does
She explained it more clearly than I did
He speaks more loudly than I do
Superlative
Rockets move the fastest
Ati learns the hardest
Mr Ali explains the lesson the most clearly of the
teachers
C Equal Comparison
Perbandingan setara Pembentuknya ialah
asas
not asas
not soas
Untuk bentuk tersebut kita bisa mengguna
kan baik untuk kata sifat (adjective) maupun kata
keterangan (adverb)
1 Adjective
Untuk perbandingan yang positif kita gu-
nakan bentuk
as adjective as
Contoh
This book is as thick as that one
Ani is as clever as Budi
Untuk mengungkapkan perbandingan yang nega-
tif dapat digunakan dua bentuk
not so adjective as
not as adjective as
Contoh
The car is not as fast as that one
The car is not so fast as that one
Tuti is not as clever as Ati
Tuti is not so clever as Ati
2 Adverb
Positive
as adverb as
Contoh
He thinks as hard as I do
He played as well as I did
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 13 -
Negative
helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip
helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip
Contoh
He doesnrsquot walk as fast as I do
He doesnrsquot walk so fast as I do
Joni didnrsquot sing as well as Nita did yesterday
Joni didnrsquot sing so well as Nita did yesterday
Contoh Soal
1 Lauren _____ than Diana
(A) tender
(B) tenderer
(C) more tender
(D) the tenderest
(E) the more tender
2 Martin doesnrsquot speak ____
(A) so foudly as you do
(B) so loud as you do
(C) as loudly as you do
(D) as loud as you do
(E) as louder as you do
E-6
TENSES-3
1 SIMPLE FUTURE
2 FUTURE CONTINOUS
3 FUTURE PERFECT
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINOUS
1 SIMPLE FUTURE
Pengertian
Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilaksanakan
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Oleh karena itu kalimat Future TenseSim-
ple Future selalu ditandai dengan keterangan waktu
soon
afterwards
tomorrow
tonight
the day after tomorrow
next week
next month
next year
bentuk
S + shallwill + V1
I
shall
We
you
he
she will
it
they
Contoh
Jack will visit his moter in the country next
week
I shall not attend the party tonight
We shanrsquot have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys wonrsquot swim across the river next
weekend
Interrogative Form
Untuk membentuk kalimat interrogative
kata bantu shall will diletakkan sebelum atau di
depan Subyek
Shallwill + S + V1
Will Jack visit his mother in the country next
week
Shall I attend the party tonight
Shall we have another extra leson tomorrow
Will the boys swim across the river next
weekend
Will you take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Will Tini return the book to the library next
month
Contoh Soal 1 We _____ our homework together soon
(A) shall do (D) did
(B) do (E) does
(C) done
2 The visitor _____ tonight
(A) arrived (D) arrives
(B) has arrived (E) arrive
(C) will arrived
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 14 -
3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit
(A) shall (D) does
(B) will (E) has
(C) Do
TO BE GOING TO
Fungsi
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa
yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif
dari bentuk Shall dan Will
Bentuk
S + isamare + going to + V1
I ______ am
You
We are
they
he
she is
it
Contoh
Jack is going to visit his mother in the country
next week
I am going to attend the part tonight
We are going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river
next weekend
You are going to take a day off the day after
Tomorrow
Tini is going to return the book to the library
next mont
Negative Form
Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk
kalimat negatif
S + to be + not + Going to + V1
Jack is not going to visit his mother in the
country next week
I am not going to attend the part tonight
We are not going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the
river next weekend
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
Tini is not going to return the book to the
Library next month
Interrogative
Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -
subyek
To be + S + going to + V1
Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country
next week
Am I going to attend the part tonight
Are we going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
Are the boys going to swim across the river next
weekend
Are you going to take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Is Tini going to return the book to the library
next month
Contoh Soal
1 The teacher __ a test soon
(1) has given
(2) will given
(3) gave
(4) Is going to give
2 The boys __ a short course nex week
(A) Are going to take
(B) Is going to take
(C) Shall take
(D) Has taken
(E) Took
3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow
(A) Will (D) Are going
(B) Shall (E) must
(C) is going
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 15 -
4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month
(A) Is going to leave
(B) Are going to leave
(C) Has leave
(D) Left
(E) Leaving
5 I ____ supper afterwards
(1) am going to (3) shall have
(2) will have (4) have had
2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
Shallwill + be + v + ing
FUNGSI
Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini
This time tomorrow
Next week
Monday
Month
Moring
Etc
Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang
-an waktu simple future
ex
- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow
- Ill be watching tv tonight
- This time next week the pupils will be having a
test
- John will be helping us this evening
3 FUTURE PERFECT
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + V3
FUNGSI
Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai
pada masa yang akan datang
Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya
selalu diawali oleh kata by mis
by the end of this month
by the end of the week
by now
by the end of the year
ex
- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three
days
- By the time he finishes the question I will
have read the book for one hour
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing
Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan
masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang
Terdapat kesamaan antara future
perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-
terutama dalam fungsi
ex
- When she get to London she will have been
travelling for five days
- By the end of this year he will have been
working for three years
Contoh Soal
1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five
years by the end of this year
(A) will work
(B) have worked
(C) will have been working
(D) will be working
(E) is going to work
2 Dont come at five oclock because _____
(A) I will be playing
(B) I will have been playing
(C) I have played
(D) I will have played
(E) I will playing
3 My friends _____ next sunday
(1) Will invite
(2) Will be inviting
(3) Is going to invite
(4) Is inviting
4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday
(1) have
(2) will have
(3) would have
(4) shall be having
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 16 -
()
Is the butter is kept here hellip
Is Budi played the guitar hellip
2 Present Continous Tense
(+)
A They are repairing the bridge
B The bridge is being repaired
A The man is supervising me
P Iam being supervised by hellip
(-)
A The thief is climbing the wall when the
Police saw him
P the wall is being climbed by the thief when
the police saw
The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-
ing supervised hellip
()
Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip
Are you being supervised helliphellip
3 Present Perfect Tense
(+)
A Tuti has written two letters
P Two letters have been written
A He has don the work well
P The work has been donehellip
(-)
Two letters have not been written
The work has not been done hellip
()
Have two letters been written
Has the work been done by him
5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this
year
(1) Will stay
(2) Will have been staying
(3) Will be staying
(4) Will be stayed
E-7
- PASSIVE VOICE
- IMPERSONAL IT
PASSIVE VOICE
Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan
pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan
Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata
kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh
objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek
merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat
pasif
Bentuk
To be + V3
Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga
mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk
kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut
ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang
diiutinya
1 Present tense
(+)
A We keep the butter here
P The butter is kept here
A Budi plays the guitar at night
P The guitar is played by budi
A The teacher teaches the pupils
P The pupils are taught by hellip
(-)
The butter is kept here hellip
The guitar is not played hellip
S + isamare + V3
S + isamare + not + V3
isamare + S + V3
S + isamare + being + V3
S + Isamare + not + being + V3
Isamare + S + being + V3
S + hashave + been + V3
S + hashave + not + been +V3
hashave + S + been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 17 -
1 4 Past Tense
(+)
A The bad boys broke the windows
P The windows were were broken by
A The farmer hit the snake
P The snake was hit by
(-)
The windows were not broken
The snake was not hit
()
Were the windows were broken by
Was the snake hit by
5 Past Continous Tense
(+)
A They were taking the injured player out of the
Field
P the injured player were being taken by them
6 Past Perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came
P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -
Badu came
A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest
arrived
P The meal had been prepared by the mother -
When the guest arrived
7 Future Tense
(+)
A He will meet you at the station
P You will be met by him
A Budi will lend me his book
P I shall be lent by
()
Will you be met by him
Will you be lent by
8 To be going to
(+)
A We are going to hoid a party
P A party is going to be held hellip
A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -
Nts
P The lazy students are going to be punished by-
The teacher
9 Future Perfect Tense
S + shallwill + have + been + V3
A They will have elected new president in five
Years
P New President will have been elected in five
years
A IPTN will have produced war planes by the
year of 2000
P War planes will have been produced by IPTN
by
10 Past Future
(+)
A if it rained We should postphone our picnic
P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned
A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher
would punish him
P if all didnt change his behaviour he would
be punished by the teacher
11 Past Puture Perfect
(+)
A If you had studied hard you would have got
good marks
P If you had studied hard good marks would
have been got by you
A If the goverment had not made mistake the
judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent
to prison
P If the goverment had not made mistake
Sophia Laurent would not have the judge
would not have beensent to prison by the
judge
S + waswere + V3
S + waswere + not + V3
waswere + S+ V3
S + waswere + being + V3
S + shallwill + be + V3
Will shall + S + be + V3
S + isamare + going to + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 18 -
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
12 Modals
S + modals + be + V3
Modals can hellip hellipcould
may helliphellip might
must hellip
has to hellip had to
have to hellip had to
ought to
should
A you must shut these doors
P These doors must be shut
A You ought to open the windows
P The windows ought to be opened
A They should told him
P He should be told by them
A He has to drive me home
P I have to be driven by him hellip
13 Modals With The Perfect Tense
S + modals + have + been + V3
A The girl must have watered the flowers when I
saw her
P The flowers must have been watered by the girl
when hellip
A I could have asked somebody to carry that
box
P Somebody could have been asked to carry
That box by me
A The teacher might have told the story when
I was absent
P The story might have been told by the teacher
story when I was absent
Contoh Soal
1 Most scientific book ___ in English
(A) Are printing (D) has been printed
(B) Are print (E) are printed
(C) Is print
2 America ______ four hundred years ago
A discovered
B will be discovered
C had discovered
D was discovered
E was being discovered
3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister
A will be driven
B has be driven
C is driven
D was driven
E will be being driven
4He sald the several plans ___
A were being
B were been
C has been
D are been
E had being
5The food _____ several hours before the guast
arrived
A were cook
B had cooking
C has cook
D were cooked
E had been cooked
IMPERSONAL IT
PENGERTIAN
It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal
pronoun
APLIKASI
1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan
- distance
contoh
it is a long way to London
It is about two kilometers reach the post of -
fice
- time
Contoh
What time is it
It is four orsquoclock
- condition
Contoh
It is cold outside
It is warm inside
2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya
- Gerund
Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 19 -
kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it
Going on appears no good
It appears no good going on - To infinitive
Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem
patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-
nya digantikan oleh it
To say is easy
It is easy to say
- That clause
Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas
That they will have to go seem a pity
It seems a pity that willhave to go
3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya
- To infinitive
Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it
diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja
seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu
merupakan obyek bukan subyek
Contoh
We consider to cheat is wrong
We consider it wrong to cheat
- That clause
Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause
Contoh
We think that they didnt try is a pity
We think it a pity that he didnt try
Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to
infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu
menyebabkan hilangnya that
Contoh
People believe that to be polite is important
People believe it important tobe polite
Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh
it antara lain
- Believe - know
- Consider - realize
- Declare - snow
- Find - suppose
- Guees - take
- Imagine - think
- Understand
Contoh Soal
1 Step inside ____ outside
(A) There is cold
(B) Itrsquos cold
(C) Cold
(D) It
(E) It cold
2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep
(A) It is
(B) It will be
(C) It was
(D) It
(E) It should be
3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house
in a week
(A) It
(B) It be
(C) It is
(D) There is
(E) There be
4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other
word
(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson
(B) it difficult understand the lesson
(C) its difficult understand the lesson
(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson
(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson
5 _____ right for us to obey our parents
(A) there is
(B) there are
(C) there has
(D) it is
(E) it has
E-8
CONDITIONALS
Secara harfiah conditionals dapat
diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-
kalimat yang terdiri dari
1 syarat prasyarat
2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi
Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan
tercermin pada main clause
- hasil
- syarat
Conditional
Main clause
If clause
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 20 -
Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang
diawali if
Posisi
If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main
clause
If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip
If Clause I Clause
Atau
S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip
Main Clause I Clause
1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)
- Fungsi
Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan
terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type
ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-
nan
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present
Tense ini terdiri atas
a
b
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future
Bentuknya ialah
Shallwill + Stem
Shall hellip IWe
Will hellip He She It
You They
Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -
conditionals pada main clause
If clause Main Clause
Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)
If you study hard
If it rains
If you agree
If you dont know the
meaning of words
If all doesnt change
his behaviour
If I am rich
You will pass the exam
We shall postpone our
picnic
You can wait here
You may use your
Dictionary
The teacher will punish
him
I shall buy you a car
Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan
sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative
Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif
middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot
give it again
Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot
give it again
Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari
middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals
Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah
Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause
WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem
Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change
his behaviour hellip
2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi
sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan
dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan
untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut
Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition
Present
- Fokus
fakta (present Group)
Pengandalan
- Bentuk
If Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past
Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk
S + StemVerbV
S + isamare + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 21 -
a
b
Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise
but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada
an yang sebenarnya terjadi
ex I was a boy
if I were a bird
I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc
ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung
(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya
bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi
manusia
Main Clause
a Past Future
Should would + stem
b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu
Could might + Stem
If Clause Main Clause
Simple Past
Past
FuturecouldMight
If you studied hard
If it rained
If you agreed
If you didnrsquot know the
meaning of word
if All didnrsquot change his
bhaviour
If I were rich
You would get good
marks
We should postphone
our picnic
You could wait here
You might use you
dictionary
The teacher would
punish him
I should by you a car
Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias
dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan
Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car
Were I rich I should buy you a car
macr If he were not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Were he not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang
Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present
conditionals)
a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya
Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals
type 2 jika tense Present Group
macr Present Tense
macr Present Continous Tense
macr Present Perfect Tense
macr Present Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause
Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause
c Mengembalikan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative
dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
d Hindari penggunaan was
ex
(-) (+)
All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam
Syarat hasil
If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam
(+) (-)
People donrsquot ring me up because my number
is not in the directory
(hasil) (syarat)
People would ring me up if my number were in
the directory
(+) (+)
e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -
could pada Main Clause
ex
We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a
fire
If we got matches we could light a fire
f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak
an might
ex
Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the
cold so much
If he were not thin he might not feel the cold
so much
3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)
Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu
(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)
Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki
an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past
S + V Past tense
S + were + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 22 -
- Fokus
Fakta (past Group)
Penggandaian
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle
Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat
berbentuk
Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle
Past If Clause Main Clause
Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect
Couldmight Perfect
I you had studied hard
If it had rained
If you had agreed
If you had studied not
known the meaning of
words
If Ali had not changed
his behaviour
If I had been rich
You would have got
good marks
We should have
postphoned our picnic
You could have waited
here
You might have used
your dictionary
The teacher would have
punished him
I should have bought
you a car
Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had
ke depan
Ex
- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car
Had been rich I should have boughtyou car
- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Had you not known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang
Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )
a Menentukan tense dari fakta
Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3
jika tense-nya Past Group
- Past tense
- Past Continous Tense
macr Past Perfect Tense
macr Past Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)
Hasil (Main Clause)
c Memutar balikkan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus
negative dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
(-) (+)
All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed
Syarat hasil
If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would
not have fall
(-) (+)
I had no map I got lost
If I had had map I would not have got lost
a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan
gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan
could have + verb past participle pada main
clause
We couldnrsquot get into the house because the
hasil
police forbade us
syarat
We could have got into the house if the
police had not forbidden us
b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan
Might + have + Verb Past Participle
Ex
The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at
first
Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it
If the champion had taken the fight seriously at
first he might no have lost it
Contoh Soal
1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home
A Shall stay D stay
B Should stay E Stayed
C Stay
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 23 -
2 If I were youI _____ that book
A Would buy
B Will buy
C Buy
D bought
E Will not buy
3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger
A Would die
B died
C Will die
D Will have died
E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet
him
4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him
A If he come today I can meet him
B If he had come today I could have met him
C If he came today I could meet him
D If I met him today I could come
E If I had met him He could have come today
E-9
- SUBJUNCTIVE
- CONCORDANCE
SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan
yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan
datang
Ex
Long live the queen
God bless you
Heaven help you
Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini
(Present)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
+ S + V2
As Though
Example
- He always speaks as thought he were the
superior
- He dresses as if he were an officer
- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang
terjadi saat ini (Present)
Wish
If only + S + V2
Would rather
Example
He is sick so he is not able to come
- He wishes he came
If only he came
She would rather he came
The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance
- The students wish the teacher explained in
detail
If only the teacher explained in detail
The student would rather the teacher explained
in detail
Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past
(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu
(past)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
S + had + V3
As Though
Example
- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost
- He acted as thought he had been an actor
yesterday
- He talks about rome as if he had been there
once
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang
terjadi dahulu ( Past)
Wishedwishes
If only + S + had + V3
Would rather
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 24 -
The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday
- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test
- If only the teacher had given us a test
- We would rather teacher had given us a test
Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it
- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the
game
- If only Budi had taken part at the game
- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game
Tina was absent to the meeting last night
- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to
the meeting last night
- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting
last night
- Tina would rather she had not been absent to
the meeting last night
Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator
(A) Was (D) is
(B) Had been (E) had
(C) were
2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the
homework
(A) did (D) was doing
(B) had done (E) do
(C) have done
3 He acted as if he ______ill
(A) were (D) is
(B) was (E) have
(C) had been
4 Choose the correct ones
(1) I would rather he went to Medan now
(2) If only he had joined the last lecture
(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty
(4) She wishes she picked her mother up
5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately
my watch stops now
(A) told (D) tell
(B) had told (E) telling
(C) have told
bull CONCORDE
PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam
kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung
kepada subyek
Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja
juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek
singular kata kerja harus singular
BENTUK-BENTUK
1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan
ldquodengan
and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(Plural Subjek) ex
- Bob and Badu are here
- He and his friends have arrived
- Fire and water donrsquot agree
Kecuali
a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang
atau benda yang sama
ex
- The orator and stateman is dead
- The captain and adjutant was present
- My friend and benefactor has come
b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini
ex
- Bread and milk is his only food
- Slow and steady wins the race
- The horse and carriage is at the door
c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every
dan each
- Every boy and girl was ready
- Every woman man and child was lost
2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh
a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip
- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek
terakhir
- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch
- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant
masters were present
- Rama or his brother have done this
- Either he boy or parents have arrend
b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip
Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek
pertama
ex
- The chief with all his men was massacred
- John as well as james deserves pralse
- Justiceas well as mercy allows it
3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja
tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu
kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(pural) jika dilihat secara individu
ex
- The council has shosen its presuden
- The military were called out
- The crew was large
- The crew was taken prisoners
- A number of interesting suggestions have
been made
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 25 -
4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti
atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal
ex
- Each of his sisters is clever
- Neither of the men was very tall
- The quality of mangoes was not good
Contoh Soal
1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt
(A) was (D) am
(B) were (E) are
(C) has
2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India
(A) is (D) were
(B) am (E) has
(C) are
3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping
(A) are (D) is
(B) were (E) am
(C) was
4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate
(A) was (D) are
(B) is (E) has
(C) Am
5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry
(A) like (D) are liking
(B) likes (E) was liking
(C) is liking
E-10
REPORTED SPEECH
Pengertian
Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect
speech
DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara
INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung
kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali
Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau
pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan
beberapa perubahan
a Pronoun
Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -
maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-
han kalimat
b Keteranngan waktu
Direct Indirect
now
today
tomorrow
yesterday
tonight
last night
last ago
next
then
that day
the following day
the previous day
the following night
the previous night
the previous
the following
Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu
berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -
oleh Every
c Tenses
Direct Indirect
Present Tense
PresCont
Pres Perfect
Pres Perf Con
Past Tense
Future Tense
Future Cont
Future Perf
Past Tense
Past Cont
Past Perfect
Past Perf Con
Past Perfect
Past Future
Past F Con
PastF Perf
Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction
dalam Past
Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika
introduction dalam present
Present Past
Say
Will say
Have said
Said
Would say
Had said
d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda
kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya
e Keterangan lain
Direct Indirect
this
these
here
that
those
there
Reported Speech terdiri atas
A Statement
B Imperative
C Interrogative
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 26 -
Reported Speech
a Statement
Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect
selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak
digunakan
Contoh
PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT
Jack said My sisters learning to cook now
Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then
PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE
Bob said I come to school by bus every morning
Bob said that he came to school by bus every
morning
PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT
Tini said My uncle has bought a new car
Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car
PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON
Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for
half an hour here
Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for
half an hour there
PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT
Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt
herself
Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot
hurt herself
SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE
Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow
Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old
the following day
FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT
Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with
my friend this time tomorrow
Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis
with his friend this time the following day
Bob said I must go to bed early
Bob said he had to go bed early
Jack said My father can drive a car
Jack said his father could drive a car
Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon
Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon
The teacher told us you have to finish your
exercise at home
The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise
at home
b Imperative
Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan
kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak
tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga
kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive
Contoh
I said to Bob Open the window please
I asked Bob to Open the window
The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us
at once
The angry workmen asked the manager to pay
them at once
Badu said to Budi Please lend me your
dictionary
Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary
The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise
books and put them on my table
The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise
books and put them on his table
Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan
sebelum to
The mother said to her children Donrsquot play
with fire
The mother asked her children not to play with
fire
The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot
get off the bus while it is going
The bus conductor told the passengers not to get
off the bus while it was going
Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night
without your cout
Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night
without her coat
The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a
lot of noise
The teacher told the student not to make a lot of
noise
Statement
Imperative
Interro
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 6 -
Contoh
He might come tomorrow
He may finish the assigment now
4 Advisability
Menyarankan sesuatu Modals yang digunakan
- should
- ought to
Contoh
- you should clean your teeth
- You ought not to speak loudly
5 Obligation
Menyatakan kewajiban atau keharusan Modals
yang diguanakan
- Must - have to
- has to - had to
Contoh
You must obey your parents
All had to return the book
6 Logical Conclusion
Menarik kesimpulan logis dari suatu statement
Modals yang digunakan
- Must - Might
- Should -ought to
Contoh
He has a lot of houses He must be rich I -
knocked on the door and got no answer He might -
have been sleeping
Contoh Soal 1 you _____ go for a walk
(A) may (D) might
(B) must (E) should
(C) could
2 ______ I go home in the last lesson
(1) may (3) can
(2) could (4) must
3 Birds____ fly
(A) could (D) must
(B) can (E) ought to
(C) may
4 the woman looked ill She ____see a doctor
(1) must (3) has to
(2) ought to (4) should
5 there was no bus or taxi so I_____ walk
(A) ought (D) should
(B) should (E) has to
(C) could
PRONOUN
Pengertian Kata ganti yaitu kata yang digunakan seba-
gai ganti dari kata benda
Pembagian Pronount terdiri dari
A PERSONAL PRONOUN
B POSSSESSIVE PRONOUN
C REFLEXIVE PRONOUN
a personal Pronoun kata ganti orang yaitu kata yang mengga-
ntikan benda sebagai subyek dan obyek
Kata ganti orang terdiri
SUBJECT OBJECT
I
we
you
he
she
it
they
me
us
you
him
her
it
they
1 SUBJECT PRONOUN
Kata ganti orang untuk pokok kalimat (Sub -
yek)
The woman is going to the shop
the woman is shopping
Sebaiknya
She is shopping
The cat is flying on the floor
The cat is sleeping
Sebaiknya
It is sleeping
Johny and I are running
Johny and I are chased by a dog
Sebaiknya
We are chassed by a dog
Bob and Ted are in the river
Bob and Ted are swimming
Sebliknya
Bob and Ted are swimming
2 OBJECT PRONOUN
Menggunakan kata benda sebagai objek
PERSONAL
PRONOUN
SUBJECT
PRONOUN
OBJECT
PRONOUN
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 7 -
Contoh
We saw a donkey
The farmer hit the donkey with a stick
Sebaiknya the donkey pada kalimat kedua digantik-
an oleh oleh Objek Pronoun
The farmer hit it with a stick
The lady bought potatoes
The hawker put the potatoes in a package
Sebaiknya
The hawker put them in a package
The teacher called Ani
Her mother waited for Ani in the office
Sebaiknya
Her mother waited for her in the office
Contoh
The man is standing outside the building
The man is waiting for his son
The man pada kalimat kedua
Sebaiknya digantikan oleh kata ganti orang sebagai
subyek
Kalimatnya
He is waiting for his son
I met Amir at the station
A conductor was talking Amir
Sebaiknya
A conductor was talking to her
The headmaster punished the boys
The teacher found the boys peeping
Sebaiknya
The teacher found them peeping
2 POSSESSIVE PRONOUN
Kata ganti kepunyaan Kata ini penggunaan-
nya kerap dikaitkan dengan POSSESSIVE ADJE-
CTIVE
POSS ADJECTIVE POSS PRONOUN
my
our
your
his
her
its
their
mine
ours
yours
h is
hers
Its
their
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE menerangkan kata be-
nda dan letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan
POSSESSIVE PRONOUN menggantikan kata
benda
Contoh
This is my car
Tis car is mine
This is her wtch
This watch is hers
That is your pen
That pen is yours
These are their books
These books are theirs
That is our class
That class is ours
That is its kitten
That kitten is its
Possessive Pronoun bisa juga digunakan
menggantikan Possessive Adjective jika
bendanya diketahui
That is my pen and this is yours
Is this your
Where is mine
It belongs to hers
C reflexive Pronoun Merefleksikan kata benda reflexive
Pronoun
SINGULAR PLURAL
myself
yourself
himself
herself
itself
Oursselves
yourselves
themselves
Contoh
The little girl fell down and hurt herself
PERSONAL
PRONOUN
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE
POSSESSIVE PRO-NOUN
POSSESSIVE PRONOUN
SUBJET OBJECT
I
we you
you
he she
it
they
me
us you
you
him her
it
them
my
our your
your
his her
its
their
mine
ours yours
yours
h is hers
Its
their
myself
ourselves yourself
yourselves
himself herself
itself
themselves
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 8 -
He was tired of life so he killed himself
A baby cannot dress it self
I sometimes cut myself when
I am shaving
W e must not be selfish and think only about
Ourselves
She looked at herself in the mirror
He lives alone and often talks to himself
Some men go to a barber but most men shave
themselves
Reflexive Pronoun dapat digunakan untuk
mengeraskan atau menjelaskan benda atau orang
yang dimaksud
I saw the minister himself
I myself mended the wireless
The queen herself is going to open the
New hospital
E-4
1 ADJECTIVE
2 ADVERB
1 ADJECTIVE
PENGERTIAN
Kata yang menerangkan kata benda (noun )
PEMBAGIAN
Kata sifat terdiri atas A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY
B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE
C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE
D INTERROGSTIVE OF QUALITY
A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY
Menerangkan kualitas benda dalam konteks
Karakter
Usia
Bentuk
Ukuran
Warna
Letaknya bisa di depan ataupun di belakang
benda yang diterangkannya
Contoh
He is an old man
The book is red
We see high buildings in the city
The teacher always gies us difficult problem to
solves
B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE
Kata sifat yang menunjukkan kepunyaan
Letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan
PERSONAL PRONOUN POESSESSIVE
ADJECTIVE SUBJECT OBJECT
I
we
you
you
he
she
it
they
me
us
you
you
him
her
it
them
my
our
your
your
his
her
its
their
Contoh
I lost my book
The teacher forgot to bring his beg
The studens were busy writing their composition
The pick-pocket tole her wallet
C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE
Menunjukkan benda yang dimaksudLe-
taknya di depan benda yang diterangkannya
Contoh
This boy is strong
These mangoes are sour
Donrsquot be in such a hurry
That rascal must be punished
D INTERROGATIVE ADJECTIVE
Kata tanya seperti which what whose -
yang digunakan dengan kata benda dalam sebuah
kalimatnya
Contoh
What manner of man is he
Which way shall we go
Whose book is this
E ADJECTIVE OF QUANTITY
Kata sifat yang menunjukkan jumlah ben
da yang dimaksud
Contoh
I eat some rice
He showed much patience
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 9 -
All men must die
He claimed his half share of the booty
You have no sense
The whole sum is expended
There hasnrsquot been sufficient rain this year
POSISI ADJECTIVE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Dete
r
mile
r
Qual
-ityc
harat
er
size- Ag
e
lem
per
a
Parti-
ciple
shape colour Origin
location
noun
2
four
Beau
tiful
expe
nsive
Big
strong
old Negie
ted
square Red
black
African
french
Hous
-es
Hors
-es
2 ADVERB
PENGERTIAN
Kata yang digunakan untuk menjelaskan
atau menerangkan kata kerja (verb) PEMBAGIAN
1 ADVERB OF MANNER
2 ADVERB OF MANNER
3 ADVERB OF PLACE
4 ADVERB OF TIME
5 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY
6 ADVERB OF DEGREE
1 ADVERB OF MANNER
Menerangkan cara melakukan sesuatuAd-
verb ini dibentuk dari
Adjective + ly
Adjective Adverb
quick
easy
foolish
beautiful
quickly
easily
foolishly
beautifully
Sehingga
Untuk beberapa adjective kadang-kadang
penambhan ly tidak diperlukan
Adjective Adverb
fast
hard
good
late
fast
hard
well
late
Letak adverb of manner di dalam kalimat
ialah sesudah atau sebelum kata ker-ja
Ex
- He runs quikly
- He speaks English fluently
- He hopefully found the money
2 ADVERB OF PLACE
Menunjukkan tempat terjadi suatu
perbuatan Letaknya di akhir kalimat
Ex
- He work in an office
- Shersquoll meet me at the same
- He drove eastwards
3 ADVERB OF TIME
Menunjukkan waktu terjadi suatu
perbuatan Letaknya di depan dan di akhir
kalimat
Ex
- She is studying now
- Yesterday I visited my cousin
- Next month he will be forty
4 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY
Kata yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan
frekwensi terjadinya suatu perbuatan Kata-kata -
keterangan tsb
- usually - sometimes
- always - never
- often - seldom
letaknya sebelum verb (kata keja)
Ex
- I always go to the library
- She often watchs tv
5 ADVERB OF DEGREE
Menunjukkan kadarderajat dari suatu -
tindakan
letaknya sebelum adjective atau sebelum-
adverb
ex
- He is too big
- He walks very slowly
POSISI ADVERB
Jika dalam satu kalimat terdapat lebih
dari satu adverb maka susunannya
Manner place time
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 10 -
ex
- Susan regularly studio biology at home
every day
Contoh Soal
1 Our teacher speaks English _______
(A) good (D) fluently
(B) fluent (E) fluenting
(C) clear
2 Jakarta has many ____ building
(A) high (D) expensive
(B) big (E) modern
(C) large
3 I want to meet _____
(A) two teacher english
(B) teachers english two
(C) two english teacher
(D) english two teacher
(E) teacher two english
4 which of the following senteces is correct
(1) He works hard in his office every day
(2) He hard works in his office every day
(3) Every day he works hard in his office
(4) He every day works hard in his office
5 He always feels______
(1) anxious (3) happy
(2) anxiously (4) happily
E-5
- ELLIPSIS
- DEGREE OF COMPARISON
ELLIPSIS
Fungsi
Untuk menggabungkan kalimat yang hanya
memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek (pokok kalimat)
Formula
and so + to behv + s
and so + to behv1 too
and neither + hv + s
to be
and s + hv + nrsquot + either
to be
but S + hvto be
but S + hvto be + nrsquot
Aplikasi
Kalimat Positif
untuk menggabung dua kalimat positif
yang hanya berbeda subyek formula berikut
dapat digunakan
- and so
- and too
Contoh
Jack can swim
Budi can swim
- Jack can swim and so can Budi
atau
Jack can swim and Budi can too
Ali walks to school
We walk to school
- Ali walks to school and sodo we
atau
Ali walks to school and we do too
Kalimat negatif
Untuk menggabung dua kalimat negatif -
yang hanya memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek -
digunakan formula sebagai berikut
- and neither
- and neither
Contoh
Peter canrsquot swim
Teddy canrsquot swim
Peter canrsquot swim and neither can Teddy
Peter canrsquot swim and teddy canrsquot either
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night
Joni didnrsquot attend the party last night
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 11 -
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and neither -
did Joni
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and Joni
didnrsquot either
Kalimat Negatif-Positif
Untuk mengkombinasikan dua kalimat -
yang hanya memiliki perbedaan dalam subyek dan -
salah satunya negatif digunakan
but S + to behv
Jika kalimat pertama negatif
Contoh
Jack canrsquot play the guitar
Budi can play the guitar
Jack canrsquot play the guitar but Budi can
but S + to behv + nrsquot
Jikakalimat kedua negatif
Contoh
Joni passed in the exam
Budi didnrsquot pass the exam
Joni passed in the exam but budi didrsquont
Contoh Soal 1 Ani ____wears glassed but her sister______
(A) do (D) donrsquot
(B) canrsquot (E) doesnrsquot
(C) does
2 Joni made a lot of mistakes in the exam and ____
(A) so I did (D) so did I
(B) so do I (E) I did so
(C) I do too
3 The girls donrsquot like the movie _____
(A) So do we (D) We do too
(B) Neither we do (E) Neither donrsquot we
(C) We donrsquot either
DEGREE OF COMPARISON
Pengertian
Tingkat perbandingan kata sifat (adjective)
dan kata keterangan (adverb
Pembagian
A Comparison of Adjectives
B Comparison of Adverb
C Equal Comparison
A Comparison of Adjectives
Membuat perbandingan atas kata sifat (adj-
Ective)
Perbandingan terdiri atas dua yaitu
1 Comparative
2 Superlative
3 Compareative
Untuk membandingkan dua kata sifat (adj
ective)
Cara membuat perbandingan dengan
a) Menambahkan er) di akhir kata sifat
Hal ini dilakukan jika kata sifat (adjective) -
satu suku bunyi (one syilable)
Contoh
Positive Comparative
short
slow
quick
tall
high
shorter
slower
quicker
taller
higher
Kecuali
Kata sifat berakhiran denganhuruf e cukup
Dengan menambah r
Positive Comparative
brave
white
braver
whiter
Gunakan than sebelum bentuk Comparative
Kata sifat berakhiran dengan huruf d g
mnt dan sebelumnya terdapat short -
vowel maka huruf tersebut digandakan sebe-
lum er ditambahkan
Positive Comparative
red
big
slim
thin
fat
redder
bigger
slimmer
thinner
fatter
Kata sifat yang berakhiran dengan huruf Y-
dan sebelum huruf tersebut adalah huruf mati
(konsonan) maka sebelum menambahkaner
y hilang dan digantikan dengan i
Positive Comparative
dirty
noisy
dirtier
noisier
b) Kata sifat yang terdiri atas lebih dari satu suku
bunyi (more than one syilable) mengalami pe-
nambahan more
Positive Comparative
useful
difficult
necessary
hopeless
more useful
more difficult
more necessary
more hopeless
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 12 -
c) Kata-kata sifat tertentu tak menggunakan kaidah
di atas tersebut di bawah ini
Positive Comparative
good
bad
much
many
little
best
worst
most
most
least
Contoh
Budi is 20 years old
Joni is 21 years old
Ati is 19 years old
Ati is the youngest
Joni is the oldest
The harus digunakan sebelum bentuk Superla
tive
B Comparison Of Adverb
Perbandingan Adverb atau kata keterangan
Pada umumnya yang dibandingkan ialah Adverb of
manner (keterangan Cara)
Bentuk perbandingan
1 Untuk kata-kata keterangan (adverb) yang di
bentuk bukan dari Adjective + ly maka er dan
est digunakan dalam membentukcompa-
rative dan Superlative
Positive Comp Super
fast
hard
high
faster
harder
higher
fastest
hardest
highest
2 Kata keterangan yang bersal dari Adjective +
ly menggunakan bentuk more dan most untuk
Comparative dan Superlative
Pos Comparative Super
slowly
simply
nicely
neatly
tidily
more slowly
more simply
more nicely
more neatly
more tidily
most slowly
most simply
most nicely
most neatly
most tidily
3 Kata keterangan (adverbs) tertentu tidak
menggunakan kaidah di atas tersebut dibawah
ini
Positive Comp Super
well
bad
little
much
better
worse
less
more
best
worst
least
most
Contoh
Comparative
Planes move faster than buses
Budi learns harder than Joni does
She explained it more clearly than I did
He speaks more loudly than I do
Superlative
Rockets move the fastest
Ati learns the hardest
Mr Ali explains the lesson the most clearly of the
teachers
C Equal Comparison
Perbandingan setara Pembentuknya ialah
asas
not asas
not soas
Untuk bentuk tersebut kita bisa mengguna
kan baik untuk kata sifat (adjective) maupun kata
keterangan (adverb)
1 Adjective
Untuk perbandingan yang positif kita gu-
nakan bentuk
as adjective as
Contoh
This book is as thick as that one
Ani is as clever as Budi
Untuk mengungkapkan perbandingan yang nega-
tif dapat digunakan dua bentuk
not so adjective as
not as adjective as
Contoh
The car is not as fast as that one
The car is not so fast as that one
Tuti is not as clever as Ati
Tuti is not so clever as Ati
2 Adverb
Positive
as adverb as
Contoh
He thinks as hard as I do
He played as well as I did
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 13 -
Negative
helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip
helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip
Contoh
He doesnrsquot walk as fast as I do
He doesnrsquot walk so fast as I do
Joni didnrsquot sing as well as Nita did yesterday
Joni didnrsquot sing so well as Nita did yesterday
Contoh Soal
1 Lauren _____ than Diana
(A) tender
(B) tenderer
(C) more tender
(D) the tenderest
(E) the more tender
2 Martin doesnrsquot speak ____
(A) so foudly as you do
(B) so loud as you do
(C) as loudly as you do
(D) as loud as you do
(E) as louder as you do
E-6
TENSES-3
1 SIMPLE FUTURE
2 FUTURE CONTINOUS
3 FUTURE PERFECT
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINOUS
1 SIMPLE FUTURE
Pengertian
Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilaksanakan
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Oleh karena itu kalimat Future TenseSim-
ple Future selalu ditandai dengan keterangan waktu
soon
afterwards
tomorrow
tonight
the day after tomorrow
next week
next month
next year
bentuk
S + shallwill + V1
I
shall
We
you
he
she will
it
they
Contoh
Jack will visit his moter in the country next
week
I shall not attend the party tonight
We shanrsquot have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys wonrsquot swim across the river next
weekend
Interrogative Form
Untuk membentuk kalimat interrogative
kata bantu shall will diletakkan sebelum atau di
depan Subyek
Shallwill + S + V1
Will Jack visit his mother in the country next
week
Shall I attend the party tonight
Shall we have another extra leson tomorrow
Will the boys swim across the river next
weekend
Will you take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Will Tini return the book to the library next
month
Contoh Soal 1 We _____ our homework together soon
(A) shall do (D) did
(B) do (E) does
(C) done
2 The visitor _____ tonight
(A) arrived (D) arrives
(B) has arrived (E) arrive
(C) will arrived
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 14 -
3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit
(A) shall (D) does
(B) will (E) has
(C) Do
TO BE GOING TO
Fungsi
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa
yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif
dari bentuk Shall dan Will
Bentuk
S + isamare + going to + V1
I ______ am
You
We are
they
he
she is
it
Contoh
Jack is going to visit his mother in the country
next week
I am going to attend the part tonight
We are going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river
next weekend
You are going to take a day off the day after
Tomorrow
Tini is going to return the book to the library
next mont
Negative Form
Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk
kalimat negatif
S + to be + not + Going to + V1
Jack is not going to visit his mother in the
country next week
I am not going to attend the part tonight
We are not going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the
river next weekend
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
Tini is not going to return the book to the
Library next month
Interrogative
Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -
subyek
To be + S + going to + V1
Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country
next week
Am I going to attend the part tonight
Are we going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
Are the boys going to swim across the river next
weekend
Are you going to take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Is Tini going to return the book to the library
next month
Contoh Soal
1 The teacher __ a test soon
(1) has given
(2) will given
(3) gave
(4) Is going to give
2 The boys __ a short course nex week
(A) Are going to take
(B) Is going to take
(C) Shall take
(D) Has taken
(E) Took
3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow
(A) Will (D) Are going
(B) Shall (E) must
(C) is going
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 15 -
4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month
(A) Is going to leave
(B) Are going to leave
(C) Has leave
(D) Left
(E) Leaving
5 I ____ supper afterwards
(1) am going to (3) shall have
(2) will have (4) have had
2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
Shallwill + be + v + ing
FUNGSI
Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini
This time tomorrow
Next week
Monday
Month
Moring
Etc
Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang
-an waktu simple future
ex
- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow
- Ill be watching tv tonight
- This time next week the pupils will be having a
test
- John will be helping us this evening
3 FUTURE PERFECT
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + V3
FUNGSI
Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai
pada masa yang akan datang
Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya
selalu diawali oleh kata by mis
by the end of this month
by the end of the week
by now
by the end of the year
ex
- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three
days
- By the time he finishes the question I will
have read the book for one hour
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing
Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan
masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang
Terdapat kesamaan antara future
perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-
terutama dalam fungsi
ex
- When she get to London she will have been
travelling for five days
- By the end of this year he will have been
working for three years
Contoh Soal
1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five
years by the end of this year
(A) will work
(B) have worked
(C) will have been working
(D) will be working
(E) is going to work
2 Dont come at five oclock because _____
(A) I will be playing
(B) I will have been playing
(C) I have played
(D) I will have played
(E) I will playing
3 My friends _____ next sunday
(1) Will invite
(2) Will be inviting
(3) Is going to invite
(4) Is inviting
4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday
(1) have
(2) will have
(3) would have
(4) shall be having
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 16 -
()
Is the butter is kept here hellip
Is Budi played the guitar hellip
2 Present Continous Tense
(+)
A They are repairing the bridge
B The bridge is being repaired
A The man is supervising me
P Iam being supervised by hellip
(-)
A The thief is climbing the wall when the
Police saw him
P the wall is being climbed by the thief when
the police saw
The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-
ing supervised hellip
()
Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip
Are you being supervised helliphellip
3 Present Perfect Tense
(+)
A Tuti has written two letters
P Two letters have been written
A He has don the work well
P The work has been donehellip
(-)
Two letters have not been written
The work has not been done hellip
()
Have two letters been written
Has the work been done by him
5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this
year
(1) Will stay
(2) Will have been staying
(3) Will be staying
(4) Will be stayed
E-7
- PASSIVE VOICE
- IMPERSONAL IT
PASSIVE VOICE
Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan
pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan
Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata
kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh
objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek
merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat
pasif
Bentuk
To be + V3
Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga
mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk
kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut
ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang
diiutinya
1 Present tense
(+)
A We keep the butter here
P The butter is kept here
A Budi plays the guitar at night
P The guitar is played by budi
A The teacher teaches the pupils
P The pupils are taught by hellip
(-)
The butter is kept here hellip
The guitar is not played hellip
S + isamare + V3
S + isamare + not + V3
isamare + S + V3
S + isamare + being + V3
S + Isamare + not + being + V3
Isamare + S + being + V3
S + hashave + been + V3
S + hashave + not + been +V3
hashave + S + been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 17 -
1 4 Past Tense
(+)
A The bad boys broke the windows
P The windows were were broken by
A The farmer hit the snake
P The snake was hit by
(-)
The windows were not broken
The snake was not hit
()
Were the windows were broken by
Was the snake hit by
5 Past Continous Tense
(+)
A They were taking the injured player out of the
Field
P the injured player were being taken by them
6 Past Perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came
P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -
Badu came
A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest
arrived
P The meal had been prepared by the mother -
When the guest arrived
7 Future Tense
(+)
A He will meet you at the station
P You will be met by him
A Budi will lend me his book
P I shall be lent by
()
Will you be met by him
Will you be lent by
8 To be going to
(+)
A We are going to hoid a party
P A party is going to be held hellip
A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -
Nts
P The lazy students are going to be punished by-
The teacher
9 Future Perfect Tense
S + shallwill + have + been + V3
A They will have elected new president in five
Years
P New President will have been elected in five
years
A IPTN will have produced war planes by the
year of 2000
P War planes will have been produced by IPTN
by
10 Past Future
(+)
A if it rained We should postphone our picnic
P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned
A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher
would punish him
P if all didnt change his behaviour he would
be punished by the teacher
11 Past Puture Perfect
(+)
A If you had studied hard you would have got
good marks
P If you had studied hard good marks would
have been got by you
A If the goverment had not made mistake the
judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent
to prison
P If the goverment had not made mistake
Sophia Laurent would not have the judge
would not have beensent to prison by the
judge
S + waswere + V3
S + waswere + not + V3
waswere + S+ V3
S + waswere + being + V3
S + shallwill + be + V3
Will shall + S + be + V3
S + isamare + going to + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 18 -
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
12 Modals
S + modals + be + V3
Modals can hellip hellipcould
may helliphellip might
must hellip
has to hellip had to
have to hellip had to
ought to
should
A you must shut these doors
P These doors must be shut
A You ought to open the windows
P The windows ought to be opened
A They should told him
P He should be told by them
A He has to drive me home
P I have to be driven by him hellip
13 Modals With The Perfect Tense
S + modals + have + been + V3
A The girl must have watered the flowers when I
saw her
P The flowers must have been watered by the girl
when hellip
A I could have asked somebody to carry that
box
P Somebody could have been asked to carry
That box by me
A The teacher might have told the story when
I was absent
P The story might have been told by the teacher
story when I was absent
Contoh Soal
1 Most scientific book ___ in English
(A) Are printing (D) has been printed
(B) Are print (E) are printed
(C) Is print
2 America ______ four hundred years ago
A discovered
B will be discovered
C had discovered
D was discovered
E was being discovered
3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister
A will be driven
B has be driven
C is driven
D was driven
E will be being driven
4He sald the several plans ___
A were being
B were been
C has been
D are been
E had being
5The food _____ several hours before the guast
arrived
A were cook
B had cooking
C has cook
D were cooked
E had been cooked
IMPERSONAL IT
PENGERTIAN
It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal
pronoun
APLIKASI
1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan
- distance
contoh
it is a long way to London
It is about two kilometers reach the post of -
fice
- time
Contoh
What time is it
It is four orsquoclock
- condition
Contoh
It is cold outside
It is warm inside
2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya
- Gerund
Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 19 -
kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it
Going on appears no good
It appears no good going on - To infinitive
Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem
patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-
nya digantikan oleh it
To say is easy
It is easy to say
- That clause
Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas
That they will have to go seem a pity
It seems a pity that willhave to go
3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya
- To infinitive
Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it
diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja
seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu
merupakan obyek bukan subyek
Contoh
We consider to cheat is wrong
We consider it wrong to cheat
- That clause
Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause
Contoh
We think that they didnt try is a pity
We think it a pity that he didnt try
Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to
infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu
menyebabkan hilangnya that
Contoh
People believe that to be polite is important
People believe it important tobe polite
Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh
it antara lain
- Believe - know
- Consider - realize
- Declare - snow
- Find - suppose
- Guees - take
- Imagine - think
- Understand
Contoh Soal
1 Step inside ____ outside
(A) There is cold
(B) Itrsquos cold
(C) Cold
(D) It
(E) It cold
2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep
(A) It is
(B) It will be
(C) It was
(D) It
(E) It should be
3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house
in a week
(A) It
(B) It be
(C) It is
(D) There is
(E) There be
4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other
word
(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson
(B) it difficult understand the lesson
(C) its difficult understand the lesson
(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson
(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson
5 _____ right for us to obey our parents
(A) there is
(B) there are
(C) there has
(D) it is
(E) it has
E-8
CONDITIONALS
Secara harfiah conditionals dapat
diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-
kalimat yang terdiri dari
1 syarat prasyarat
2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi
Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan
tercermin pada main clause
- hasil
- syarat
Conditional
Main clause
If clause
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 20 -
Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang
diawali if
Posisi
If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main
clause
If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip
If Clause I Clause
Atau
S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip
Main Clause I Clause
1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)
- Fungsi
Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan
terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type
ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-
nan
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present
Tense ini terdiri atas
a
b
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future
Bentuknya ialah
Shallwill + Stem
Shall hellip IWe
Will hellip He She It
You They
Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -
conditionals pada main clause
If clause Main Clause
Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)
If you study hard
If it rains
If you agree
If you dont know the
meaning of words
If all doesnt change
his behaviour
If I am rich
You will pass the exam
We shall postpone our
picnic
You can wait here
You may use your
Dictionary
The teacher will punish
him
I shall buy you a car
Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan
sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative
Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif
middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot
give it again
Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot
give it again
Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari
middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals
Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah
Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause
WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem
Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change
his behaviour hellip
2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi
sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan
dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan
untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut
Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition
Present
- Fokus
fakta (present Group)
Pengandalan
- Bentuk
If Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past
Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk
S + StemVerbV
S + isamare + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 21 -
a
b
Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise
but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada
an yang sebenarnya terjadi
ex I was a boy
if I were a bird
I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc
ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung
(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya
bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi
manusia
Main Clause
a Past Future
Should would + stem
b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu
Could might + Stem
If Clause Main Clause
Simple Past
Past
FuturecouldMight
If you studied hard
If it rained
If you agreed
If you didnrsquot know the
meaning of word
if All didnrsquot change his
bhaviour
If I were rich
You would get good
marks
We should postphone
our picnic
You could wait here
You might use you
dictionary
The teacher would
punish him
I should by you a car
Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias
dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan
Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car
Were I rich I should buy you a car
macr If he were not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Were he not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang
Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present
conditionals)
a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya
Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals
type 2 jika tense Present Group
macr Present Tense
macr Present Continous Tense
macr Present Perfect Tense
macr Present Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause
Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause
c Mengembalikan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative
dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
d Hindari penggunaan was
ex
(-) (+)
All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam
Syarat hasil
If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam
(+) (-)
People donrsquot ring me up because my number
is not in the directory
(hasil) (syarat)
People would ring me up if my number were in
the directory
(+) (+)
e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -
could pada Main Clause
ex
We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a
fire
If we got matches we could light a fire
f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak
an might
ex
Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the
cold so much
If he were not thin he might not feel the cold
so much
3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)
Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu
(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)
Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki
an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past
S + V Past tense
S + were + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 22 -
- Fokus
Fakta (past Group)
Penggandaian
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle
Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat
berbentuk
Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle
Past If Clause Main Clause
Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect
Couldmight Perfect
I you had studied hard
If it had rained
If you had agreed
If you had studied not
known the meaning of
words
If Ali had not changed
his behaviour
If I had been rich
You would have got
good marks
We should have
postphoned our picnic
You could have waited
here
You might have used
your dictionary
The teacher would have
punished him
I should have bought
you a car
Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had
ke depan
Ex
- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car
Had been rich I should have boughtyou car
- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Had you not known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang
Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )
a Menentukan tense dari fakta
Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3
jika tense-nya Past Group
- Past tense
- Past Continous Tense
macr Past Perfect Tense
macr Past Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)
Hasil (Main Clause)
c Memutar balikkan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus
negative dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
(-) (+)
All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed
Syarat hasil
If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would
not have fall
(-) (+)
I had no map I got lost
If I had had map I would not have got lost
a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan
gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan
could have + verb past participle pada main
clause
We couldnrsquot get into the house because the
hasil
police forbade us
syarat
We could have got into the house if the
police had not forbidden us
b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan
Might + have + Verb Past Participle
Ex
The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at
first
Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it
If the champion had taken the fight seriously at
first he might no have lost it
Contoh Soal
1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home
A Shall stay D stay
B Should stay E Stayed
C Stay
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 23 -
2 If I were youI _____ that book
A Would buy
B Will buy
C Buy
D bought
E Will not buy
3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger
A Would die
B died
C Will die
D Will have died
E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet
him
4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him
A If he come today I can meet him
B If he had come today I could have met him
C If he came today I could meet him
D If I met him today I could come
E If I had met him He could have come today
E-9
- SUBJUNCTIVE
- CONCORDANCE
SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan
yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan
datang
Ex
Long live the queen
God bless you
Heaven help you
Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini
(Present)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
+ S + V2
As Though
Example
- He always speaks as thought he were the
superior
- He dresses as if he were an officer
- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang
terjadi saat ini (Present)
Wish
If only + S + V2
Would rather
Example
He is sick so he is not able to come
- He wishes he came
If only he came
She would rather he came
The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance
- The students wish the teacher explained in
detail
If only the teacher explained in detail
The student would rather the teacher explained
in detail
Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past
(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu
(past)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
S + had + V3
As Though
Example
- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost
- He acted as thought he had been an actor
yesterday
- He talks about rome as if he had been there
once
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang
terjadi dahulu ( Past)
Wishedwishes
If only + S + had + V3
Would rather
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 24 -
The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday
- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test
- If only the teacher had given us a test
- We would rather teacher had given us a test
Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it
- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the
game
- If only Budi had taken part at the game
- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game
Tina was absent to the meeting last night
- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to
the meeting last night
- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting
last night
- Tina would rather she had not been absent to
the meeting last night
Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator
(A) Was (D) is
(B) Had been (E) had
(C) were
2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the
homework
(A) did (D) was doing
(B) had done (E) do
(C) have done
3 He acted as if he ______ill
(A) were (D) is
(B) was (E) have
(C) had been
4 Choose the correct ones
(1) I would rather he went to Medan now
(2) If only he had joined the last lecture
(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty
(4) She wishes she picked her mother up
5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately
my watch stops now
(A) told (D) tell
(B) had told (E) telling
(C) have told
bull CONCORDE
PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam
kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung
kepada subyek
Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja
juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek
singular kata kerja harus singular
BENTUK-BENTUK
1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan
ldquodengan
and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(Plural Subjek) ex
- Bob and Badu are here
- He and his friends have arrived
- Fire and water donrsquot agree
Kecuali
a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang
atau benda yang sama
ex
- The orator and stateman is dead
- The captain and adjutant was present
- My friend and benefactor has come
b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini
ex
- Bread and milk is his only food
- Slow and steady wins the race
- The horse and carriage is at the door
c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every
dan each
- Every boy and girl was ready
- Every woman man and child was lost
2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh
a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip
- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek
terakhir
- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch
- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant
masters were present
- Rama or his brother have done this
- Either he boy or parents have arrend
b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip
Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek
pertama
ex
- The chief with all his men was massacred
- John as well as james deserves pralse
- Justiceas well as mercy allows it
3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja
tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu
kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(pural) jika dilihat secara individu
ex
- The council has shosen its presuden
- The military were called out
- The crew was large
- The crew was taken prisoners
- A number of interesting suggestions have
been made
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 25 -
4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti
atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal
ex
- Each of his sisters is clever
- Neither of the men was very tall
- The quality of mangoes was not good
Contoh Soal
1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt
(A) was (D) am
(B) were (E) are
(C) has
2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India
(A) is (D) were
(B) am (E) has
(C) are
3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping
(A) are (D) is
(B) were (E) am
(C) was
4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate
(A) was (D) are
(B) is (E) has
(C) Am
5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry
(A) like (D) are liking
(B) likes (E) was liking
(C) is liking
E-10
REPORTED SPEECH
Pengertian
Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect
speech
DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara
INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung
kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali
Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau
pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan
beberapa perubahan
a Pronoun
Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -
maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-
han kalimat
b Keteranngan waktu
Direct Indirect
now
today
tomorrow
yesterday
tonight
last night
last ago
next
then
that day
the following day
the previous day
the following night
the previous night
the previous
the following
Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu
berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -
oleh Every
c Tenses
Direct Indirect
Present Tense
PresCont
Pres Perfect
Pres Perf Con
Past Tense
Future Tense
Future Cont
Future Perf
Past Tense
Past Cont
Past Perfect
Past Perf Con
Past Perfect
Past Future
Past F Con
PastF Perf
Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction
dalam Past
Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika
introduction dalam present
Present Past
Say
Will say
Have said
Said
Would say
Had said
d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda
kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya
e Keterangan lain
Direct Indirect
this
these
here
that
those
there
Reported Speech terdiri atas
A Statement
B Imperative
C Interrogative
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 26 -
Reported Speech
a Statement
Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect
selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak
digunakan
Contoh
PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT
Jack said My sisters learning to cook now
Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then
PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE
Bob said I come to school by bus every morning
Bob said that he came to school by bus every
morning
PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT
Tini said My uncle has bought a new car
Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car
PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON
Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for
half an hour here
Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for
half an hour there
PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT
Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt
herself
Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot
hurt herself
SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE
Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow
Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old
the following day
FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT
Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with
my friend this time tomorrow
Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis
with his friend this time the following day
Bob said I must go to bed early
Bob said he had to go bed early
Jack said My father can drive a car
Jack said his father could drive a car
Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon
Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon
The teacher told us you have to finish your
exercise at home
The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise
at home
b Imperative
Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan
kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak
tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga
kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive
Contoh
I said to Bob Open the window please
I asked Bob to Open the window
The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us
at once
The angry workmen asked the manager to pay
them at once
Badu said to Budi Please lend me your
dictionary
Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary
The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise
books and put them on my table
The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise
books and put them on his table
Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan
sebelum to
The mother said to her children Donrsquot play
with fire
The mother asked her children not to play with
fire
The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot
get off the bus while it is going
The bus conductor told the passengers not to get
off the bus while it was going
Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night
without your cout
Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night
without her coat
The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a
lot of noise
The teacher told the student not to make a lot of
noise
Statement
Imperative
Interro
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 7 -
Contoh
We saw a donkey
The farmer hit the donkey with a stick
Sebaiknya the donkey pada kalimat kedua digantik-
an oleh oleh Objek Pronoun
The farmer hit it with a stick
The lady bought potatoes
The hawker put the potatoes in a package
Sebaiknya
The hawker put them in a package
The teacher called Ani
Her mother waited for Ani in the office
Sebaiknya
Her mother waited for her in the office
Contoh
The man is standing outside the building
The man is waiting for his son
The man pada kalimat kedua
Sebaiknya digantikan oleh kata ganti orang sebagai
subyek
Kalimatnya
He is waiting for his son
I met Amir at the station
A conductor was talking Amir
Sebaiknya
A conductor was talking to her
The headmaster punished the boys
The teacher found the boys peeping
Sebaiknya
The teacher found them peeping
2 POSSESSIVE PRONOUN
Kata ganti kepunyaan Kata ini penggunaan-
nya kerap dikaitkan dengan POSSESSIVE ADJE-
CTIVE
POSS ADJECTIVE POSS PRONOUN
my
our
your
his
her
its
their
mine
ours
yours
h is
hers
Its
their
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE menerangkan kata be-
nda dan letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan
POSSESSIVE PRONOUN menggantikan kata
benda
Contoh
This is my car
Tis car is mine
This is her wtch
This watch is hers
That is your pen
That pen is yours
These are their books
These books are theirs
That is our class
That class is ours
That is its kitten
That kitten is its
Possessive Pronoun bisa juga digunakan
menggantikan Possessive Adjective jika
bendanya diketahui
That is my pen and this is yours
Is this your
Where is mine
It belongs to hers
C reflexive Pronoun Merefleksikan kata benda reflexive
Pronoun
SINGULAR PLURAL
myself
yourself
himself
herself
itself
Oursselves
yourselves
themselves
Contoh
The little girl fell down and hurt herself
PERSONAL
PRONOUN
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE
POSSESSIVE PRO-NOUN
POSSESSIVE PRONOUN
SUBJET OBJECT
I
we you
you
he she
it
they
me
us you
you
him her
it
them
my
our your
your
his her
its
their
mine
ours yours
yours
h is hers
Its
their
myself
ourselves yourself
yourselves
himself herself
itself
themselves
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 8 -
He was tired of life so he killed himself
A baby cannot dress it self
I sometimes cut myself when
I am shaving
W e must not be selfish and think only about
Ourselves
She looked at herself in the mirror
He lives alone and often talks to himself
Some men go to a barber but most men shave
themselves
Reflexive Pronoun dapat digunakan untuk
mengeraskan atau menjelaskan benda atau orang
yang dimaksud
I saw the minister himself
I myself mended the wireless
The queen herself is going to open the
New hospital
E-4
1 ADJECTIVE
2 ADVERB
1 ADJECTIVE
PENGERTIAN
Kata yang menerangkan kata benda (noun )
PEMBAGIAN
Kata sifat terdiri atas A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY
B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE
C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE
D INTERROGSTIVE OF QUALITY
A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY
Menerangkan kualitas benda dalam konteks
Karakter
Usia
Bentuk
Ukuran
Warna
Letaknya bisa di depan ataupun di belakang
benda yang diterangkannya
Contoh
He is an old man
The book is red
We see high buildings in the city
The teacher always gies us difficult problem to
solves
B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE
Kata sifat yang menunjukkan kepunyaan
Letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan
PERSONAL PRONOUN POESSESSIVE
ADJECTIVE SUBJECT OBJECT
I
we
you
you
he
she
it
they
me
us
you
you
him
her
it
them
my
our
your
your
his
her
its
their
Contoh
I lost my book
The teacher forgot to bring his beg
The studens were busy writing their composition
The pick-pocket tole her wallet
C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE
Menunjukkan benda yang dimaksudLe-
taknya di depan benda yang diterangkannya
Contoh
This boy is strong
These mangoes are sour
Donrsquot be in such a hurry
That rascal must be punished
D INTERROGATIVE ADJECTIVE
Kata tanya seperti which what whose -
yang digunakan dengan kata benda dalam sebuah
kalimatnya
Contoh
What manner of man is he
Which way shall we go
Whose book is this
E ADJECTIVE OF QUANTITY
Kata sifat yang menunjukkan jumlah ben
da yang dimaksud
Contoh
I eat some rice
He showed much patience
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 9 -
All men must die
He claimed his half share of the booty
You have no sense
The whole sum is expended
There hasnrsquot been sufficient rain this year
POSISI ADJECTIVE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Dete
r
mile
r
Qual
-ityc
harat
er
size- Ag
e
lem
per
a
Parti-
ciple
shape colour Origin
location
noun
2
four
Beau
tiful
expe
nsive
Big
strong
old Negie
ted
square Red
black
African
french
Hous
-es
Hors
-es
2 ADVERB
PENGERTIAN
Kata yang digunakan untuk menjelaskan
atau menerangkan kata kerja (verb) PEMBAGIAN
1 ADVERB OF MANNER
2 ADVERB OF MANNER
3 ADVERB OF PLACE
4 ADVERB OF TIME
5 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY
6 ADVERB OF DEGREE
1 ADVERB OF MANNER
Menerangkan cara melakukan sesuatuAd-
verb ini dibentuk dari
Adjective + ly
Adjective Adverb
quick
easy
foolish
beautiful
quickly
easily
foolishly
beautifully
Sehingga
Untuk beberapa adjective kadang-kadang
penambhan ly tidak diperlukan
Adjective Adverb
fast
hard
good
late
fast
hard
well
late
Letak adverb of manner di dalam kalimat
ialah sesudah atau sebelum kata ker-ja
Ex
- He runs quikly
- He speaks English fluently
- He hopefully found the money
2 ADVERB OF PLACE
Menunjukkan tempat terjadi suatu
perbuatan Letaknya di akhir kalimat
Ex
- He work in an office
- Shersquoll meet me at the same
- He drove eastwards
3 ADVERB OF TIME
Menunjukkan waktu terjadi suatu
perbuatan Letaknya di depan dan di akhir
kalimat
Ex
- She is studying now
- Yesterday I visited my cousin
- Next month he will be forty
4 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY
Kata yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan
frekwensi terjadinya suatu perbuatan Kata-kata -
keterangan tsb
- usually - sometimes
- always - never
- often - seldom
letaknya sebelum verb (kata keja)
Ex
- I always go to the library
- She often watchs tv
5 ADVERB OF DEGREE
Menunjukkan kadarderajat dari suatu -
tindakan
letaknya sebelum adjective atau sebelum-
adverb
ex
- He is too big
- He walks very slowly
POSISI ADVERB
Jika dalam satu kalimat terdapat lebih
dari satu adverb maka susunannya
Manner place time
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 10 -
ex
- Susan regularly studio biology at home
every day
Contoh Soal
1 Our teacher speaks English _______
(A) good (D) fluently
(B) fluent (E) fluenting
(C) clear
2 Jakarta has many ____ building
(A) high (D) expensive
(B) big (E) modern
(C) large
3 I want to meet _____
(A) two teacher english
(B) teachers english two
(C) two english teacher
(D) english two teacher
(E) teacher two english
4 which of the following senteces is correct
(1) He works hard in his office every day
(2) He hard works in his office every day
(3) Every day he works hard in his office
(4) He every day works hard in his office
5 He always feels______
(1) anxious (3) happy
(2) anxiously (4) happily
E-5
- ELLIPSIS
- DEGREE OF COMPARISON
ELLIPSIS
Fungsi
Untuk menggabungkan kalimat yang hanya
memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek (pokok kalimat)
Formula
and so + to behv + s
and so + to behv1 too
and neither + hv + s
to be
and s + hv + nrsquot + either
to be
but S + hvto be
but S + hvto be + nrsquot
Aplikasi
Kalimat Positif
untuk menggabung dua kalimat positif
yang hanya berbeda subyek formula berikut
dapat digunakan
- and so
- and too
Contoh
Jack can swim
Budi can swim
- Jack can swim and so can Budi
atau
Jack can swim and Budi can too
Ali walks to school
We walk to school
- Ali walks to school and sodo we
atau
Ali walks to school and we do too
Kalimat negatif
Untuk menggabung dua kalimat negatif -
yang hanya memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek -
digunakan formula sebagai berikut
- and neither
- and neither
Contoh
Peter canrsquot swim
Teddy canrsquot swim
Peter canrsquot swim and neither can Teddy
Peter canrsquot swim and teddy canrsquot either
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night
Joni didnrsquot attend the party last night
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 11 -
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and neither -
did Joni
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and Joni
didnrsquot either
Kalimat Negatif-Positif
Untuk mengkombinasikan dua kalimat -
yang hanya memiliki perbedaan dalam subyek dan -
salah satunya negatif digunakan
but S + to behv
Jika kalimat pertama negatif
Contoh
Jack canrsquot play the guitar
Budi can play the guitar
Jack canrsquot play the guitar but Budi can
but S + to behv + nrsquot
Jikakalimat kedua negatif
Contoh
Joni passed in the exam
Budi didnrsquot pass the exam
Joni passed in the exam but budi didrsquont
Contoh Soal 1 Ani ____wears glassed but her sister______
(A) do (D) donrsquot
(B) canrsquot (E) doesnrsquot
(C) does
2 Joni made a lot of mistakes in the exam and ____
(A) so I did (D) so did I
(B) so do I (E) I did so
(C) I do too
3 The girls donrsquot like the movie _____
(A) So do we (D) We do too
(B) Neither we do (E) Neither donrsquot we
(C) We donrsquot either
DEGREE OF COMPARISON
Pengertian
Tingkat perbandingan kata sifat (adjective)
dan kata keterangan (adverb
Pembagian
A Comparison of Adjectives
B Comparison of Adverb
C Equal Comparison
A Comparison of Adjectives
Membuat perbandingan atas kata sifat (adj-
Ective)
Perbandingan terdiri atas dua yaitu
1 Comparative
2 Superlative
3 Compareative
Untuk membandingkan dua kata sifat (adj
ective)
Cara membuat perbandingan dengan
a) Menambahkan er) di akhir kata sifat
Hal ini dilakukan jika kata sifat (adjective) -
satu suku bunyi (one syilable)
Contoh
Positive Comparative
short
slow
quick
tall
high
shorter
slower
quicker
taller
higher
Kecuali
Kata sifat berakhiran denganhuruf e cukup
Dengan menambah r
Positive Comparative
brave
white
braver
whiter
Gunakan than sebelum bentuk Comparative
Kata sifat berakhiran dengan huruf d g
mnt dan sebelumnya terdapat short -
vowel maka huruf tersebut digandakan sebe-
lum er ditambahkan
Positive Comparative
red
big
slim
thin
fat
redder
bigger
slimmer
thinner
fatter
Kata sifat yang berakhiran dengan huruf Y-
dan sebelum huruf tersebut adalah huruf mati
(konsonan) maka sebelum menambahkaner
y hilang dan digantikan dengan i
Positive Comparative
dirty
noisy
dirtier
noisier
b) Kata sifat yang terdiri atas lebih dari satu suku
bunyi (more than one syilable) mengalami pe-
nambahan more
Positive Comparative
useful
difficult
necessary
hopeless
more useful
more difficult
more necessary
more hopeless
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 12 -
c) Kata-kata sifat tertentu tak menggunakan kaidah
di atas tersebut di bawah ini
Positive Comparative
good
bad
much
many
little
best
worst
most
most
least
Contoh
Budi is 20 years old
Joni is 21 years old
Ati is 19 years old
Ati is the youngest
Joni is the oldest
The harus digunakan sebelum bentuk Superla
tive
B Comparison Of Adverb
Perbandingan Adverb atau kata keterangan
Pada umumnya yang dibandingkan ialah Adverb of
manner (keterangan Cara)
Bentuk perbandingan
1 Untuk kata-kata keterangan (adverb) yang di
bentuk bukan dari Adjective + ly maka er dan
est digunakan dalam membentukcompa-
rative dan Superlative
Positive Comp Super
fast
hard
high
faster
harder
higher
fastest
hardest
highest
2 Kata keterangan yang bersal dari Adjective +
ly menggunakan bentuk more dan most untuk
Comparative dan Superlative
Pos Comparative Super
slowly
simply
nicely
neatly
tidily
more slowly
more simply
more nicely
more neatly
more tidily
most slowly
most simply
most nicely
most neatly
most tidily
3 Kata keterangan (adverbs) tertentu tidak
menggunakan kaidah di atas tersebut dibawah
ini
Positive Comp Super
well
bad
little
much
better
worse
less
more
best
worst
least
most
Contoh
Comparative
Planes move faster than buses
Budi learns harder than Joni does
She explained it more clearly than I did
He speaks more loudly than I do
Superlative
Rockets move the fastest
Ati learns the hardest
Mr Ali explains the lesson the most clearly of the
teachers
C Equal Comparison
Perbandingan setara Pembentuknya ialah
asas
not asas
not soas
Untuk bentuk tersebut kita bisa mengguna
kan baik untuk kata sifat (adjective) maupun kata
keterangan (adverb)
1 Adjective
Untuk perbandingan yang positif kita gu-
nakan bentuk
as adjective as
Contoh
This book is as thick as that one
Ani is as clever as Budi
Untuk mengungkapkan perbandingan yang nega-
tif dapat digunakan dua bentuk
not so adjective as
not as adjective as
Contoh
The car is not as fast as that one
The car is not so fast as that one
Tuti is not as clever as Ati
Tuti is not so clever as Ati
2 Adverb
Positive
as adverb as
Contoh
He thinks as hard as I do
He played as well as I did
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 13 -
Negative
helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip
helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip
Contoh
He doesnrsquot walk as fast as I do
He doesnrsquot walk so fast as I do
Joni didnrsquot sing as well as Nita did yesterday
Joni didnrsquot sing so well as Nita did yesterday
Contoh Soal
1 Lauren _____ than Diana
(A) tender
(B) tenderer
(C) more tender
(D) the tenderest
(E) the more tender
2 Martin doesnrsquot speak ____
(A) so foudly as you do
(B) so loud as you do
(C) as loudly as you do
(D) as loud as you do
(E) as louder as you do
E-6
TENSES-3
1 SIMPLE FUTURE
2 FUTURE CONTINOUS
3 FUTURE PERFECT
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINOUS
1 SIMPLE FUTURE
Pengertian
Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilaksanakan
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Oleh karena itu kalimat Future TenseSim-
ple Future selalu ditandai dengan keterangan waktu
soon
afterwards
tomorrow
tonight
the day after tomorrow
next week
next month
next year
bentuk
S + shallwill + V1
I
shall
We
you
he
she will
it
they
Contoh
Jack will visit his moter in the country next
week
I shall not attend the party tonight
We shanrsquot have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys wonrsquot swim across the river next
weekend
Interrogative Form
Untuk membentuk kalimat interrogative
kata bantu shall will diletakkan sebelum atau di
depan Subyek
Shallwill + S + V1
Will Jack visit his mother in the country next
week
Shall I attend the party tonight
Shall we have another extra leson tomorrow
Will the boys swim across the river next
weekend
Will you take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Will Tini return the book to the library next
month
Contoh Soal 1 We _____ our homework together soon
(A) shall do (D) did
(B) do (E) does
(C) done
2 The visitor _____ tonight
(A) arrived (D) arrives
(B) has arrived (E) arrive
(C) will arrived
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 14 -
3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit
(A) shall (D) does
(B) will (E) has
(C) Do
TO BE GOING TO
Fungsi
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa
yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif
dari bentuk Shall dan Will
Bentuk
S + isamare + going to + V1
I ______ am
You
We are
they
he
she is
it
Contoh
Jack is going to visit his mother in the country
next week
I am going to attend the part tonight
We are going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river
next weekend
You are going to take a day off the day after
Tomorrow
Tini is going to return the book to the library
next mont
Negative Form
Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk
kalimat negatif
S + to be + not + Going to + V1
Jack is not going to visit his mother in the
country next week
I am not going to attend the part tonight
We are not going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the
river next weekend
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
Tini is not going to return the book to the
Library next month
Interrogative
Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -
subyek
To be + S + going to + V1
Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country
next week
Am I going to attend the part tonight
Are we going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
Are the boys going to swim across the river next
weekend
Are you going to take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Is Tini going to return the book to the library
next month
Contoh Soal
1 The teacher __ a test soon
(1) has given
(2) will given
(3) gave
(4) Is going to give
2 The boys __ a short course nex week
(A) Are going to take
(B) Is going to take
(C) Shall take
(D) Has taken
(E) Took
3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow
(A) Will (D) Are going
(B) Shall (E) must
(C) is going
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 15 -
4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month
(A) Is going to leave
(B) Are going to leave
(C) Has leave
(D) Left
(E) Leaving
5 I ____ supper afterwards
(1) am going to (3) shall have
(2) will have (4) have had
2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
Shallwill + be + v + ing
FUNGSI
Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini
This time tomorrow
Next week
Monday
Month
Moring
Etc
Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang
-an waktu simple future
ex
- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow
- Ill be watching tv tonight
- This time next week the pupils will be having a
test
- John will be helping us this evening
3 FUTURE PERFECT
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + V3
FUNGSI
Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai
pada masa yang akan datang
Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya
selalu diawali oleh kata by mis
by the end of this month
by the end of the week
by now
by the end of the year
ex
- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three
days
- By the time he finishes the question I will
have read the book for one hour
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing
Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan
masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang
Terdapat kesamaan antara future
perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-
terutama dalam fungsi
ex
- When she get to London she will have been
travelling for five days
- By the end of this year he will have been
working for three years
Contoh Soal
1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five
years by the end of this year
(A) will work
(B) have worked
(C) will have been working
(D) will be working
(E) is going to work
2 Dont come at five oclock because _____
(A) I will be playing
(B) I will have been playing
(C) I have played
(D) I will have played
(E) I will playing
3 My friends _____ next sunday
(1) Will invite
(2) Will be inviting
(3) Is going to invite
(4) Is inviting
4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday
(1) have
(2) will have
(3) would have
(4) shall be having
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 16 -
()
Is the butter is kept here hellip
Is Budi played the guitar hellip
2 Present Continous Tense
(+)
A They are repairing the bridge
B The bridge is being repaired
A The man is supervising me
P Iam being supervised by hellip
(-)
A The thief is climbing the wall when the
Police saw him
P the wall is being climbed by the thief when
the police saw
The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-
ing supervised hellip
()
Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip
Are you being supervised helliphellip
3 Present Perfect Tense
(+)
A Tuti has written two letters
P Two letters have been written
A He has don the work well
P The work has been donehellip
(-)
Two letters have not been written
The work has not been done hellip
()
Have two letters been written
Has the work been done by him
5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this
year
(1) Will stay
(2) Will have been staying
(3) Will be staying
(4) Will be stayed
E-7
- PASSIVE VOICE
- IMPERSONAL IT
PASSIVE VOICE
Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan
pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan
Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata
kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh
objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek
merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat
pasif
Bentuk
To be + V3
Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga
mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk
kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut
ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang
diiutinya
1 Present tense
(+)
A We keep the butter here
P The butter is kept here
A Budi plays the guitar at night
P The guitar is played by budi
A The teacher teaches the pupils
P The pupils are taught by hellip
(-)
The butter is kept here hellip
The guitar is not played hellip
S + isamare + V3
S + isamare + not + V3
isamare + S + V3
S + isamare + being + V3
S + Isamare + not + being + V3
Isamare + S + being + V3
S + hashave + been + V3
S + hashave + not + been +V3
hashave + S + been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 17 -
1 4 Past Tense
(+)
A The bad boys broke the windows
P The windows were were broken by
A The farmer hit the snake
P The snake was hit by
(-)
The windows were not broken
The snake was not hit
()
Were the windows were broken by
Was the snake hit by
5 Past Continous Tense
(+)
A They were taking the injured player out of the
Field
P the injured player were being taken by them
6 Past Perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came
P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -
Badu came
A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest
arrived
P The meal had been prepared by the mother -
When the guest arrived
7 Future Tense
(+)
A He will meet you at the station
P You will be met by him
A Budi will lend me his book
P I shall be lent by
()
Will you be met by him
Will you be lent by
8 To be going to
(+)
A We are going to hoid a party
P A party is going to be held hellip
A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -
Nts
P The lazy students are going to be punished by-
The teacher
9 Future Perfect Tense
S + shallwill + have + been + V3
A They will have elected new president in five
Years
P New President will have been elected in five
years
A IPTN will have produced war planes by the
year of 2000
P War planes will have been produced by IPTN
by
10 Past Future
(+)
A if it rained We should postphone our picnic
P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned
A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher
would punish him
P if all didnt change his behaviour he would
be punished by the teacher
11 Past Puture Perfect
(+)
A If you had studied hard you would have got
good marks
P If you had studied hard good marks would
have been got by you
A If the goverment had not made mistake the
judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent
to prison
P If the goverment had not made mistake
Sophia Laurent would not have the judge
would not have beensent to prison by the
judge
S + waswere + V3
S + waswere + not + V3
waswere + S+ V3
S + waswere + being + V3
S + shallwill + be + V3
Will shall + S + be + V3
S + isamare + going to + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 18 -
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
12 Modals
S + modals + be + V3
Modals can hellip hellipcould
may helliphellip might
must hellip
has to hellip had to
have to hellip had to
ought to
should
A you must shut these doors
P These doors must be shut
A You ought to open the windows
P The windows ought to be opened
A They should told him
P He should be told by them
A He has to drive me home
P I have to be driven by him hellip
13 Modals With The Perfect Tense
S + modals + have + been + V3
A The girl must have watered the flowers when I
saw her
P The flowers must have been watered by the girl
when hellip
A I could have asked somebody to carry that
box
P Somebody could have been asked to carry
That box by me
A The teacher might have told the story when
I was absent
P The story might have been told by the teacher
story when I was absent
Contoh Soal
1 Most scientific book ___ in English
(A) Are printing (D) has been printed
(B) Are print (E) are printed
(C) Is print
2 America ______ four hundred years ago
A discovered
B will be discovered
C had discovered
D was discovered
E was being discovered
3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister
A will be driven
B has be driven
C is driven
D was driven
E will be being driven
4He sald the several plans ___
A were being
B were been
C has been
D are been
E had being
5The food _____ several hours before the guast
arrived
A were cook
B had cooking
C has cook
D were cooked
E had been cooked
IMPERSONAL IT
PENGERTIAN
It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal
pronoun
APLIKASI
1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan
- distance
contoh
it is a long way to London
It is about two kilometers reach the post of -
fice
- time
Contoh
What time is it
It is four orsquoclock
- condition
Contoh
It is cold outside
It is warm inside
2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya
- Gerund
Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 19 -
kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it
Going on appears no good
It appears no good going on - To infinitive
Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem
patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-
nya digantikan oleh it
To say is easy
It is easy to say
- That clause
Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas
That they will have to go seem a pity
It seems a pity that willhave to go
3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya
- To infinitive
Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it
diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja
seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu
merupakan obyek bukan subyek
Contoh
We consider to cheat is wrong
We consider it wrong to cheat
- That clause
Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause
Contoh
We think that they didnt try is a pity
We think it a pity that he didnt try
Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to
infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu
menyebabkan hilangnya that
Contoh
People believe that to be polite is important
People believe it important tobe polite
Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh
it antara lain
- Believe - know
- Consider - realize
- Declare - snow
- Find - suppose
- Guees - take
- Imagine - think
- Understand
Contoh Soal
1 Step inside ____ outside
(A) There is cold
(B) Itrsquos cold
(C) Cold
(D) It
(E) It cold
2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep
(A) It is
(B) It will be
(C) It was
(D) It
(E) It should be
3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house
in a week
(A) It
(B) It be
(C) It is
(D) There is
(E) There be
4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other
word
(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson
(B) it difficult understand the lesson
(C) its difficult understand the lesson
(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson
(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson
5 _____ right for us to obey our parents
(A) there is
(B) there are
(C) there has
(D) it is
(E) it has
E-8
CONDITIONALS
Secara harfiah conditionals dapat
diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-
kalimat yang terdiri dari
1 syarat prasyarat
2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi
Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan
tercermin pada main clause
- hasil
- syarat
Conditional
Main clause
If clause
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 20 -
Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang
diawali if
Posisi
If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main
clause
If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip
If Clause I Clause
Atau
S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip
Main Clause I Clause
1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)
- Fungsi
Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan
terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type
ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-
nan
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present
Tense ini terdiri atas
a
b
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future
Bentuknya ialah
Shallwill + Stem
Shall hellip IWe
Will hellip He She It
You They
Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -
conditionals pada main clause
If clause Main Clause
Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)
If you study hard
If it rains
If you agree
If you dont know the
meaning of words
If all doesnt change
his behaviour
If I am rich
You will pass the exam
We shall postpone our
picnic
You can wait here
You may use your
Dictionary
The teacher will punish
him
I shall buy you a car
Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan
sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative
Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif
middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot
give it again
Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot
give it again
Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari
middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals
Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah
Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause
WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem
Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change
his behaviour hellip
2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi
sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan
dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan
untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut
Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition
Present
- Fokus
fakta (present Group)
Pengandalan
- Bentuk
If Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past
Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk
S + StemVerbV
S + isamare + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 21 -
a
b
Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise
but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada
an yang sebenarnya terjadi
ex I was a boy
if I were a bird
I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc
ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung
(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya
bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi
manusia
Main Clause
a Past Future
Should would + stem
b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu
Could might + Stem
If Clause Main Clause
Simple Past
Past
FuturecouldMight
If you studied hard
If it rained
If you agreed
If you didnrsquot know the
meaning of word
if All didnrsquot change his
bhaviour
If I were rich
You would get good
marks
We should postphone
our picnic
You could wait here
You might use you
dictionary
The teacher would
punish him
I should by you a car
Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias
dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan
Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car
Were I rich I should buy you a car
macr If he were not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Were he not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang
Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present
conditionals)
a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya
Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals
type 2 jika tense Present Group
macr Present Tense
macr Present Continous Tense
macr Present Perfect Tense
macr Present Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause
Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause
c Mengembalikan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative
dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
d Hindari penggunaan was
ex
(-) (+)
All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam
Syarat hasil
If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam
(+) (-)
People donrsquot ring me up because my number
is not in the directory
(hasil) (syarat)
People would ring me up if my number were in
the directory
(+) (+)
e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -
could pada Main Clause
ex
We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a
fire
If we got matches we could light a fire
f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak
an might
ex
Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the
cold so much
If he were not thin he might not feel the cold
so much
3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)
Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu
(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)
Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki
an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past
S + V Past tense
S + were + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 22 -
- Fokus
Fakta (past Group)
Penggandaian
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle
Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat
berbentuk
Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle
Past If Clause Main Clause
Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect
Couldmight Perfect
I you had studied hard
If it had rained
If you had agreed
If you had studied not
known the meaning of
words
If Ali had not changed
his behaviour
If I had been rich
You would have got
good marks
We should have
postphoned our picnic
You could have waited
here
You might have used
your dictionary
The teacher would have
punished him
I should have bought
you a car
Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had
ke depan
Ex
- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car
Had been rich I should have boughtyou car
- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Had you not known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang
Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )
a Menentukan tense dari fakta
Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3
jika tense-nya Past Group
- Past tense
- Past Continous Tense
macr Past Perfect Tense
macr Past Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)
Hasil (Main Clause)
c Memutar balikkan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus
negative dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
(-) (+)
All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed
Syarat hasil
If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would
not have fall
(-) (+)
I had no map I got lost
If I had had map I would not have got lost
a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan
gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan
could have + verb past participle pada main
clause
We couldnrsquot get into the house because the
hasil
police forbade us
syarat
We could have got into the house if the
police had not forbidden us
b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan
Might + have + Verb Past Participle
Ex
The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at
first
Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it
If the champion had taken the fight seriously at
first he might no have lost it
Contoh Soal
1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home
A Shall stay D stay
B Should stay E Stayed
C Stay
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 23 -
2 If I were youI _____ that book
A Would buy
B Will buy
C Buy
D bought
E Will not buy
3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger
A Would die
B died
C Will die
D Will have died
E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet
him
4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him
A If he come today I can meet him
B If he had come today I could have met him
C If he came today I could meet him
D If I met him today I could come
E If I had met him He could have come today
E-9
- SUBJUNCTIVE
- CONCORDANCE
SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan
yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan
datang
Ex
Long live the queen
God bless you
Heaven help you
Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini
(Present)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
+ S + V2
As Though
Example
- He always speaks as thought he were the
superior
- He dresses as if he were an officer
- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang
terjadi saat ini (Present)
Wish
If only + S + V2
Would rather
Example
He is sick so he is not able to come
- He wishes he came
If only he came
She would rather he came
The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance
- The students wish the teacher explained in
detail
If only the teacher explained in detail
The student would rather the teacher explained
in detail
Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past
(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu
(past)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
S + had + V3
As Though
Example
- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost
- He acted as thought he had been an actor
yesterday
- He talks about rome as if he had been there
once
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang
terjadi dahulu ( Past)
Wishedwishes
If only + S + had + V3
Would rather
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 24 -
The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday
- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test
- If only the teacher had given us a test
- We would rather teacher had given us a test
Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it
- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the
game
- If only Budi had taken part at the game
- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game
Tina was absent to the meeting last night
- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to
the meeting last night
- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting
last night
- Tina would rather she had not been absent to
the meeting last night
Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator
(A) Was (D) is
(B) Had been (E) had
(C) were
2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the
homework
(A) did (D) was doing
(B) had done (E) do
(C) have done
3 He acted as if he ______ill
(A) were (D) is
(B) was (E) have
(C) had been
4 Choose the correct ones
(1) I would rather he went to Medan now
(2) If only he had joined the last lecture
(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty
(4) She wishes she picked her mother up
5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately
my watch stops now
(A) told (D) tell
(B) had told (E) telling
(C) have told
bull CONCORDE
PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam
kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung
kepada subyek
Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja
juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek
singular kata kerja harus singular
BENTUK-BENTUK
1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan
ldquodengan
and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(Plural Subjek) ex
- Bob and Badu are here
- He and his friends have arrived
- Fire and water donrsquot agree
Kecuali
a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang
atau benda yang sama
ex
- The orator and stateman is dead
- The captain and adjutant was present
- My friend and benefactor has come
b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini
ex
- Bread and milk is his only food
- Slow and steady wins the race
- The horse and carriage is at the door
c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every
dan each
- Every boy and girl was ready
- Every woman man and child was lost
2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh
a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip
- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek
terakhir
- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch
- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant
masters were present
- Rama or his brother have done this
- Either he boy or parents have arrend
b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip
Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek
pertama
ex
- The chief with all his men was massacred
- John as well as james deserves pralse
- Justiceas well as mercy allows it
3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja
tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu
kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(pural) jika dilihat secara individu
ex
- The council has shosen its presuden
- The military were called out
- The crew was large
- The crew was taken prisoners
- A number of interesting suggestions have
been made
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 25 -
4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti
atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal
ex
- Each of his sisters is clever
- Neither of the men was very tall
- The quality of mangoes was not good
Contoh Soal
1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt
(A) was (D) am
(B) were (E) are
(C) has
2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India
(A) is (D) were
(B) am (E) has
(C) are
3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping
(A) are (D) is
(B) were (E) am
(C) was
4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate
(A) was (D) are
(B) is (E) has
(C) Am
5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry
(A) like (D) are liking
(B) likes (E) was liking
(C) is liking
E-10
REPORTED SPEECH
Pengertian
Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect
speech
DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara
INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung
kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali
Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau
pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan
beberapa perubahan
a Pronoun
Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -
maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-
han kalimat
b Keteranngan waktu
Direct Indirect
now
today
tomorrow
yesterday
tonight
last night
last ago
next
then
that day
the following day
the previous day
the following night
the previous night
the previous
the following
Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu
berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -
oleh Every
c Tenses
Direct Indirect
Present Tense
PresCont
Pres Perfect
Pres Perf Con
Past Tense
Future Tense
Future Cont
Future Perf
Past Tense
Past Cont
Past Perfect
Past Perf Con
Past Perfect
Past Future
Past F Con
PastF Perf
Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction
dalam Past
Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika
introduction dalam present
Present Past
Say
Will say
Have said
Said
Would say
Had said
d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda
kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya
e Keterangan lain
Direct Indirect
this
these
here
that
those
there
Reported Speech terdiri atas
A Statement
B Imperative
C Interrogative
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 26 -
Reported Speech
a Statement
Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect
selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak
digunakan
Contoh
PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT
Jack said My sisters learning to cook now
Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then
PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE
Bob said I come to school by bus every morning
Bob said that he came to school by bus every
morning
PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT
Tini said My uncle has bought a new car
Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car
PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON
Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for
half an hour here
Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for
half an hour there
PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT
Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt
herself
Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot
hurt herself
SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE
Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow
Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old
the following day
FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT
Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with
my friend this time tomorrow
Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis
with his friend this time the following day
Bob said I must go to bed early
Bob said he had to go bed early
Jack said My father can drive a car
Jack said his father could drive a car
Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon
Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon
The teacher told us you have to finish your
exercise at home
The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise
at home
b Imperative
Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan
kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak
tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga
kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive
Contoh
I said to Bob Open the window please
I asked Bob to Open the window
The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us
at once
The angry workmen asked the manager to pay
them at once
Badu said to Budi Please lend me your
dictionary
Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary
The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise
books and put them on my table
The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise
books and put them on his table
Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan
sebelum to
The mother said to her children Donrsquot play
with fire
The mother asked her children not to play with
fire
The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot
get off the bus while it is going
The bus conductor told the passengers not to get
off the bus while it was going
Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night
without your cout
Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night
without her coat
The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a
lot of noise
The teacher told the student not to make a lot of
noise
Statement
Imperative
Interro
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 8 -
He was tired of life so he killed himself
A baby cannot dress it self
I sometimes cut myself when
I am shaving
W e must not be selfish and think only about
Ourselves
She looked at herself in the mirror
He lives alone and often talks to himself
Some men go to a barber but most men shave
themselves
Reflexive Pronoun dapat digunakan untuk
mengeraskan atau menjelaskan benda atau orang
yang dimaksud
I saw the minister himself
I myself mended the wireless
The queen herself is going to open the
New hospital
E-4
1 ADJECTIVE
2 ADVERB
1 ADJECTIVE
PENGERTIAN
Kata yang menerangkan kata benda (noun )
PEMBAGIAN
Kata sifat terdiri atas A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY
B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE
C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE
D INTERROGSTIVE OF QUALITY
A ADJECTIVE OF QUALITY
Menerangkan kualitas benda dalam konteks
Karakter
Usia
Bentuk
Ukuran
Warna
Letaknya bisa di depan ataupun di belakang
benda yang diterangkannya
Contoh
He is an old man
The book is red
We see high buildings in the city
The teacher always gies us difficult problem to
solves
B POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVE
Kata sifat yang menunjukkan kepunyaan
Letaknya sebelum benda yang diterangkan
PERSONAL PRONOUN POESSESSIVE
ADJECTIVE SUBJECT OBJECT
I
we
you
you
he
she
it
they
me
us
you
you
him
her
it
them
my
our
your
your
his
her
its
their
Contoh
I lost my book
The teacher forgot to bring his beg
The studens were busy writing their composition
The pick-pocket tole her wallet
C DEMONTRATIVE ADJECTIVE
Menunjukkan benda yang dimaksudLe-
taknya di depan benda yang diterangkannya
Contoh
This boy is strong
These mangoes are sour
Donrsquot be in such a hurry
That rascal must be punished
D INTERROGATIVE ADJECTIVE
Kata tanya seperti which what whose -
yang digunakan dengan kata benda dalam sebuah
kalimatnya
Contoh
What manner of man is he
Which way shall we go
Whose book is this
E ADJECTIVE OF QUANTITY
Kata sifat yang menunjukkan jumlah ben
da yang dimaksud
Contoh
I eat some rice
He showed much patience
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 9 -
All men must die
He claimed his half share of the booty
You have no sense
The whole sum is expended
There hasnrsquot been sufficient rain this year
POSISI ADJECTIVE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Dete
r
mile
r
Qual
-ityc
harat
er
size- Ag
e
lem
per
a
Parti-
ciple
shape colour Origin
location
noun
2
four
Beau
tiful
expe
nsive
Big
strong
old Negie
ted
square Red
black
African
french
Hous
-es
Hors
-es
2 ADVERB
PENGERTIAN
Kata yang digunakan untuk menjelaskan
atau menerangkan kata kerja (verb) PEMBAGIAN
1 ADVERB OF MANNER
2 ADVERB OF MANNER
3 ADVERB OF PLACE
4 ADVERB OF TIME
5 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY
6 ADVERB OF DEGREE
1 ADVERB OF MANNER
Menerangkan cara melakukan sesuatuAd-
verb ini dibentuk dari
Adjective + ly
Adjective Adverb
quick
easy
foolish
beautiful
quickly
easily
foolishly
beautifully
Sehingga
Untuk beberapa adjective kadang-kadang
penambhan ly tidak diperlukan
Adjective Adverb
fast
hard
good
late
fast
hard
well
late
Letak adverb of manner di dalam kalimat
ialah sesudah atau sebelum kata ker-ja
Ex
- He runs quikly
- He speaks English fluently
- He hopefully found the money
2 ADVERB OF PLACE
Menunjukkan tempat terjadi suatu
perbuatan Letaknya di akhir kalimat
Ex
- He work in an office
- Shersquoll meet me at the same
- He drove eastwards
3 ADVERB OF TIME
Menunjukkan waktu terjadi suatu
perbuatan Letaknya di depan dan di akhir
kalimat
Ex
- She is studying now
- Yesterday I visited my cousin
- Next month he will be forty
4 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY
Kata yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan
frekwensi terjadinya suatu perbuatan Kata-kata -
keterangan tsb
- usually - sometimes
- always - never
- often - seldom
letaknya sebelum verb (kata keja)
Ex
- I always go to the library
- She often watchs tv
5 ADVERB OF DEGREE
Menunjukkan kadarderajat dari suatu -
tindakan
letaknya sebelum adjective atau sebelum-
adverb
ex
- He is too big
- He walks very slowly
POSISI ADVERB
Jika dalam satu kalimat terdapat lebih
dari satu adverb maka susunannya
Manner place time
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 10 -
ex
- Susan regularly studio biology at home
every day
Contoh Soal
1 Our teacher speaks English _______
(A) good (D) fluently
(B) fluent (E) fluenting
(C) clear
2 Jakarta has many ____ building
(A) high (D) expensive
(B) big (E) modern
(C) large
3 I want to meet _____
(A) two teacher english
(B) teachers english two
(C) two english teacher
(D) english two teacher
(E) teacher two english
4 which of the following senteces is correct
(1) He works hard in his office every day
(2) He hard works in his office every day
(3) Every day he works hard in his office
(4) He every day works hard in his office
5 He always feels______
(1) anxious (3) happy
(2) anxiously (4) happily
E-5
- ELLIPSIS
- DEGREE OF COMPARISON
ELLIPSIS
Fungsi
Untuk menggabungkan kalimat yang hanya
memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek (pokok kalimat)
Formula
and so + to behv + s
and so + to behv1 too
and neither + hv + s
to be
and s + hv + nrsquot + either
to be
but S + hvto be
but S + hvto be + nrsquot
Aplikasi
Kalimat Positif
untuk menggabung dua kalimat positif
yang hanya berbeda subyek formula berikut
dapat digunakan
- and so
- and too
Contoh
Jack can swim
Budi can swim
- Jack can swim and so can Budi
atau
Jack can swim and Budi can too
Ali walks to school
We walk to school
- Ali walks to school and sodo we
atau
Ali walks to school and we do too
Kalimat negatif
Untuk menggabung dua kalimat negatif -
yang hanya memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek -
digunakan formula sebagai berikut
- and neither
- and neither
Contoh
Peter canrsquot swim
Teddy canrsquot swim
Peter canrsquot swim and neither can Teddy
Peter canrsquot swim and teddy canrsquot either
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night
Joni didnrsquot attend the party last night
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 11 -
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and neither -
did Joni
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and Joni
didnrsquot either
Kalimat Negatif-Positif
Untuk mengkombinasikan dua kalimat -
yang hanya memiliki perbedaan dalam subyek dan -
salah satunya negatif digunakan
but S + to behv
Jika kalimat pertama negatif
Contoh
Jack canrsquot play the guitar
Budi can play the guitar
Jack canrsquot play the guitar but Budi can
but S + to behv + nrsquot
Jikakalimat kedua negatif
Contoh
Joni passed in the exam
Budi didnrsquot pass the exam
Joni passed in the exam but budi didrsquont
Contoh Soal 1 Ani ____wears glassed but her sister______
(A) do (D) donrsquot
(B) canrsquot (E) doesnrsquot
(C) does
2 Joni made a lot of mistakes in the exam and ____
(A) so I did (D) so did I
(B) so do I (E) I did so
(C) I do too
3 The girls donrsquot like the movie _____
(A) So do we (D) We do too
(B) Neither we do (E) Neither donrsquot we
(C) We donrsquot either
DEGREE OF COMPARISON
Pengertian
Tingkat perbandingan kata sifat (adjective)
dan kata keterangan (adverb
Pembagian
A Comparison of Adjectives
B Comparison of Adverb
C Equal Comparison
A Comparison of Adjectives
Membuat perbandingan atas kata sifat (adj-
Ective)
Perbandingan terdiri atas dua yaitu
1 Comparative
2 Superlative
3 Compareative
Untuk membandingkan dua kata sifat (adj
ective)
Cara membuat perbandingan dengan
a) Menambahkan er) di akhir kata sifat
Hal ini dilakukan jika kata sifat (adjective) -
satu suku bunyi (one syilable)
Contoh
Positive Comparative
short
slow
quick
tall
high
shorter
slower
quicker
taller
higher
Kecuali
Kata sifat berakhiran denganhuruf e cukup
Dengan menambah r
Positive Comparative
brave
white
braver
whiter
Gunakan than sebelum bentuk Comparative
Kata sifat berakhiran dengan huruf d g
mnt dan sebelumnya terdapat short -
vowel maka huruf tersebut digandakan sebe-
lum er ditambahkan
Positive Comparative
red
big
slim
thin
fat
redder
bigger
slimmer
thinner
fatter
Kata sifat yang berakhiran dengan huruf Y-
dan sebelum huruf tersebut adalah huruf mati
(konsonan) maka sebelum menambahkaner
y hilang dan digantikan dengan i
Positive Comparative
dirty
noisy
dirtier
noisier
b) Kata sifat yang terdiri atas lebih dari satu suku
bunyi (more than one syilable) mengalami pe-
nambahan more
Positive Comparative
useful
difficult
necessary
hopeless
more useful
more difficult
more necessary
more hopeless
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 12 -
c) Kata-kata sifat tertentu tak menggunakan kaidah
di atas tersebut di bawah ini
Positive Comparative
good
bad
much
many
little
best
worst
most
most
least
Contoh
Budi is 20 years old
Joni is 21 years old
Ati is 19 years old
Ati is the youngest
Joni is the oldest
The harus digunakan sebelum bentuk Superla
tive
B Comparison Of Adverb
Perbandingan Adverb atau kata keterangan
Pada umumnya yang dibandingkan ialah Adverb of
manner (keterangan Cara)
Bentuk perbandingan
1 Untuk kata-kata keterangan (adverb) yang di
bentuk bukan dari Adjective + ly maka er dan
est digunakan dalam membentukcompa-
rative dan Superlative
Positive Comp Super
fast
hard
high
faster
harder
higher
fastest
hardest
highest
2 Kata keterangan yang bersal dari Adjective +
ly menggunakan bentuk more dan most untuk
Comparative dan Superlative
Pos Comparative Super
slowly
simply
nicely
neatly
tidily
more slowly
more simply
more nicely
more neatly
more tidily
most slowly
most simply
most nicely
most neatly
most tidily
3 Kata keterangan (adverbs) tertentu tidak
menggunakan kaidah di atas tersebut dibawah
ini
Positive Comp Super
well
bad
little
much
better
worse
less
more
best
worst
least
most
Contoh
Comparative
Planes move faster than buses
Budi learns harder than Joni does
She explained it more clearly than I did
He speaks more loudly than I do
Superlative
Rockets move the fastest
Ati learns the hardest
Mr Ali explains the lesson the most clearly of the
teachers
C Equal Comparison
Perbandingan setara Pembentuknya ialah
asas
not asas
not soas
Untuk bentuk tersebut kita bisa mengguna
kan baik untuk kata sifat (adjective) maupun kata
keterangan (adverb)
1 Adjective
Untuk perbandingan yang positif kita gu-
nakan bentuk
as adjective as
Contoh
This book is as thick as that one
Ani is as clever as Budi
Untuk mengungkapkan perbandingan yang nega-
tif dapat digunakan dua bentuk
not so adjective as
not as adjective as
Contoh
The car is not as fast as that one
The car is not so fast as that one
Tuti is not as clever as Ati
Tuti is not so clever as Ati
2 Adverb
Positive
as adverb as
Contoh
He thinks as hard as I do
He played as well as I did
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 13 -
Negative
helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip
helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip
Contoh
He doesnrsquot walk as fast as I do
He doesnrsquot walk so fast as I do
Joni didnrsquot sing as well as Nita did yesterday
Joni didnrsquot sing so well as Nita did yesterday
Contoh Soal
1 Lauren _____ than Diana
(A) tender
(B) tenderer
(C) more tender
(D) the tenderest
(E) the more tender
2 Martin doesnrsquot speak ____
(A) so foudly as you do
(B) so loud as you do
(C) as loudly as you do
(D) as loud as you do
(E) as louder as you do
E-6
TENSES-3
1 SIMPLE FUTURE
2 FUTURE CONTINOUS
3 FUTURE PERFECT
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINOUS
1 SIMPLE FUTURE
Pengertian
Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilaksanakan
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Oleh karena itu kalimat Future TenseSim-
ple Future selalu ditandai dengan keterangan waktu
soon
afterwards
tomorrow
tonight
the day after tomorrow
next week
next month
next year
bentuk
S + shallwill + V1
I
shall
We
you
he
she will
it
they
Contoh
Jack will visit his moter in the country next
week
I shall not attend the party tonight
We shanrsquot have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys wonrsquot swim across the river next
weekend
Interrogative Form
Untuk membentuk kalimat interrogative
kata bantu shall will diletakkan sebelum atau di
depan Subyek
Shallwill + S + V1
Will Jack visit his mother in the country next
week
Shall I attend the party tonight
Shall we have another extra leson tomorrow
Will the boys swim across the river next
weekend
Will you take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Will Tini return the book to the library next
month
Contoh Soal 1 We _____ our homework together soon
(A) shall do (D) did
(B) do (E) does
(C) done
2 The visitor _____ tonight
(A) arrived (D) arrives
(B) has arrived (E) arrive
(C) will arrived
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 14 -
3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit
(A) shall (D) does
(B) will (E) has
(C) Do
TO BE GOING TO
Fungsi
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa
yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif
dari bentuk Shall dan Will
Bentuk
S + isamare + going to + V1
I ______ am
You
We are
they
he
she is
it
Contoh
Jack is going to visit his mother in the country
next week
I am going to attend the part tonight
We are going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river
next weekend
You are going to take a day off the day after
Tomorrow
Tini is going to return the book to the library
next mont
Negative Form
Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk
kalimat negatif
S + to be + not + Going to + V1
Jack is not going to visit his mother in the
country next week
I am not going to attend the part tonight
We are not going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the
river next weekend
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
Tini is not going to return the book to the
Library next month
Interrogative
Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -
subyek
To be + S + going to + V1
Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country
next week
Am I going to attend the part tonight
Are we going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
Are the boys going to swim across the river next
weekend
Are you going to take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Is Tini going to return the book to the library
next month
Contoh Soal
1 The teacher __ a test soon
(1) has given
(2) will given
(3) gave
(4) Is going to give
2 The boys __ a short course nex week
(A) Are going to take
(B) Is going to take
(C) Shall take
(D) Has taken
(E) Took
3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow
(A) Will (D) Are going
(B) Shall (E) must
(C) is going
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 15 -
4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month
(A) Is going to leave
(B) Are going to leave
(C) Has leave
(D) Left
(E) Leaving
5 I ____ supper afterwards
(1) am going to (3) shall have
(2) will have (4) have had
2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
Shallwill + be + v + ing
FUNGSI
Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini
This time tomorrow
Next week
Monday
Month
Moring
Etc
Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang
-an waktu simple future
ex
- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow
- Ill be watching tv tonight
- This time next week the pupils will be having a
test
- John will be helping us this evening
3 FUTURE PERFECT
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + V3
FUNGSI
Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai
pada masa yang akan datang
Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya
selalu diawali oleh kata by mis
by the end of this month
by the end of the week
by now
by the end of the year
ex
- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three
days
- By the time he finishes the question I will
have read the book for one hour
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing
Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan
masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang
Terdapat kesamaan antara future
perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-
terutama dalam fungsi
ex
- When she get to London she will have been
travelling for five days
- By the end of this year he will have been
working for three years
Contoh Soal
1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five
years by the end of this year
(A) will work
(B) have worked
(C) will have been working
(D) will be working
(E) is going to work
2 Dont come at five oclock because _____
(A) I will be playing
(B) I will have been playing
(C) I have played
(D) I will have played
(E) I will playing
3 My friends _____ next sunday
(1) Will invite
(2) Will be inviting
(3) Is going to invite
(4) Is inviting
4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday
(1) have
(2) will have
(3) would have
(4) shall be having
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 16 -
()
Is the butter is kept here hellip
Is Budi played the guitar hellip
2 Present Continous Tense
(+)
A They are repairing the bridge
B The bridge is being repaired
A The man is supervising me
P Iam being supervised by hellip
(-)
A The thief is climbing the wall when the
Police saw him
P the wall is being climbed by the thief when
the police saw
The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-
ing supervised hellip
()
Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip
Are you being supervised helliphellip
3 Present Perfect Tense
(+)
A Tuti has written two letters
P Two letters have been written
A He has don the work well
P The work has been donehellip
(-)
Two letters have not been written
The work has not been done hellip
()
Have two letters been written
Has the work been done by him
5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this
year
(1) Will stay
(2) Will have been staying
(3) Will be staying
(4) Will be stayed
E-7
- PASSIVE VOICE
- IMPERSONAL IT
PASSIVE VOICE
Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan
pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan
Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata
kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh
objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek
merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat
pasif
Bentuk
To be + V3
Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga
mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk
kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut
ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang
diiutinya
1 Present tense
(+)
A We keep the butter here
P The butter is kept here
A Budi plays the guitar at night
P The guitar is played by budi
A The teacher teaches the pupils
P The pupils are taught by hellip
(-)
The butter is kept here hellip
The guitar is not played hellip
S + isamare + V3
S + isamare + not + V3
isamare + S + V3
S + isamare + being + V3
S + Isamare + not + being + V3
Isamare + S + being + V3
S + hashave + been + V3
S + hashave + not + been +V3
hashave + S + been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 17 -
1 4 Past Tense
(+)
A The bad boys broke the windows
P The windows were were broken by
A The farmer hit the snake
P The snake was hit by
(-)
The windows were not broken
The snake was not hit
()
Were the windows were broken by
Was the snake hit by
5 Past Continous Tense
(+)
A They were taking the injured player out of the
Field
P the injured player were being taken by them
6 Past Perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came
P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -
Badu came
A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest
arrived
P The meal had been prepared by the mother -
When the guest arrived
7 Future Tense
(+)
A He will meet you at the station
P You will be met by him
A Budi will lend me his book
P I shall be lent by
()
Will you be met by him
Will you be lent by
8 To be going to
(+)
A We are going to hoid a party
P A party is going to be held hellip
A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -
Nts
P The lazy students are going to be punished by-
The teacher
9 Future Perfect Tense
S + shallwill + have + been + V3
A They will have elected new president in five
Years
P New President will have been elected in five
years
A IPTN will have produced war planes by the
year of 2000
P War planes will have been produced by IPTN
by
10 Past Future
(+)
A if it rained We should postphone our picnic
P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned
A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher
would punish him
P if all didnt change his behaviour he would
be punished by the teacher
11 Past Puture Perfect
(+)
A If you had studied hard you would have got
good marks
P If you had studied hard good marks would
have been got by you
A If the goverment had not made mistake the
judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent
to prison
P If the goverment had not made mistake
Sophia Laurent would not have the judge
would not have beensent to prison by the
judge
S + waswere + V3
S + waswere + not + V3
waswere + S+ V3
S + waswere + being + V3
S + shallwill + be + V3
Will shall + S + be + V3
S + isamare + going to + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 18 -
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
12 Modals
S + modals + be + V3
Modals can hellip hellipcould
may helliphellip might
must hellip
has to hellip had to
have to hellip had to
ought to
should
A you must shut these doors
P These doors must be shut
A You ought to open the windows
P The windows ought to be opened
A They should told him
P He should be told by them
A He has to drive me home
P I have to be driven by him hellip
13 Modals With The Perfect Tense
S + modals + have + been + V3
A The girl must have watered the flowers when I
saw her
P The flowers must have been watered by the girl
when hellip
A I could have asked somebody to carry that
box
P Somebody could have been asked to carry
That box by me
A The teacher might have told the story when
I was absent
P The story might have been told by the teacher
story when I was absent
Contoh Soal
1 Most scientific book ___ in English
(A) Are printing (D) has been printed
(B) Are print (E) are printed
(C) Is print
2 America ______ four hundred years ago
A discovered
B will be discovered
C had discovered
D was discovered
E was being discovered
3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister
A will be driven
B has be driven
C is driven
D was driven
E will be being driven
4He sald the several plans ___
A were being
B were been
C has been
D are been
E had being
5The food _____ several hours before the guast
arrived
A were cook
B had cooking
C has cook
D were cooked
E had been cooked
IMPERSONAL IT
PENGERTIAN
It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal
pronoun
APLIKASI
1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan
- distance
contoh
it is a long way to London
It is about two kilometers reach the post of -
fice
- time
Contoh
What time is it
It is four orsquoclock
- condition
Contoh
It is cold outside
It is warm inside
2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya
- Gerund
Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 19 -
kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it
Going on appears no good
It appears no good going on - To infinitive
Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem
patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-
nya digantikan oleh it
To say is easy
It is easy to say
- That clause
Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas
That they will have to go seem a pity
It seems a pity that willhave to go
3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya
- To infinitive
Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it
diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja
seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu
merupakan obyek bukan subyek
Contoh
We consider to cheat is wrong
We consider it wrong to cheat
- That clause
Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause
Contoh
We think that they didnt try is a pity
We think it a pity that he didnt try
Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to
infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu
menyebabkan hilangnya that
Contoh
People believe that to be polite is important
People believe it important tobe polite
Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh
it antara lain
- Believe - know
- Consider - realize
- Declare - snow
- Find - suppose
- Guees - take
- Imagine - think
- Understand
Contoh Soal
1 Step inside ____ outside
(A) There is cold
(B) Itrsquos cold
(C) Cold
(D) It
(E) It cold
2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep
(A) It is
(B) It will be
(C) It was
(D) It
(E) It should be
3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house
in a week
(A) It
(B) It be
(C) It is
(D) There is
(E) There be
4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other
word
(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson
(B) it difficult understand the lesson
(C) its difficult understand the lesson
(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson
(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson
5 _____ right for us to obey our parents
(A) there is
(B) there are
(C) there has
(D) it is
(E) it has
E-8
CONDITIONALS
Secara harfiah conditionals dapat
diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-
kalimat yang terdiri dari
1 syarat prasyarat
2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi
Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan
tercermin pada main clause
- hasil
- syarat
Conditional
Main clause
If clause
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 20 -
Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang
diawali if
Posisi
If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main
clause
If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip
If Clause I Clause
Atau
S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip
Main Clause I Clause
1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)
- Fungsi
Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan
terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type
ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-
nan
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present
Tense ini terdiri atas
a
b
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future
Bentuknya ialah
Shallwill + Stem
Shall hellip IWe
Will hellip He She It
You They
Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -
conditionals pada main clause
If clause Main Clause
Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)
If you study hard
If it rains
If you agree
If you dont know the
meaning of words
If all doesnt change
his behaviour
If I am rich
You will pass the exam
We shall postpone our
picnic
You can wait here
You may use your
Dictionary
The teacher will punish
him
I shall buy you a car
Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan
sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative
Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif
middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot
give it again
Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot
give it again
Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari
middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals
Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah
Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause
WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem
Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change
his behaviour hellip
2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi
sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan
dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan
untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut
Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition
Present
- Fokus
fakta (present Group)
Pengandalan
- Bentuk
If Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past
Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk
S + StemVerbV
S + isamare + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 21 -
a
b
Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise
but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada
an yang sebenarnya terjadi
ex I was a boy
if I were a bird
I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc
ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung
(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya
bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi
manusia
Main Clause
a Past Future
Should would + stem
b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu
Could might + Stem
If Clause Main Clause
Simple Past
Past
FuturecouldMight
If you studied hard
If it rained
If you agreed
If you didnrsquot know the
meaning of word
if All didnrsquot change his
bhaviour
If I were rich
You would get good
marks
We should postphone
our picnic
You could wait here
You might use you
dictionary
The teacher would
punish him
I should by you a car
Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias
dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan
Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car
Were I rich I should buy you a car
macr If he were not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Were he not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang
Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present
conditionals)
a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya
Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals
type 2 jika tense Present Group
macr Present Tense
macr Present Continous Tense
macr Present Perfect Tense
macr Present Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause
Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause
c Mengembalikan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative
dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
d Hindari penggunaan was
ex
(-) (+)
All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam
Syarat hasil
If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam
(+) (-)
People donrsquot ring me up because my number
is not in the directory
(hasil) (syarat)
People would ring me up if my number were in
the directory
(+) (+)
e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -
could pada Main Clause
ex
We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a
fire
If we got matches we could light a fire
f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak
an might
ex
Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the
cold so much
If he were not thin he might not feel the cold
so much
3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)
Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu
(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)
Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki
an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past
S + V Past tense
S + were + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 22 -
- Fokus
Fakta (past Group)
Penggandaian
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle
Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat
berbentuk
Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle
Past If Clause Main Clause
Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect
Couldmight Perfect
I you had studied hard
If it had rained
If you had agreed
If you had studied not
known the meaning of
words
If Ali had not changed
his behaviour
If I had been rich
You would have got
good marks
We should have
postphoned our picnic
You could have waited
here
You might have used
your dictionary
The teacher would have
punished him
I should have bought
you a car
Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had
ke depan
Ex
- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car
Had been rich I should have boughtyou car
- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Had you not known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang
Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )
a Menentukan tense dari fakta
Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3
jika tense-nya Past Group
- Past tense
- Past Continous Tense
macr Past Perfect Tense
macr Past Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)
Hasil (Main Clause)
c Memutar balikkan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus
negative dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
(-) (+)
All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed
Syarat hasil
If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would
not have fall
(-) (+)
I had no map I got lost
If I had had map I would not have got lost
a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan
gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan
could have + verb past participle pada main
clause
We couldnrsquot get into the house because the
hasil
police forbade us
syarat
We could have got into the house if the
police had not forbidden us
b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan
Might + have + Verb Past Participle
Ex
The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at
first
Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it
If the champion had taken the fight seriously at
first he might no have lost it
Contoh Soal
1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home
A Shall stay D stay
B Should stay E Stayed
C Stay
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 23 -
2 If I were youI _____ that book
A Would buy
B Will buy
C Buy
D bought
E Will not buy
3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger
A Would die
B died
C Will die
D Will have died
E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet
him
4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him
A If he come today I can meet him
B If he had come today I could have met him
C If he came today I could meet him
D If I met him today I could come
E If I had met him He could have come today
E-9
- SUBJUNCTIVE
- CONCORDANCE
SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan
yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan
datang
Ex
Long live the queen
God bless you
Heaven help you
Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini
(Present)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
+ S + V2
As Though
Example
- He always speaks as thought he were the
superior
- He dresses as if he were an officer
- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang
terjadi saat ini (Present)
Wish
If only + S + V2
Would rather
Example
He is sick so he is not able to come
- He wishes he came
If only he came
She would rather he came
The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance
- The students wish the teacher explained in
detail
If only the teacher explained in detail
The student would rather the teacher explained
in detail
Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past
(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu
(past)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
S + had + V3
As Though
Example
- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost
- He acted as thought he had been an actor
yesterday
- He talks about rome as if he had been there
once
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang
terjadi dahulu ( Past)
Wishedwishes
If only + S + had + V3
Would rather
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 24 -
The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday
- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test
- If only the teacher had given us a test
- We would rather teacher had given us a test
Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it
- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the
game
- If only Budi had taken part at the game
- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game
Tina was absent to the meeting last night
- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to
the meeting last night
- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting
last night
- Tina would rather she had not been absent to
the meeting last night
Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator
(A) Was (D) is
(B) Had been (E) had
(C) were
2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the
homework
(A) did (D) was doing
(B) had done (E) do
(C) have done
3 He acted as if he ______ill
(A) were (D) is
(B) was (E) have
(C) had been
4 Choose the correct ones
(1) I would rather he went to Medan now
(2) If only he had joined the last lecture
(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty
(4) She wishes she picked her mother up
5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately
my watch stops now
(A) told (D) tell
(B) had told (E) telling
(C) have told
bull CONCORDE
PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam
kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung
kepada subyek
Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja
juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek
singular kata kerja harus singular
BENTUK-BENTUK
1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan
ldquodengan
and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(Plural Subjek) ex
- Bob and Badu are here
- He and his friends have arrived
- Fire and water donrsquot agree
Kecuali
a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang
atau benda yang sama
ex
- The orator and stateman is dead
- The captain and adjutant was present
- My friend and benefactor has come
b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini
ex
- Bread and milk is his only food
- Slow and steady wins the race
- The horse and carriage is at the door
c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every
dan each
- Every boy and girl was ready
- Every woman man and child was lost
2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh
a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip
- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek
terakhir
- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch
- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant
masters were present
- Rama or his brother have done this
- Either he boy or parents have arrend
b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip
Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek
pertama
ex
- The chief with all his men was massacred
- John as well as james deserves pralse
- Justiceas well as mercy allows it
3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja
tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu
kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(pural) jika dilihat secara individu
ex
- The council has shosen its presuden
- The military were called out
- The crew was large
- The crew was taken prisoners
- A number of interesting suggestions have
been made
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 25 -
4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti
atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal
ex
- Each of his sisters is clever
- Neither of the men was very tall
- The quality of mangoes was not good
Contoh Soal
1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt
(A) was (D) am
(B) were (E) are
(C) has
2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India
(A) is (D) were
(B) am (E) has
(C) are
3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping
(A) are (D) is
(B) were (E) am
(C) was
4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate
(A) was (D) are
(B) is (E) has
(C) Am
5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry
(A) like (D) are liking
(B) likes (E) was liking
(C) is liking
E-10
REPORTED SPEECH
Pengertian
Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect
speech
DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara
INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung
kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali
Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau
pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan
beberapa perubahan
a Pronoun
Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -
maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-
han kalimat
b Keteranngan waktu
Direct Indirect
now
today
tomorrow
yesterday
tonight
last night
last ago
next
then
that day
the following day
the previous day
the following night
the previous night
the previous
the following
Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu
berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -
oleh Every
c Tenses
Direct Indirect
Present Tense
PresCont
Pres Perfect
Pres Perf Con
Past Tense
Future Tense
Future Cont
Future Perf
Past Tense
Past Cont
Past Perfect
Past Perf Con
Past Perfect
Past Future
Past F Con
PastF Perf
Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction
dalam Past
Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika
introduction dalam present
Present Past
Say
Will say
Have said
Said
Would say
Had said
d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda
kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya
e Keterangan lain
Direct Indirect
this
these
here
that
those
there
Reported Speech terdiri atas
A Statement
B Imperative
C Interrogative
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 26 -
Reported Speech
a Statement
Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect
selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak
digunakan
Contoh
PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT
Jack said My sisters learning to cook now
Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then
PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE
Bob said I come to school by bus every morning
Bob said that he came to school by bus every
morning
PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT
Tini said My uncle has bought a new car
Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car
PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON
Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for
half an hour here
Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for
half an hour there
PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT
Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt
herself
Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot
hurt herself
SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE
Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow
Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old
the following day
FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT
Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with
my friend this time tomorrow
Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis
with his friend this time the following day
Bob said I must go to bed early
Bob said he had to go bed early
Jack said My father can drive a car
Jack said his father could drive a car
Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon
Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon
The teacher told us you have to finish your
exercise at home
The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise
at home
b Imperative
Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan
kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak
tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga
kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive
Contoh
I said to Bob Open the window please
I asked Bob to Open the window
The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us
at once
The angry workmen asked the manager to pay
them at once
Badu said to Budi Please lend me your
dictionary
Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary
The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise
books and put them on my table
The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise
books and put them on his table
Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan
sebelum to
The mother said to her children Donrsquot play
with fire
The mother asked her children not to play with
fire
The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot
get off the bus while it is going
The bus conductor told the passengers not to get
off the bus while it was going
Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night
without your cout
Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night
without her coat
The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a
lot of noise
The teacher told the student not to make a lot of
noise
Statement
Imperative
Interro
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 9 -
All men must die
He claimed his half share of the booty
You have no sense
The whole sum is expended
There hasnrsquot been sufficient rain this year
POSISI ADJECTIVE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Dete
r
mile
r
Qual
-ityc
harat
er
size- Ag
e
lem
per
a
Parti-
ciple
shape colour Origin
location
noun
2
four
Beau
tiful
expe
nsive
Big
strong
old Negie
ted
square Red
black
African
french
Hous
-es
Hors
-es
2 ADVERB
PENGERTIAN
Kata yang digunakan untuk menjelaskan
atau menerangkan kata kerja (verb) PEMBAGIAN
1 ADVERB OF MANNER
2 ADVERB OF MANNER
3 ADVERB OF PLACE
4 ADVERB OF TIME
5 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY
6 ADVERB OF DEGREE
1 ADVERB OF MANNER
Menerangkan cara melakukan sesuatuAd-
verb ini dibentuk dari
Adjective + ly
Adjective Adverb
quick
easy
foolish
beautiful
quickly
easily
foolishly
beautifully
Sehingga
Untuk beberapa adjective kadang-kadang
penambhan ly tidak diperlukan
Adjective Adverb
fast
hard
good
late
fast
hard
well
late
Letak adverb of manner di dalam kalimat
ialah sesudah atau sebelum kata ker-ja
Ex
- He runs quikly
- He speaks English fluently
- He hopefully found the money
2 ADVERB OF PLACE
Menunjukkan tempat terjadi suatu
perbuatan Letaknya di akhir kalimat
Ex
- He work in an office
- Shersquoll meet me at the same
- He drove eastwards
3 ADVERB OF TIME
Menunjukkan waktu terjadi suatu
perbuatan Letaknya di depan dan di akhir
kalimat
Ex
- She is studying now
- Yesterday I visited my cousin
- Next month he will be forty
4 ADVERB OF FREQUENCY
Kata yang digunakan untuk menunjukkan
frekwensi terjadinya suatu perbuatan Kata-kata -
keterangan tsb
- usually - sometimes
- always - never
- often - seldom
letaknya sebelum verb (kata keja)
Ex
- I always go to the library
- She often watchs tv
5 ADVERB OF DEGREE
Menunjukkan kadarderajat dari suatu -
tindakan
letaknya sebelum adjective atau sebelum-
adverb
ex
- He is too big
- He walks very slowly
POSISI ADVERB
Jika dalam satu kalimat terdapat lebih
dari satu adverb maka susunannya
Manner place time
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 10 -
ex
- Susan regularly studio biology at home
every day
Contoh Soal
1 Our teacher speaks English _______
(A) good (D) fluently
(B) fluent (E) fluenting
(C) clear
2 Jakarta has many ____ building
(A) high (D) expensive
(B) big (E) modern
(C) large
3 I want to meet _____
(A) two teacher english
(B) teachers english two
(C) two english teacher
(D) english two teacher
(E) teacher two english
4 which of the following senteces is correct
(1) He works hard in his office every day
(2) He hard works in his office every day
(3) Every day he works hard in his office
(4) He every day works hard in his office
5 He always feels______
(1) anxious (3) happy
(2) anxiously (4) happily
E-5
- ELLIPSIS
- DEGREE OF COMPARISON
ELLIPSIS
Fungsi
Untuk menggabungkan kalimat yang hanya
memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek (pokok kalimat)
Formula
and so + to behv + s
and so + to behv1 too
and neither + hv + s
to be
and s + hv + nrsquot + either
to be
but S + hvto be
but S + hvto be + nrsquot
Aplikasi
Kalimat Positif
untuk menggabung dua kalimat positif
yang hanya berbeda subyek formula berikut
dapat digunakan
- and so
- and too
Contoh
Jack can swim
Budi can swim
- Jack can swim and so can Budi
atau
Jack can swim and Budi can too
Ali walks to school
We walk to school
- Ali walks to school and sodo we
atau
Ali walks to school and we do too
Kalimat negatif
Untuk menggabung dua kalimat negatif -
yang hanya memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek -
digunakan formula sebagai berikut
- and neither
- and neither
Contoh
Peter canrsquot swim
Teddy canrsquot swim
Peter canrsquot swim and neither can Teddy
Peter canrsquot swim and teddy canrsquot either
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night
Joni didnrsquot attend the party last night
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 11 -
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and neither -
did Joni
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and Joni
didnrsquot either
Kalimat Negatif-Positif
Untuk mengkombinasikan dua kalimat -
yang hanya memiliki perbedaan dalam subyek dan -
salah satunya negatif digunakan
but S + to behv
Jika kalimat pertama negatif
Contoh
Jack canrsquot play the guitar
Budi can play the guitar
Jack canrsquot play the guitar but Budi can
but S + to behv + nrsquot
Jikakalimat kedua negatif
Contoh
Joni passed in the exam
Budi didnrsquot pass the exam
Joni passed in the exam but budi didrsquont
Contoh Soal 1 Ani ____wears glassed but her sister______
(A) do (D) donrsquot
(B) canrsquot (E) doesnrsquot
(C) does
2 Joni made a lot of mistakes in the exam and ____
(A) so I did (D) so did I
(B) so do I (E) I did so
(C) I do too
3 The girls donrsquot like the movie _____
(A) So do we (D) We do too
(B) Neither we do (E) Neither donrsquot we
(C) We donrsquot either
DEGREE OF COMPARISON
Pengertian
Tingkat perbandingan kata sifat (adjective)
dan kata keterangan (adverb
Pembagian
A Comparison of Adjectives
B Comparison of Adverb
C Equal Comparison
A Comparison of Adjectives
Membuat perbandingan atas kata sifat (adj-
Ective)
Perbandingan terdiri atas dua yaitu
1 Comparative
2 Superlative
3 Compareative
Untuk membandingkan dua kata sifat (adj
ective)
Cara membuat perbandingan dengan
a) Menambahkan er) di akhir kata sifat
Hal ini dilakukan jika kata sifat (adjective) -
satu suku bunyi (one syilable)
Contoh
Positive Comparative
short
slow
quick
tall
high
shorter
slower
quicker
taller
higher
Kecuali
Kata sifat berakhiran denganhuruf e cukup
Dengan menambah r
Positive Comparative
brave
white
braver
whiter
Gunakan than sebelum bentuk Comparative
Kata sifat berakhiran dengan huruf d g
mnt dan sebelumnya terdapat short -
vowel maka huruf tersebut digandakan sebe-
lum er ditambahkan
Positive Comparative
red
big
slim
thin
fat
redder
bigger
slimmer
thinner
fatter
Kata sifat yang berakhiran dengan huruf Y-
dan sebelum huruf tersebut adalah huruf mati
(konsonan) maka sebelum menambahkaner
y hilang dan digantikan dengan i
Positive Comparative
dirty
noisy
dirtier
noisier
b) Kata sifat yang terdiri atas lebih dari satu suku
bunyi (more than one syilable) mengalami pe-
nambahan more
Positive Comparative
useful
difficult
necessary
hopeless
more useful
more difficult
more necessary
more hopeless
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 12 -
c) Kata-kata sifat tertentu tak menggunakan kaidah
di atas tersebut di bawah ini
Positive Comparative
good
bad
much
many
little
best
worst
most
most
least
Contoh
Budi is 20 years old
Joni is 21 years old
Ati is 19 years old
Ati is the youngest
Joni is the oldest
The harus digunakan sebelum bentuk Superla
tive
B Comparison Of Adverb
Perbandingan Adverb atau kata keterangan
Pada umumnya yang dibandingkan ialah Adverb of
manner (keterangan Cara)
Bentuk perbandingan
1 Untuk kata-kata keterangan (adverb) yang di
bentuk bukan dari Adjective + ly maka er dan
est digunakan dalam membentukcompa-
rative dan Superlative
Positive Comp Super
fast
hard
high
faster
harder
higher
fastest
hardest
highest
2 Kata keterangan yang bersal dari Adjective +
ly menggunakan bentuk more dan most untuk
Comparative dan Superlative
Pos Comparative Super
slowly
simply
nicely
neatly
tidily
more slowly
more simply
more nicely
more neatly
more tidily
most slowly
most simply
most nicely
most neatly
most tidily
3 Kata keterangan (adverbs) tertentu tidak
menggunakan kaidah di atas tersebut dibawah
ini
Positive Comp Super
well
bad
little
much
better
worse
less
more
best
worst
least
most
Contoh
Comparative
Planes move faster than buses
Budi learns harder than Joni does
She explained it more clearly than I did
He speaks more loudly than I do
Superlative
Rockets move the fastest
Ati learns the hardest
Mr Ali explains the lesson the most clearly of the
teachers
C Equal Comparison
Perbandingan setara Pembentuknya ialah
asas
not asas
not soas
Untuk bentuk tersebut kita bisa mengguna
kan baik untuk kata sifat (adjective) maupun kata
keterangan (adverb)
1 Adjective
Untuk perbandingan yang positif kita gu-
nakan bentuk
as adjective as
Contoh
This book is as thick as that one
Ani is as clever as Budi
Untuk mengungkapkan perbandingan yang nega-
tif dapat digunakan dua bentuk
not so adjective as
not as adjective as
Contoh
The car is not as fast as that one
The car is not so fast as that one
Tuti is not as clever as Ati
Tuti is not so clever as Ati
2 Adverb
Positive
as adverb as
Contoh
He thinks as hard as I do
He played as well as I did
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 13 -
Negative
helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip
helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip
Contoh
He doesnrsquot walk as fast as I do
He doesnrsquot walk so fast as I do
Joni didnrsquot sing as well as Nita did yesterday
Joni didnrsquot sing so well as Nita did yesterday
Contoh Soal
1 Lauren _____ than Diana
(A) tender
(B) tenderer
(C) more tender
(D) the tenderest
(E) the more tender
2 Martin doesnrsquot speak ____
(A) so foudly as you do
(B) so loud as you do
(C) as loudly as you do
(D) as loud as you do
(E) as louder as you do
E-6
TENSES-3
1 SIMPLE FUTURE
2 FUTURE CONTINOUS
3 FUTURE PERFECT
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINOUS
1 SIMPLE FUTURE
Pengertian
Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilaksanakan
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Oleh karena itu kalimat Future TenseSim-
ple Future selalu ditandai dengan keterangan waktu
soon
afterwards
tomorrow
tonight
the day after tomorrow
next week
next month
next year
bentuk
S + shallwill + V1
I
shall
We
you
he
she will
it
they
Contoh
Jack will visit his moter in the country next
week
I shall not attend the party tonight
We shanrsquot have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys wonrsquot swim across the river next
weekend
Interrogative Form
Untuk membentuk kalimat interrogative
kata bantu shall will diletakkan sebelum atau di
depan Subyek
Shallwill + S + V1
Will Jack visit his mother in the country next
week
Shall I attend the party tonight
Shall we have another extra leson tomorrow
Will the boys swim across the river next
weekend
Will you take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Will Tini return the book to the library next
month
Contoh Soal 1 We _____ our homework together soon
(A) shall do (D) did
(B) do (E) does
(C) done
2 The visitor _____ tonight
(A) arrived (D) arrives
(B) has arrived (E) arrive
(C) will arrived
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 14 -
3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit
(A) shall (D) does
(B) will (E) has
(C) Do
TO BE GOING TO
Fungsi
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa
yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif
dari bentuk Shall dan Will
Bentuk
S + isamare + going to + V1
I ______ am
You
We are
they
he
she is
it
Contoh
Jack is going to visit his mother in the country
next week
I am going to attend the part tonight
We are going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river
next weekend
You are going to take a day off the day after
Tomorrow
Tini is going to return the book to the library
next mont
Negative Form
Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk
kalimat negatif
S + to be + not + Going to + V1
Jack is not going to visit his mother in the
country next week
I am not going to attend the part tonight
We are not going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the
river next weekend
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
Tini is not going to return the book to the
Library next month
Interrogative
Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -
subyek
To be + S + going to + V1
Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country
next week
Am I going to attend the part tonight
Are we going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
Are the boys going to swim across the river next
weekend
Are you going to take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Is Tini going to return the book to the library
next month
Contoh Soal
1 The teacher __ a test soon
(1) has given
(2) will given
(3) gave
(4) Is going to give
2 The boys __ a short course nex week
(A) Are going to take
(B) Is going to take
(C) Shall take
(D) Has taken
(E) Took
3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow
(A) Will (D) Are going
(B) Shall (E) must
(C) is going
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 15 -
4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month
(A) Is going to leave
(B) Are going to leave
(C) Has leave
(D) Left
(E) Leaving
5 I ____ supper afterwards
(1) am going to (3) shall have
(2) will have (4) have had
2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
Shallwill + be + v + ing
FUNGSI
Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini
This time tomorrow
Next week
Monday
Month
Moring
Etc
Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang
-an waktu simple future
ex
- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow
- Ill be watching tv tonight
- This time next week the pupils will be having a
test
- John will be helping us this evening
3 FUTURE PERFECT
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + V3
FUNGSI
Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai
pada masa yang akan datang
Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya
selalu diawali oleh kata by mis
by the end of this month
by the end of the week
by now
by the end of the year
ex
- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three
days
- By the time he finishes the question I will
have read the book for one hour
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing
Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan
masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang
Terdapat kesamaan antara future
perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-
terutama dalam fungsi
ex
- When she get to London she will have been
travelling for five days
- By the end of this year he will have been
working for three years
Contoh Soal
1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five
years by the end of this year
(A) will work
(B) have worked
(C) will have been working
(D) will be working
(E) is going to work
2 Dont come at five oclock because _____
(A) I will be playing
(B) I will have been playing
(C) I have played
(D) I will have played
(E) I will playing
3 My friends _____ next sunday
(1) Will invite
(2) Will be inviting
(3) Is going to invite
(4) Is inviting
4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday
(1) have
(2) will have
(3) would have
(4) shall be having
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 16 -
()
Is the butter is kept here hellip
Is Budi played the guitar hellip
2 Present Continous Tense
(+)
A They are repairing the bridge
B The bridge is being repaired
A The man is supervising me
P Iam being supervised by hellip
(-)
A The thief is climbing the wall when the
Police saw him
P the wall is being climbed by the thief when
the police saw
The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-
ing supervised hellip
()
Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip
Are you being supervised helliphellip
3 Present Perfect Tense
(+)
A Tuti has written two letters
P Two letters have been written
A He has don the work well
P The work has been donehellip
(-)
Two letters have not been written
The work has not been done hellip
()
Have two letters been written
Has the work been done by him
5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this
year
(1) Will stay
(2) Will have been staying
(3) Will be staying
(4) Will be stayed
E-7
- PASSIVE VOICE
- IMPERSONAL IT
PASSIVE VOICE
Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan
pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan
Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata
kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh
objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek
merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat
pasif
Bentuk
To be + V3
Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga
mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk
kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut
ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang
diiutinya
1 Present tense
(+)
A We keep the butter here
P The butter is kept here
A Budi plays the guitar at night
P The guitar is played by budi
A The teacher teaches the pupils
P The pupils are taught by hellip
(-)
The butter is kept here hellip
The guitar is not played hellip
S + isamare + V3
S + isamare + not + V3
isamare + S + V3
S + isamare + being + V3
S + Isamare + not + being + V3
Isamare + S + being + V3
S + hashave + been + V3
S + hashave + not + been +V3
hashave + S + been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 17 -
1 4 Past Tense
(+)
A The bad boys broke the windows
P The windows were were broken by
A The farmer hit the snake
P The snake was hit by
(-)
The windows were not broken
The snake was not hit
()
Were the windows were broken by
Was the snake hit by
5 Past Continous Tense
(+)
A They were taking the injured player out of the
Field
P the injured player were being taken by them
6 Past Perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came
P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -
Badu came
A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest
arrived
P The meal had been prepared by the mother -
When the guest arrived
7 Future Tense
(+)
A He will meet you at the station
P You will be met by him
A Budi will lend me his book
P I shall be lent by
()
Will you be met by him
Will you be lent by
8 To be going to
(+)
A We are going to hoid a party
P A party is going to be held hellip
A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -
Nts
P The lazy students are going to be punished by-
The teacher
9 Future Perfect Tense
S + shallwill + have + been + V3
A They will have elected new president in five
Years
P New President will have been elected in five
years
A IPTN will have produced war planes by the
year of 2000
P War planes will have been produced by IPTN
by
10 Past Future
(+)
A if it rained We should postphone our picnic
P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned
A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher
would punish him
P if all didnt change his behaviour he would
be punished by the teacher
11 Past Puture Perfect
(+)
A If you had studied hard you would have got
good marks
P If you had studied hard good marks would
have been got by you
A If the goverment had not made mistake the
judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent
to prison
P If the goverment had not made mistake
Sophia Laurent would not have the judge
would not have beensent to prison by the
judge
S + waswere + V3
S + waswere + not + V3
waswere + S+ V3
S + waswere + being + V3
S + shallwill + be + V3
Will shall + S + be + V3
S + isamare + going to + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 18 -
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
12 Modals
S + modals + be + V3
Modals can hellip hellipcould
may helliphellip might
must hellip
has to hellip had to
have to hellip had to
ought to
should
A you must shut these doors
P These doors must be shut
A You ought to open the windows
P The windows ought to be opened
A They should told him
P He should be told by them
A He has to drive me home
P I have to be driven by him hellip
13 Modals With The Perfect Tense
S + modals + have + been + V3
A The girl must have watered the flowers when I
saw her
P The flowers must have been watered by the girl
when hellip
A I could have asked somebody to carry that
box
P Somebody could have been asked to carry
That box by me
A The teacher might have told the story when
I was absent
P The story might have been told by the teacher
story when I was absent
Contoh Soal
1 Most scientific book ___ in English
(A) Are printing (D) has been printed
(B) Are print (E) are printed
(C) Is print
2 America ______ four hundred years ago
A discovered
B will be discovered
C had discovered
D was discovered
E was being discovered
3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister
A will be driven
B has be driven
C is driven
D was driven
E will be being driven
4He sald the several plans ___
A were being
B were been
C has been
D are been
E had being
5The food _____ several hours before the guast
arrived
A were cook
B had cooking
C has cook
D were cooked
E had been cooked
IMPERSONAL IT
PENGERTIAN
It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal
pronoun
APLIKASI
1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan
- distance
contoh
it is a long way to London
It is about two kilometers reach the post of -
fice
- time
Contoh
What time is it
It is four orsquoclock
- condition
Contoh
It is cold outside
It is warm inside
2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya
- Gerund
Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 19 -
kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it
Going on appears no good
It appears no good going on - To infinitive
Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem
patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-
nya digantikan oleh it
To say is easy
It is easy to say
- That clause
Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas
That they will have to go seem a pity
It seems a pity that willhave to go
3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya
- To infinitive
Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it
diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja
seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu
merupakan obyek bukan subyek
Contoh
We consider to cheat is wrong
We consider it wrong to cheat
- That clause
Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause
Contoh
We think that they didnt try is a pity
We think it a pity that he didnt try
Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to
infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu
menyebabkan hilangnya that
Contoh
People believe that to be polite is important
People believe it important tobe polite
Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh
it antara lain
- Believe - know
- Consider - realize
- Declare - snow
- Find - suppose
- Guees - take
- Imagine - think
- Understand
Contoh Soal
1 Step inside ____ outside
(A) There is cold
(B) Itrsquos cold
(C) Cold
(D) It
(E) It cold
2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep
(A) It is
(B) It will be
(C) It was
(D) It
(E) It should be
3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house
in a week
(A) It
(B) It be
(C) It is
(D) There is
(E) There be
4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other
word
(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson
(B) it difficult understand the lesson
(C) its difficult understand the lesson
(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson
(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson
5 _____ right for us to obey our parents
(A) there is
(B) there are
(C) there has
(D) it is
(E) it has
E-8
CONDITIONALS
Secara harfiah conditionals dapat
diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-
kalimat yang terdiri dari
1 syarat prasyarat
2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi
Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan
tercermin pada main clause
- hasil
- syarat
Conditional
Main clause
If clause
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 20 -
Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang
diawali if
Posisi
If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main
clause
If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip
If Clause I Clause
Atau
S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip
Main Clause I Clause
1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)
- Fungsi
Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan
terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type
ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-
nan
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present
Tense ini terdiri atas
a
b
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future
Bentuknya ialah
Shallwill + Stem
Shall hellip IWe
Will hellip He She It
You They
Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -
conditionals pada main clause
If clause Main Clause
Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)
If you study hard
If it rains
If you agree
If you dont know the
meaning of words
If all doesnt change
his behaviour
If I am rich
You will pass the exam
We shall postpone our
picnic
You can wait here
You may use your
Dictionary
The teacher will punish
him
I shall buy you a car
Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan
sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative
Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif
middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot
give it again
Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot
give it again
Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari
middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals
Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah
Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause
WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem
Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change
his behaviour hellip
2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi
sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan
dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan
untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut
Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition
Present
- Fokus
fakta (present Group)
Pengandalan
- Bentuk
If Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past
Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk
S + StemVerbV
S + isamare + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 21 -
a
b
Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise
but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada
an yang sebenarnya terjadi
ex I was a boy
if I were a bird
I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc
ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung
(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya
bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi
manusia
Main Clause
a Past Future
Should would + stem
b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu
Could might + Stem
If Clause Main Clause
Simple Past
Past
FuturecouldMight
If you studied hard
If it rained
If you agreed
If you didnrsquot know the
meaning of word
if All didnrsquot change his
bhaviour
If I were rich
You would get good
marks
We should postphone
our picnic
You could wait here
You might use you
dictionary
The teacher would
punish him
I should by you a car
Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias
dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan
Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car
Were I rich I should buy you a car
macr If he were not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Were he not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang
Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present
conditionals)
a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya
Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals
type 2 jika tense Present Group
macr Present Tense
macr Present Continous Tense
macr Present Perfect Tense
macr Present Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause
Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause
c Mengembalikan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative
dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
d Hindari penggunaan was
ex
(-) (+)
All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam
Syarat hasil
If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam
(+) (-)
People donrsquot ring me up because my number
is not in the directory
(hasil) (syarat)
People would ring me up if my number were in
the directory
(+) (+)
e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -
could pada Main Clause
ex
We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a
fire
If we got matches we could light a fire
f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak
an might
ex
Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the
cold so much
If he were not thin he might not feel the cold
so much
3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)
Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu
(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)
Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki
an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past
S + V Past tense
S + were + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 22 -
- Fokus
Fakta (past Group)
Penggandaian
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle
Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat
berbentuk
Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle
Past If Clause Main Clause
Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect
Couldmight Perfect
I you had studied hard
If it had rained
If you had agreed
If you had studied not
known the meaning of
words
If Ali had not changed
his behaviour
If I had been rich
You would have got
good marks
We should have
postphoned our picnic
You could have waited
here
You might have used
your dictionary
The teacher would have
punished him
I should have bought
you a car
Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had
ke depan
Ex
- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car
Had been rich I should have boughtyou car
- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Had you not known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang
Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )
a Menentukan tense dari fakta
Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3
jika tense-nya Past Group
- Past tense
- Past Continous Tense
macr Past Perfect Tense
macr Past Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)
Hasil (Main Clause)
c Memutar balikkan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus
negative dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
(-) (+)
All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed
Syarat hasil
If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would
not have fall
(-) (+)
I had no map I got lost
If I had had map I would not have got lost
a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan
gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan
could have + verb past participle pada main
clause
We couldnrsquot get into the house because the
hasil
police forbade us
syarat
We could have got into the house if the
police had not forbidden us
b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan
Might + have + Verb Past Participle
Ex
The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at
first
Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it
If the champion had taken the fight seriously at
first he might no have lost it
Contoh Soal
1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home
A Shall stay D stay
B Should stay E Stayed
C Stay
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 23 -
2 If I were youI _____ that book
A Would buy
B Will buy
C Buy
D bought
E Will not buy
3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger
A Would die
B died
C Will die
D Will have died
E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet
him
4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him
A If he come today I can meet him
B If he had come today I could have met him
C If he came today I could meet him
D If I met him today I could come
E If I had met him He could have come today
E-9
- SUBJUNCTIVE
- CONCORDANCE
SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan
yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan
datang
Ex
Long live the queen
God bless you
Heaven help you
Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini
(Present)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
+ S + V2
As Though
Example
- He always speaks as thought he were the
superior
- He dresses as if he were an officer
- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang
terjadi saat ini (Present)
Wish
If only + S + V2
Would rather
Example
He is sick so he is not able to come
- He wishes he came
If only he came
She would rather he came
The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance
- The students wish the teacher explained in
detail
If only the teacher explained in detail
The student would rather the teacher explained
in detail
Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past
(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu
(past)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
S + had + V3
As Though
Example
- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost
- He acted as thought he had been an actor
yesterday
- He talks about rome as if he had been there
once
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang
terjadi dahulu ( Past)
Wishedwishes
If only + S + had + V3
Would rather
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 24 -
The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday
- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test
- If only the teacher had given us a test
- We would rather teacher had given us a test
Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it
- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the
game
- If only Budi had taken part at the game
- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game
Tina was absent to the meeting last night
- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to
the meeting last night
- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting
last night
- Tina would rather she had not been absent to
the meeting last night
Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator
(A) Was (D) is
(B) Had been (E) had
(C) were
2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the
homework
(A) did (D) was doing
(B) had done (E) do
(C) have done
3 He acted as if he ______ill
(A) were (D) is
(B) was (E) have
(C) had been
4 Choose the correct ones
(1) I would rather he went to Medan now
(2) If only he had joined the last lecture
(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty
(4) She wishes she picked her mother up
5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately
my watch stops now
(A) told (D) tell
(B) had told (E) telling
(C) have told
bull CONCORDE
PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam
kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung
kepada subyek
Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja
juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek
singular kata kerja harus singular
BENTUK-BENTUK
1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan
ldquodengan
and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(Plural Subjek) ex
- Bob and Badu are here
- He and his friends have arrived
- Fire and water donrsquot agree
Kecuali
a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang
atau benda yang sama
ex
- The orator and stateman is dead
- The captain and adjutant was present
- My friend and benefactor has come
b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini
ex
- Bread and milk is his only food
- Slow and steady wins the race
- The horse and carriage is at the door
c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every
dan each
- Every boy and girl was ready
- Every woman man and child was lost
2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh
a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip
- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek
terakhir
- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch
- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant
masters were present
- Rama or his brother have done this
- Either he boy or parents have arrend
b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip
Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek
pertama
ex
- The chief with all his men was massacred
- John as well as james deserves pralse
- Justiceas well as mercy allows it
3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja
tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu
kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(pural) jika dilihat secara individu
ex
- The council has shosen its presuden
- The military were called out
- The crew was large
- The crew was taken prisoners
- A number of interesting suggestions have
been made
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 25 -
4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti
atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal
ex
- Each of his sisters is clever
- Neither of the men was very tall
- The quality of mangoes was not good
Contoh Soal
1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt
(A) was (D) am
(B) were (E) are
(C) has
2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India
(A) is (D) were
(B) am (E) has
(C) are
3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping
(A) are (D) is
(B) were (E) am
(C) was
4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate
(A) was (D) are
(B) is (E) has
(C) Am
5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry
(A) like (D) are liking
(B) likes (E) was liking
(C) is liking
E-10
REPORTED SPEECH
Pengertian
Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect
speech
DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara
INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung
kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali
Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau
pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan
beberapa perubahan
a Pronoun
Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -
maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-
han kalimat
b Keteranngan waktu
Direct Indirect
now
today
tomorrow
yesterday
tonight
last night
last ago
next
then
that day
the following day
the previous day
the following night
the previous night
the previous
the following
Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu
berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -
oleh Every
c Tenses
Direct Indirect
Present Tense
PresCont
Pres Perfect
Pres Perf Con
Past Tense
Future Tense
Future Cont
Future Perf
Past Tense
Past Cont
Past Perfect
Past Perf Con
Past Perfect
Past Future
Past F Con
PastF Perf
Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction
dalam Past
Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika
introduction dalam present
Present Past
Say
Will say
Have said
Said
Would say
Had said
d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda
kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya
e Keterangan lain
Direct Indirect
this
these
here
that
those
there
Reported Speech terdiri atas
A Statement
B Imperative
C Interrogative
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 26 -
Reported Speech
a Statement
Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect
selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak
digunakan
Contoh
PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT
Jack said My sisters learning to cook now
Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then
PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE
Bob said I come to school by bus every morning
Bob said that he came to school by bus every
morning
PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT
Tini said My uncle has bought a new car
Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car
PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON
Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for
half an hour here
Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for
half an hour there
PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT
Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt
herself
Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot
hurt herself
SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE
Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow
Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old
the following day
FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT
Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with
my friend this time tomorrow
Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis
with his friend this time the following day
Bob said I must go to bed early
Bob said he had to go bed early
Jack said My father can drive a car
Jack said his father could drive a car
Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon
Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon
The teacher told us you have to finish your
exercise at home
The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise
at home
b Imperative
Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan
kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak
tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga
kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive
Contoh
I said to Bob Open the window please
I asked Bob to Open the window
The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us
at once
The angry workmen asked the manager to pay
them at once
Badu said to Budi Please lend me your
dictionary
Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary
The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise
books and put them on my table
The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise
books and put them on his table
Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan
sebelum to
The mother said to her children Donrsquot play
with fire
The mother asked her children not to play with
fire
The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot
get off the bus while it is going
The bus conductor told the passengers not to get
off the bus while it was going
Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night
without your cout
Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night
without her coat
The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a
lot of noise
The teacher told the student not to make a lot of
noise
Statement
Imperative
Interro
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 10 -
ex
- Susan regularly studio biology at home
every day
Contoh Soal
1 Our teacher speaks English _______
(A) good (D) fluently
(B) fluent (E) fluenting
(C) clear
2 Jakarta has many ____ building
(A) high (D) expensive
(B) big (E) modern
(C) large
3 I want to meet _____
(A) two teacher english
(B) teachers english two
(C) two english teacher
(D) english two teacher
(E) teacher two english
4 which of the following senteces is correct
(1) He works hard in his office every day
(2) He hard works in his office every day
(3) Every day he works hard in his office
(4) He every day works hard in his office
5 He always feels______
(1) anxious (3) happy
(2) anxiously (4) happily
E-5
- ELLIPSIS
- DEGREE OF COMPARISON
ELLIPSIS
Fungsi
Untuk menggabungkan kalimat yang hanya
memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek (pokok kalimat)
Formula
and so + to behv + s
and so + to behv1 too
and neither + hv + s
to be
and s + hv + nrsquot + either
to be
but S + hvto be
but S + hvto be + nrsquot
Aplikasi
Kalimat Positif
untuk menggabung dua kalimat positif
yang hanya berbeda subyek formula berikut
dapat digunakan
- and so
- and too
Contoh
Jack can swim
Budi can swim
- Jack can swim and so can Budi
atau
Jack can swim and Budi can too
Ali walks to school
We walk to school
- Ali walks to school and sodo we
atau
Ali walks to school and we do too
Kalimat negatif
Untuk menggabung dua kalimat negatif -
yang hanya memiliki perbedaan pada Subyek -
digunakan formula sebagai berikut
- and neither
- and neither
Contoh
Peter canrsquot swim
Teddy canrsquot swim
Peter canrsquot swim and neither can Teddy
Peter canrsquot swim and teddy canrsquot either
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night
Joni didnrsquot attend the party last night
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 11 -
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and neither -
did Joni
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and Joni
didnrsquot either
Kalimat Negatif-Positif
Untuk mengkombinasikan dua kalimat -
yang hanya memiliki perbedaan dalam subyek dan -
salah satunya negatif digunakan
but S + to behv
Jika kalimat pertama negatif
Contoh
Jack canrsquot play the guitar
Budi can play the guitar
Jack canrsquot play the guitar but Budi can
but S + to behv + nrsquot
Jikakalimat kedua negatif
Contoh
Joni passed in the exam
Budi didnrsquot pass the exam
Joni passed in the exam but budi didrsquont
Contoh Soal 1 Ani ____wears glassed but her sister______
(A) do (D) donrsquot
(B) canrsquot (E) doesnrsquot
(C) does
2 Joni made a lot of mistakes in the exam and ____
(A) so I did (D) so did I
(B) so do I (E) I did so
(C) I do too
3 The girls donrsquot like the movie _____
(A) So do we (D) We do too
(B) Neither we do (E) Neither donrsquot we
(C) We donrsquot either
DEGREE OF COMPARISON
Pengertian
Tingkat perbandingan kata sifat (adjective)
dan kata keterangan (adverb
Pembagian
A Comparison of Adjectives
B Comparison of Adverb
C Equal Comparison
A Comparison of Adjectives
Membuat perbandingan atas kata sifat (adj-
Ective)
Perbandingan terdiri atas dua yaitu
1 Comparative
2 Superlative
3 Compareative
Untuk membandingkan dua kata sifat (adj
ective)
Cara membuat perbandingan dengan
a) Menambahkan er) di akhir kata sifat
Hal ini dilakukan jika kata sifat (adjective) -
satu suku bunyi (one syilable)
Contoh
Positive Comparative
short
slow
quick
tall
high
shorter
slower
quicker
taller
higher
Kecuali
Kata sifat berakhiran denganhuruf e cukup
Dengan menambah r
Positive Comparative
brave
white
braver
whiter
Gunakan than sebelum bentuk Comparative
Kata sifat berakhiran dengan huruf d g
mnt dan sebelumnya terdapat short -
vowel maka huruf tersebut digandakan sebe-
lum er ditambahkan
Positive Comparative
red
big
slim
thin
fat
redder
bigger
slimmer
thinner
fatter
Kata sifat yang berakhiran dengan huruf Y-
dan sebelum huruf tersebut adalah huruf mati
(konsonan) maka sebelum menambahkaner
y hilang dan digantikan dengan i
Positive Comparative
dirty
noisy
dirtier
noisier
b) Kata sifat yang terdiri atas lebih dari satu suku
bunyi (more than one syilable) mengalami pe-
nambahan more
Positive Comparative
useful
difficult
necessary
hopeless
more useful
more difficult
more necessary
more hopeless
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 12 -
c) Kata-kata sifat tertentu tak menggunakan kaidah
di atas tersebut di bawah ini
Positive Comparative
good
bad
much
many
little
best
worst
most
most
least
Contoh
Budi is 20 years old
Joni is 21 years old
Ati is 19 years old
Ati is the youngest
Joni is the oldest
The harus digunakan sebelum bentuk Superla
tive
B Comparison Of Adverb
Perbandingan Adverb atau kata keterangan
Pada umumnya yang dibandingkan ialah Adverb of
manner (keterangan Cara)
Bentuk perbandingan
1 Untuk kata-kata keterangan (adverb) yang di
bentuk bukan dari Adjective + ly maka er dan
est digunakan dalam membentukcompa-
rative dan Superlative
Positive Comp Super
fast
hard
high
faster
harder
higher
fastest
hardest
highest
2 Kata keterangan yang bersal dari Adjective +
ly menggunakan bentuk more dan most untuk
Comparative dan Superlative
Pos Comparative Super
slowly
simply
nicely
neatly
tidily
more slowly
more simply
more nicely
more neatly
more tidily
most slowly
most simply
most nicely
most neatly
most tidily
3 Kata keterangan (adverbs) tertentu tidak
menggunakan kaidah di atas tersebut dibawah
ini
Positive Comp Super
well
bad
little
much
better
worse
less
more
best
worst
least
most
Contoh
Comparative
Planes move faster than buses
Budi learns harder than Joni does
She explained it more clearly than I did
He speaks more loudly than I do
Superlative
Rockets move the fastest
Ati learns the hardest
Mr Ali explains the lesson the most clearly of the
teachers
C Equal Comparison
Perbandingan setara Pembentuknya ialah
asas
not asas
not soas
Untuk bentuk tersebut kita bisa mengguna
kan baik untuk kata sifat (adjective) maupun kata
keterangan (adverb)
1 Adjective
Untuk perbandingan yang positif kita gu-
nakan bentuk
as adjective as
Contoh
This book is as thick as that one
Ani is as clever as Budi
Untuk mengungkapkan perbandingan yang nega-
tif dapat digunakan dua bentuk
not so adjective as
not as adjective as
Contoh
The car is not as fast as that one
The car is not so fast as that one
Tuti is not as clever as Ati
Tuti is not so clever as Ati
2 Adverb
Positive
as adverb as
Contoh
He thinks as hard as I do
He played as well as I did
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 13 -
Negative
helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip
helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip
Contoh
He doesnrsquot walk as fast as I do
He doesnrsquot walk so fast as I do
Joni didnrsquot sing as well as Nita did yesterday
Joni didnrsquot sing so well as Nita did yesterday
Contoh Soal
1 Lauren _____ than Diana
(A) tender
(B) tenderer
(C) more tender
(D) the tenderest
(E) the more tender
2 Martin doesnrsquot speak ____
(A) so foudly as you do
(B) so loud as you do
(C) as loudly as you do
(D) as loud as you do
(E) as louder as you do
E-6
TENSES-3
1 SIMPLE FUTURE
2 FUTURE CONTINOUS
3 FUTURE PERFECT
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINOUS
1 SIMPLE FUTURE
Pengertian
Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilaksanakan
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Oleh karena itu kalimat Future TenseSim-
ple Future selalu ditandai dengan keterangan waktu
soon
afterwards
tomorrow
tonight
the day after tomorrow
next week
next month
next year
bentuk
S + shallwill + V1
I
shall
We
you
he
she will
it
they
Contoh
Jack will visit his moter in the country next
week
I shall not attend the party tonight
We shanrsquot have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys wonrsquot swim across the river next
weekend
Interrogative Form
Untuk membentuk kalimat interrogative
kata bantu shall will diletakkan sebelum atau di
depan Subyek
Shallwill + S + V1
Will Jack visit his mother in the country next
week
Shall I attend the party tonight
Shall we have another extra leson tomorrow
Will the boys swim across the river next
weekend
Will you take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Will Tini return the book to the library next
month
Contoh Soal 1 We _____ our homework together soon
(A) shall do (D) did
(B) do (E) does
(C) done
2 The visitor _____ tonight
(A) arrived (D) arrives
(B) has arrived (E) arrive
(C) will arrived
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 14 -
3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit
(A) shall (D) does
(B) will (E) has
(C) Do
TO BE GOING TO
Fungsi
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa
yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif
dari bentuk Shall dan Will
Bentuk
S + isamare + going to + V1
I ______ am
You
We are
they
he
she is
it
Contoh
Jack is going to visit his mother in the country
next week
I am going to attend the part tonight
We are going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river
next weekend
You are going to take a day off the day after
Tomorrow
Tini is going to return the book to the library
next mont
Negative Form
Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk
kalimat negatif
S + to be + not + Going to + V1
Jack is not going to visit his mother in the
country next week
I am not going to attend the part tonight
We are not going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the
river next weekend
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
Tini is not going to return the book to the
Library next month
Interrogative
Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -
subyek
To be + S + going to + V1
Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country
next week
Am I going to attend the part tonight
Are we going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
Are the boys going to swim across the river next
weekend
Are you going to take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Is Tini going to return the book to the library
next month
Contoh Soal
1 The teacher __ a test soon
(1) has given
(2) will given
(3) gave
(4) Is going to give
2 The boys __ a short course nex week
(A) Are going to take
(B) Is going to take
(C) Shall take
(D) Has taken
(E) Took
3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow
(A) Will (D) Are going
(B) Shall (E) must
(C) is going
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 15 -
4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month
(A) Is going to leave
(B) Are going to leave
(C) Has leave
(D) Left
(E) Leaving
5 I ____ supper afterwards
(1) am going to (3) shall have
(2) will have (4) have had
2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
Shallwill + be + v + ing
FUNGSI
Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini
This time tomorrow
Next week
Monday
Month
Moring
Etc
Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang
-an waktu simple future
ex
- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow
- Ill be watching tv tonight
- This time next week the pupils will be having a
test
- John will be helping us this evening
3 FUTURE PERFECT
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + V3
FUNGSI
Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai
pada masa yang akan datang
Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya
selalu diawali oleh kata by mis
by the end of this month
by the end of the week
by now
by the end of the year
ex
- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three
days
- By the time he finishes the question I will
have read the book for one hour
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing
Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan
masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang
Terdapat kesamaan antara future
perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-
terutama dalam fungsi
ex
- When she get to London she will have been
travelling for five days
- By the end of this year he will have been
working for three years
Contoh Soal
1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five
years by the end of this year
(A) will work
(B) have worked
(C) will have been working
(D) will be working
(E) is going to work
2 Dont come at five oclock because _____
(A) I will be playing
(B) I will have been playing
(C) I have played
(D) I will have played
(E) I will playing
3 My friends _____ next sunday
(1) Will invite
(2) Will be inviting
(3) Is going to invite
(4) Is inviting
4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday
(1) have
(2) will have
(3) would have
(4) shall be having
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 16 -
()
Is the butter is kept here hellip
Is Budi played the guitar hellip
2 Present Continous Tense
(+)
A They are repairing the bridge
B The bridge is being repaired
A The man is supervising me
P Iam being supervised by hellip
(-)
A The thief is climbing the wall when the
Police saw him
P the wall is being climbed by the thief when
the police saw
The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-
ing supervised hellip
()
Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip
Are you being supervised helliphellip
3 Present Perfect Tense
(+)
A Tuti has written two letters
P Two letters have been written
A He has don the work well
P The work has been donehellip
(-)
Two letters have not been written
The work has not been done hellip
()
Have two letters been written
Has the work been done by him
5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this
year
(1) Will stay
(2) Will have been staying
(3) Will be staying
(4) Will be stayed
E-7
- PASSIVE VOICE
- IMPERSONAL IT
PASSIVE VOICE
Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan
pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan
Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata
kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh
objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek
merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat
pasif
Bentuk
To be + V3
Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga
mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk
kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut
ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang
diiutinya
1 Present tense
(+)
A We keep the butter here
P The butter is kept here
A Budi plays the guitar at night
P The guitar is played by budi
A The teacher teaches the pupils
P The pupils are taught by hellip
(-)
The butter is kept here hellip
The guitar is not played hellip
S + isamare + V3
S + isamare + not + V3
isamare + S + V3
S + isamare + being + V3
S + Isamare + not + being + V3
Isamare + S + being + V3
S + hashave + been + V3
S + hashave + not + been +V3
hashave + S + been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 17 -
1 4 Past Tense
(+)
A The bad boys broke the windows
P The windows were were broken by
A The farmer hit the snake
P The snake was hit by
(-)
The windows were not broken
The snake was not hit
()
Were the windows were broken by
Was the snake hit by
5 Past Continous Tense
(+)
A They were taking the injured player out of the
Field
P the injured player were being taken by them
6 Past Perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came
P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -
Badu came
A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest
arrived
P The meal had been prepared by the mother -
When the guest arrived
7 Future Tense
(+)
A He will meet you at the station
P You will be met by him
A Budi will lend me his book
P I shall be lent by
()
Will you be met by him
Will you be lent by
8 To be going to
(+)
A We are going to hoid a party
P A party is going to be held hellip
A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -
Nts
P The lazy students are going to be punished by-
The teacher
9 Future Perfect Tense
S + shallwill + have + been + V3
A They will have elected new president in five
Years
P New President will have been elected in five
years
A IPTN will have produced war planes by the
year of 2000
P War planes will have been produced by IPTN
by
10 Past Future
(+)
A if it rained We should postphone our picnic
P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned
A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher
would punish him
P if all didnt change his behaviour he would
be punished by the teacher
11 Past Puture Perfect
(+)
A If you had studied hard you would have got
good marks
P If you had studied hard good marks would
have been got by you
A If the goverment had not made mistake the
judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent
to prison
P If the goverment had not made mistake
Sophia Laurent would not have the judge
would not have beensent to prison by the
judge
S + waswere + V3
S + waswere + not + V3
waswere + S+ V3
S + waswere + being + V3
S + shallwill + be + V3
Will shall + S + be + V3
S + isamare + going to + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 18 -
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
12 Modals
S + modals + be + V3
Modals can hellip hellipcould
may helliphellip might
must hellip
has to hellip had to
have to hellip had to
ought to
should
A you must shut these doors
P These doors must be shut
A You ought to open the windows
P The windows ought to be opened
A They should told him
P He should be told by them
A He has to drive me home
P I have to be driven by him hellip
13 Modals With The Perfect Tense
S + modals + have + been + V3
A The girl must have watered the flowers when I
saw her
P The flowers must have been watered by the girl
when hellip
A I could have asked somebody to carry that
box
P Somebody could have been asked to carry
That box by me
A The teacher might have told the story when
I was absent
P The story might have been told by the teacher
story when I was absent
Contoh Soal
1 Most scientific book ___ in English
(A) Are printing (D) has been printed
(B) Are print (E) are printed
(C) Is print
2 America ______ four hundred years ago
A discovered
B will be discovered
C had discovered
D was discovered
E was being discovered
3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister
A will be driven
B has be driven
C is driven
D was driven
E will be being driven
4He sald the several plans ___
A were being
B were been
C has been
D are been
E had being
5The food _____ several hours before the guast
arrived
A were cook
B had cooking
C has cook
D were cooked
E had been cooked
IMPERSONAL IT
PENGERTIAN
It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal
pronoun
APLIKASI
1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan
- distance
contoh
it is a long way to London
It is about two kilometers reach the post of -
fice
- time
Contoh
What time is it
It is four orsquoclock
- condition
Contoh
It is cold outside
It is warm inside
2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya
- Gerund
Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 19 -
kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it
Going on appears no good
It appears no good going on - To infinitive
Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem
patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-
nya digantikan oleh it
To say is easy
It is easy to say
- That clause
Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas
That they will have to go seem a pity
It seems a pity that willhave to go
3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya
- To infinitive
Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it
diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja
seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu
merupakan obyek bukan subyek
Contoh
We consider to cheat is wrong
We consider it wrong to cheat
- That clause
Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause
Contoh
We think that they didnt try is a pity
We think it a pity that he didnt try
Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to
infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu
menyebabkan hilangnya that
Contoh
People believe that to be polite is important
People believe it important tobe polite
Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh
it antara lain
- Believe - know
- Consider - realize
- Declare - snow
- Find - suppose
- Guees - take
- Imagine - think
- Understand
Contoh Soal
1 Step inside ____ outside
(A) There is cold
(B) Itrsquos cold
(C) Cold
(D) It
(E) It cold
2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep
(A) It is
(B) It will be
(C) It was
(D) It
(E) It should be
3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house
in a week
(A) It
(B) It be
(C) It is
(D) There is
(E) There be
4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other
word
(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson
(B) it difficult understand the lesson
(C) its difficult understand the lesson
(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson
(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson
5 _____ right for us to obey our parents
(A) there is
(B) there are
(C) there has
(D) it is
(E) it has
E-8
CONDITIONALS
Secara harfiah conditionals dapat
diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-
kalimat yang terdiri dari
1 syarat prasyarat
2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi
Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan
tercermin pada main clause
- hasil
- syarat
Conditional
Main clause
If clause
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 20 -
Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang
diawali if
Posisi
If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main
clause
If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip
If Clause I Clause
Atau
S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip
Main Clause I Clause
1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)
- Fungsi
Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan
terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type
ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-
nan
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present
Tense ini terdiri atas
a
b
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future
Bentuknya ialah
Shallwill + Stem
Shall hellip IWe
Will hellip He She It
You They
Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -
conditionals pada main clause
If clause Main Clause
Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)
If you study hard
If it rains
If you agree
If you dont know the
meaning of words
If all doesnt change
his behaviour
If I am rich
You will pass the exam
We shall postpone our
picnic
You can wait here
You may use your
Dictionary
The teacher will punish
him
I shall buy you a car
Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan
sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative
Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif
middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot
give it again
Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot
give it again
Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari
middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals
Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah
Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause
WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem
Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change
his behaviour hellip
2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi
sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan
dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan
untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut
Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition
Present
- Fokus
fakta (present Group)
Pengandalan
- Bentuk
If Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past
Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk
S + StemVerbV
S + isamare + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 21 -
a
b
Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise
but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada
an yang sebenarnya terjadi
ex I was a boy
if I were a bird
I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc
ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung
(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya
bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi
manusia
Main Clause
a Past Future
Should would + stem
b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu
Could might + Stem
If Clause Main Clause
Simple Past
Past
FuturecouldMight
If you studied hard
If it rained
If you agreed
If you didnrsquot know the
meaning of word
if All didnrsquot change his
bhaviour
If I were rich
You would get good
marks
We should postphone
our picnic
You could wait here
You might use you
dictionary
The teacher would
punish him
I should by you a car
Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias
dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan
Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car
Were I rich I should buy you a car
macr If he were not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Were he not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang
Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present
conditionals)
a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya
Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals
type 2 jika tense Present Group
macr Present Tense
macr Present Continous Tense
macr Present Perfect Tense
macr Present Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause
Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause
c Mengembalikan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative
dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
d Hindari penggunaan was
ex
(-) (+)
All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam
Syarat hasil
If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam
(+) (-)
People donrsquot ring me up because my number
is not in the directory
(hasil) (syarat)
People would ring me up if my number were in
the directory
(+) (+)
e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -
could pada Main Clause
ex
We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a
fire
If we got matches we could light a fire
f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak
an might
ex
Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the
cold so much
If he were not thin he might not feel the cold
so much
3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)
Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu
(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)
Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki
an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past
S + V Past tense
S + were + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 22 -
- Fokus
Fakta (past Group)
Penggandaian
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle
Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat
berbentuk
Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle
Past If Clause Main Clause
Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect
Couldmight Perfect
I you had studied hard
If it had rained
If you had agreed
If you had studied not
known the meaning of
words
If Ali had not changed
his behaviour
If I had been rich
You would have got
good marks
We should have
postphoned our picnic
You could have waited
here
You might have used
your dictionary
The teacher would have
punished him
I should have bought
you a car
Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had
ke depan
Ex
- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car
Had been rich I should have boughtyou car
- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Had you not known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang
Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )
a Menentukan tense dari fakta
Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3
jika tense-nya Past Group
- Past tense
- Past Continous Tense
macr Past Perfect Tense
macr Past Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)
Hasil (Main Clause)
c Memutar balikkan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus
negative dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
(-) (+)
All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed
Syarat hasil
If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would
not have fall
(-) (+)
I had no map I got lost
If I had had map I would not have got lost
a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan
gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan
could have + verb past participle pada main
clause
We couldnrsquot get into the house because the
hasil
police forbade us
syarat
We could have got into the house if the
police had not forbidden us
b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan
Might + have + Verb Past Participle
Ex
The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at
first
Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it
If the champion had taken the fight seriously at
first he might no have lost it
Contoh Soal
1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home
A Shall stay D stay
B Should stay E Stayed
C Stay
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 23 -
2 If I were youI _____ that book
A Would buy
B Will buy
C Buy
D bought
E Will not buy
3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger
A Would die
B died
C Will die
D Will have died
E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet
him
4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him
A If he come today I can meet him
B If he had come today I could have met him
C If he came today I could meet him
D If I met him today I could come
E If I had met him He could have come today
E-9
- SUBJUNCTIVE
- CONCORDANCE
SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan
yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan
datang
Ex
Long live the queen
God bless you
Heaven help you
Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini
(Present)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
+ S + V2
As Though
Example
- He always speaks as thought he were the
superior
- He dresses as if he were an officer
- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang
terjadi saat ini (Present)
Wish
If only + S + V2
Would rather
Example
He is sick so he is not able to come
- He wishes he came
If only he came
She would rather he came
The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance
- The students wish the teacher explained in
detail
If only the teacher explained in detail
The student would rather the teacher explained
in detail
Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past
(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu
(past)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
S + had + V3
As Though
Example
- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost
- He acted as thought he had been an actor
yesterday
- He talks about rome as if he had been there
once
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang
terjadi dahulu ( Past)
Wishedwishes
If only + S + had + V3
Would rather
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 24 -
The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday
- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test
- If only the teacher had given us a test
- We would rather teacher had given us a test
Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it
- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the
game
- If only Budi had taken part at the game
- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game
Tina was absent to the meeting last night
- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to
the meeting last night
- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting
last night
- Tina would rather she had not been absent to
the meeting last night
Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator
(A) Was (D) is
(B) Had been (E) had
(C) were
2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the
homework
(A) did (D) was doing
(B) had done (E) do
(C) have done
3 He acted as if he ______ill
(A) were (D) is
(B) was (E) have
(C) had been
4 Choose the correct ones
(1) I would rather he went to Medan now
(2) If only he had joined the last lecture
(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty
(4) She wishes she picked her mother up
5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately
my watch stops now
(A) told (D) tell
(B) had told (E) telling
(C) have told
bull CONCORDE
PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam
kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung
kepada subyek
Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja
juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek
singular kata kerja harus singular
BENTUK-BENTUK
1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan
ldquodengan
and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(Plural Subjek) ex
- Bob and Badu are here
- He and his friends have arrived
- Fire and water donrsquot agree
Kecuali
a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang
atau benda yang sama
ex
- The orator and stateman is dead
- The captain and adjutant was present
- My friend and benefactor has come
b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini
ex
- Bread and milk is his only food
- Slow and steady wins the race
- The horse and carriage is at the door
c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every
dan each
- Every boy and girl was ready
- Every woman man and child was lost
2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh
a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip
- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek
terakhir
- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch
- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant
masters were present
- Rama or his brother have done this
- Either he boy or parents have arrend
b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip
Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek
pertama
ex
- The chief with all his men was massacred
- John as well as james deserves pralse
- Justiceas well as mercy allows it
3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja
tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu
kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(pural) jika dilihat secara individu
ex
- The council has shosen its presuden
- The military were called out
- The crew was large
- The crew was taken prisoners
- A number of interesting suggestions have
been made
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 25 -
4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti
atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal
ex
- Each of his sisters is clever
- Neither of the men was very tall
- The quality of mangoes was not good
Contoh Soal
1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt
(A) was (D) am
(B) were (E) are
(C) has
2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India
(A) is (D) were
(B) am (E) has
(C) are
3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping
(A) are (D) is
(B) were (E) am
(C) was
4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate
(A) was (D) are
(B) is (E) has
(C) Am
5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry
(A) like (D) are liking
(B) likes (E) was liking
(C) is liking
E-10
REPORTED SPEECH
Pengertian
Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect
speech
DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara
INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung
kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali
Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau
pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan
beberapa perubahan
a Pronoun
Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -
maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-
han kalimat
b Keteranngan waktu
Direct Indirect
now
today
tomorrow
yesterday
tonight
last night
last ago
next
then
that day
the following day
the previous day
the following night
the previous night
the previous
the following
Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu
berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -
oleh Every
c Tenses
Direct Indirect
Present Tense
PresCont
Pres Perfect
Pres Perf Con
Past Tense
Future Tense
Future Cont
Future Perf
Past Tense
Past Cont
Past Perfect
Past Perf Con
Past Perfect
Past Future
Past F Con
PastF Perf
Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction
dalam Past
Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika
introduction dalam present
Present Past
Say
Will say
Have said
Said
Would say
Had said
d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda
kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya
e Keterangan lain
Direct Indirect
this
these
here
that
those
there
Reported Speech terdiri atas
A Statement
B Imperative
C Interrogative
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 26 -
Reported Speech
a Statement
Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect
selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak
digunakan
Contoh
PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT
Jack said My sisters learning to cook now
Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then
PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE
Bob said I come to school by bus every morning
Bob said that he came to school by bus every
morning
PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT
Tini said My uncle has bought a new car
Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car
PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON
Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for
half an hour here
Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for
half an hour there
PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT
Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt
herself
Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot
hurt herself
SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE
Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow
Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old
the following day
FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT
Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with
my friend this time tomorrow
Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis
with his friend this time the following day
Bob said I must go to bed early
Bob said he had to go bed early
Jack said My father can drive a car
Jack said his father could drive a car
Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon
Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon
The teacher told us you have to finish your
exercise at home
The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise
at home
b Imperative
Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan
kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak
tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga
kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive
Contoh
I said to Bob Open the window please
I asked Bob to Open the window
The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us
at once
The angry workmen asked the manager to pay
them at once
Badu said to Budi Please lend me your
dictionary
Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary
The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise
books and put them on my table
The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise
books and put them on his table
Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan
sebelum to
The mother said to her children Donrsquot play
with fire
The mother asked her children not to play with
fire
The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot
get off the bus while it is going
The bus conductor told the passengers not to get
off the bus while it was going
Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night
without your cout
Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night
without her coat
The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a
lot of noise
The teacher told the student not to make a lot of
noise
Statement
Imperative
Interro
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 11 -
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and neither -
did Joni
Budi didnrsquot attend the party last night and Joni
didnrsquot either
Kalimat Negatif-Positif
Untuk mengkombinasikan dua kalimat -
yang hanya memiliki perbedaan dalam subyek dan -
salah satunya negatif digunakan
but S + to behv
Jika kalimat pertama negatif
Contoh
Jack canrsquot play the guitar
Budi can play the guitar
Jack canrsquot play the guitar but Budi can
but S + to behv + nrsquot
Jikakalimat kedua negatif
Contoh
Joni passed in the exam
Budi didnrsquot pass the exam
Joni passed in the exam but budi didrsquont
Contoh Soal 1 Ani ____wears glassed but her sister______
(A) do (D) donrsquot
(B) canrsquot (E) doesnrsquot
(C) does
2 Joni made a lot of mistakes in the exam and ____
(A) so I did (D) so did I
(B) so do I (E) I did so
(C) I do too
3 The girls donrsquot like the movie _____
(A) So do we (D) We do too
(B) Neither we do (E) Neither donrsquot we
(C) We donrsquot either
DEGREE OF COMPARISON
Pengertian
Tingkat perbandingan kata sifat (adjective)
dan kata keterangan (adverb
Pembagian
A Comparison of Adjectives
B Comparison of Adverb
C Equal Comparison
A Comparison of Adjectives
Membuat perbandingan atas kata sifat (adj-
Ective)
Perbandingan terdiri atas dua yaitu
1 Comparative
2 Superlative
3 Compareative
Untuk membandingkan dua kata sifat (adj
ective)
Cara membuat perbandingan dengan
a) Menambahkan er) di akhir kata sifat
Hal ini dilakukan jika kata sifat (adjective) -
satu suku bunyi (one syilable)
Contoh
Positive Comparative
short
slow
quick
tall
high
shorter
slower
quicker
taller
higher
Kecuali
Kata sifat berakhiran denganhuruf e cukup
Dengan menambah r
Positive Comparative
brave
white
braver
whiter
Gunakan than sebelum bentuk Comparative
Kata sifat berakhiran dengan huruf d g
mnt dan sebelumnya terdapat short -
vowel maka huruf tersebut digandakan sebe-
lum er ditambahkan
Positive Comparative
red
big
slim
thin
fat
redder
bigger
slimmer
thinner
fatter
Kata sifat yang berakhiran dengan huruf Y-
dan sebelum huruf tersebut adalah huruf mati
(konsonan) maka sebelum menambahkaner
y hilang dan digantikan dengan i
Positive Comparative
dirty
noisy
dirtier
noisier
b) Kata sifat yang terdiri atas lebih dari satu suku
bunyi (more than one syilable) mengalami pe-
nambahan more
Positive Comparative
useful
difficult
necessary
hopeless
more useful
more difficult
more necessary
more hopeless
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 12 -
c) Kata-kata sifat tertentu tak menggunakan kaidah
di atas tersebut di bawah ini
Positive Comparative
good
bad
much
many
little
best
worst
most
most
least
Contoh
Budi is 20 years old
Joni is 21 years old
Ati is 19 years old
Ati is the youngest
Joni is the oldest
The harus digunakan sebelum bentuk Superla
tive
B Comparison Of Adverb
Perbandingan Adverb atau kata keterangan
Pada umumnya yang dibandingkan ialah Adverb of
manner (keterangan Cara)
Bentuk perbandingan
1 Untuk kata-kata keterangan (adverb) yang di
bentuk bukan dari Adjective + ly maka er dan
est digunakan dalam membentukcompa-
rative dan Superlative
Positive Comp Super
fast
hard
high
faster
harder
higher
fastest
hardest
highest
2 Kata keterangan yang bersal dari Adjective +
ly menggunakan bentuk more dan most untuk
Comparative dan Superlative
Pos Comparative Super
slowly
simply
nicely
neatly
tidily
more slowly
more simply
more nicely
more neatly
more tidily
most slowly
most simply
most nicely
most neatly
most tidily
3 Kata keterangan (adverbs) tertentu tidak
menggunakan kaidah di atas tersebut dibawah
ini
Positive Comp Super
well
bad
little
much
better
worse
less
more
best
worst
least
most
Contoh
Comparative
Planes move faster than buses
Budi learns harder than Joni does
She explained it more clearly than I did
He speaks more loudly than I do
Superlative
Rockets move the fastest
Ati learns the hardest
Mr Ali explains the lesson the most clearly of the
teachers
C Equal Comparison
Perbandingan setara Pembentuknya ialah
asas
not asas
not soas
Untuk bentuk tersebut kita bisa mengguna
kan baik untuk kata sifat (adjective) maupun kata
keterangan (adverb)
1 Adjective
Untuk perbandingan yang positif kita gu-
nakan bentuk
as adjective as
Contoh
This book is as thick as that one
Ani is as clever as Budi
Untuk mengungkapkan perbandingan yang nega-
tif dapat digunakan dua bentuk
not so adjective as
not as adjective as
Contoh
The car is not as fast as that one
The car is not so fast as that one
Tuti is not as clever as Ati
Tuti is not so clever as Ati
2 Adverb
Positive
as adverb as
Contoh
He thinks as hard as I do
He played as well as I did
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 13 -
Negative
helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip
helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip
Contoh
He doesnrsquot walk as fast as I do
He doesnrsquot walk so fast as I do
Joni didnrsquot sing as well as Nita did yesterday
Joni didnrsquot sing so well as Nita did yesterday
Contoh Soal
1 Lauren _____ than Diana
(A) tender
(B) tenderer
(C) more tender
(D) the tenderest
(E) the more tender
2 Martin doesnrsquot speak ____
(A) so foudly as you do
(B) so loud as you do
(C) as loudly as you do
(D) as loud as you do
(E) as louder as you do
E-6
TENSES-3
1 SIMPLE FUTURE
2 FUTURE CONTINOUS
3 FUTURE PERFECT
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINOUS
1 SIMPLE FUTURE
Pengertian
Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilaksanakan
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Oleh karena itu kalimat Future TenseSim-
ple Future selalu ditandai dengan keterangan waktu
soon
afterwards
tomorrow
tonight
the day after tomorrow
next week
next month
next year
bentuk
S + shallwill + V1
I
shall
We
you
he
she will
it
they
Contoh
Jack will visit his moter in the country next
week
I shall not attend the party tonight
We shanrsquot have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys wonrsquot swim across the river next
weekend
Interrogative Form
Untuk membentuk kalimat interrogative
kata bantu shall will diletakkan sebelum atau di
depan Subyek
Shallwill + S + V1
Will Jack visit his mother in the country next
week
Shall I attend the party tonight
Shall we have another extra leson tomorrow
Will the boys swim across the river next
weekend
Will you take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Will Tini return the book to the library next
month
Contoh Soal 1 We _____ our homework together soon
(A) shall do (D) did
(B) do (E) does
(C) done
2 The visitor _____ tonight
(A) arrived (D) arrives
(B) has arrived (E) arrive
(C) will arrived
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 14 -
3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit
(A) shall (D) does
(B) will (E) has
(C) Do
TO BE GOING TO
Fungsi
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa
yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif
dari bentuk Shall dan Will
Bentuk
S + isamare + going to + V1
I ______ am
You
We are
they
he
she is
it
Contoh
Jack is going to visit his mother in the country
next week
I am going to attend the part tonight
We are going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river
next weekend
You are going to take a day off the day after
Tomorrow
Tini is going to return the book to the library
next mont
Negative Form
Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk
kalimat negatif
S + to be + not + Going to + V1
Jack is not going to visit his mother in the
country next week
I am not going to attend the part tonight
We are not going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the
river next weekend
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
Tini is not going to return the book to the
Library next month
Interrogative
Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -
subyek
To be + S + going to + V1
Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country
next week
Am I going to attend the part tonight
Are we going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
Are the boys going to swim across the river next
weekend
Are you going to take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Is Tini going to return the book to the library
next month
Contoh Soal
1 The teacher __ a test soon
(1) has given
(2) will given
(3) gave
(4) Is going to give
2 The boys __ a short course nex week
(A) Are going to take
(B) Is going to take
(C) Shall take
(D) Has taken
(E) Took
3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow
(A) Will (D) Are going
(B) Shall (E) must
(C) is going
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 15 -
4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month
(A) Is going to leave
(B) Are going to leave
(C) Has leave
(D) Left
(E) Leaving
5 I ____ supper afterwards
(1) am going to (3) shall have
(2) will have (4) have had
2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
Shallwill + be + v + ing
FUNGSI
Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini
This time tomorrow
Next week
Monday
Month
Moring
Etc
Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang
-an waktu simple future
ex
- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow
- Ill be watching tv tonight
- This time next week the pupils will be having a
test
- John will be helping us this evening
3 FUTURE PERFECT
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + V3
FUNGSI
Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai
pada masa yang akan datang
Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya
selalu diawali oleh kata by mis
by the end of this month
by the end of the week
by now
by the end of the year
ex
- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three
days
- By the time he finishes the question I will
have read the book for one hour
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing
Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan
masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang
Terdapat kesamaan antara future
perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-
terutama dalam fungsi
ex
- When she get to London she will have been
travelling for five days
- By the end of this year he will have been
working for three years
Contoh Soal
1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five
years by the end of this year
(A) will work
(B) have worked
(C) will have been working
(D) will be working
(E) is going to work
2 Dont come at five oclock because _____
(A) I will be playing
(B) I will have been playing
(C) I have played
(D) I will have played
(E) I will playing
3 My friends _____ next sunday
(1) Will invite
(2) Will be inviting
(3) Is going to invite
(4) Is inviting
4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday
(1) have
(2) will have
(3) would have
(4) shall be having
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 16 -
()
Is the butter is kept here hellip
Is Budi played the guitar hellip
2 Present Continous Tense
(+)
A They are repairing the bridge
B The bridge is being repaired
A The man is supervising me
P Iam being supervised by hellip
(-)
A The thief is climbing the wall when the
Police saw him
P the wall is being climbed by the thief when
the police saw
The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-
ing supervised hellip
()
Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip
Are you being supervised helliphellip
3 Present Perfect Tense
(+)
A Tuti has written two letters
P Two letters have been written
A He has don the work well
P The work has been donehellip
(-)
Two letters have not been written
The work has not been done hellip
()
Have two letters been written
Has the work been done by him
5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this
year
(1) Will stay
(2) Will have been staying
(3) Will be staying
(4) Will be stayed
E-7
- PASSIVE VOICE
- IMPERSONAL IT
PASSIVE VOICE
Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan
pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan
Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata
kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh
objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek
merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat
pasif
Bentuk
To be + V3
Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga
mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk
kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut
ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang
diiutinya
1 Present tense
(+)
A We keep the butter here
P The butter is kept here
A Budi plays the guitar at night
P The guitar is played by budi
A The teacher teaches the pupils
P The pupils are taught by hellip
(-)
The butter is kept here hellip
The guitar is not played hellip
S + isamare + V3
S + isamare + not + V3
isamare + S + V3
S + isamare + being + V3
S + Isamare + not + being + V3
Isamare + S + being + V3
S + hashave + been + V3
S + hashave + not + been +V3
hashave + S + been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 17 -
1 4 Past Tense
(+)
A The bad boys broke the windows
P The windows were were broken by
A The farmer hit the snake
P The snake was hit by
(-)
The windows were not broken
The snake was not hit
()
Were the windows were broken by
Was the snake hit by
5 Past Continous Tense
(+)
A They were taking the injured player out of the
Field
P the injured player were being taken by them
6 Past Perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came
P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -
Badu came
A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest
arrived
P The meal had been prepared by the mother -
When the guest arrived
7 Future Tense
(+)
A He will meet you at the station
P You will be met by him
A Budi will lend me his book
P I shall be lent by
()
Will you be met by him
Will you be lent by
8 To be going to
(+)
A We are going to hoid a party
P A party is going to be held hellip
A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -
Nts
P The lazy students are going to be punished by-
The teacher
9 Future Perfect Tense
S + shallwill + have + been + V3
A They will have elected new president in five
Years
P New President will have been elected in five
years
A IPTN will have produced war planes by the
year of 2000
P War planes will have been produced by IPTN
by
10 Past Future
(+)
A if it rained We should postphone our picnic
P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned
A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher
would punish him
P if all didnt change his behaviour he would
be punished by the teacher
11 Past Puture Perfect
(+)
A If you had studied hard you would have got
good marks
P If you had studied hard good marks would
have been got by you
A If the goverment had not made mistake the
judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent
to prison
P If the goverment had not made mistake
Sophia Laurent would not have the judge
would not have beensent to prison by the
judge
S + waswere + V3
S + waswere + not + V3
waswere + S+ V3
S + waswere + being + V3
S + shallwill + be + V3
Will shall + S + be + V3
S + isamare + going to + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 18 -
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
12 Modals
S + modals + be + V3
Modals can hellip hellipcould
may helliphellip might
must hellip
has to hellip had to
have to hellip had to
ought to
should
A you must shut these doors
P These doors must be shut
A You ought to open the windows
P The windows ought to be opened
A They should told him
P He should be told by them
A He has to drive me home
P I have to be driven by him hellip
13 Modals With The Perfect Tense
S + modals + have + been + V3
A The girl must have watered the flowers when I
saw her
P The flowers must have been watered by the girl
when hellip
A I could have asked somebody to carry that
box
P Somebody could have been asked to carry
That box by me
A The teacher might have told the story when
I was absent
P The story might have been told by the teacher
story when I was absent
Contoh Soal
1 Most scientific book ___ in English
(A) Are printing (D) has been printed
(B) Are print (E) are printed
(C) Is print
2 America ______ four hundred years ago
A discovered
B will be discovered
C had discovered
D was discovered
E was being discovered
3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister
A will be driven
B has be driven
C is driven
D was driven
E will be being driven
4He sald the several plans ___
A were being
B were been
C has been
D are been
E had being
5The food _____ several hours before the guast
arrived
A were cook
B had cooking
C has cook
D were cooked
E had been cooked
IMPERSONAL IT
PENGERTIAN
It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal
pronoun
APLIKASI
1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan
- distance
contoh
it is a long way to London
It is about two kilometers reach the post of -
fice
- time
Contoh
What time is it
It is four orsquoclock
- condition
Contoh
It is cold outside
It is warm inside
2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya
- Gerund
Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 19 -
kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it
Going on appears no good
It appears no good going on - To infinitive
Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem
patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-
nya digantikan oleh it
To say is easy
It is easy to say
- That clause
Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas
That they will have to go seem a pity
It seems a pity that willhave to go
3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya
- To infinitive
Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it
diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja
seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu
merupakan obyek bukan subyek
Contoh
We consider to cheat is wrong
We consider it wrong to cheat
- That clause
Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause
Contoh
We think that they didnt try is a pity
We think it a pity that he didnt try
Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to
infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu
menyebabkan hilangnya that
Contoh
People believe that to be polite is important
People believe it important tobe polite
Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh
it antara lain
- Believe - know
- Consider - realize
- Declare - snow
- Find - suppose
- Guees - take
- Imagine - think
- Understand
Contoh Soal
1 Step inside ____ outside
(A) There is cold
(B) Itrsquos cold
(C) Cold
(D) It
(E) It cold
2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep
(A) It is
(B) It will be
(C) It was
(D) It
(E) It should be
3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house
in a week
(A) It
(B) It be
(C) It is
(D) There is
(E) There be
4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other
word
(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson
(B) it difficult understand the lesson
(C) its difficult understand the lesson
(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson
(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson
5 _____ right for us to obey our parents
(A) there is
(B) there are
(C) there has
(D) it is
(E) it has
E-8
CONDITIONALS
Secara harfiah conditionals dapat
diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-
kalimat yang terdiri dari
1 syarat prasyarat
2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi
Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan
tercermin pada main clause
- hasil
- syarat
Conditional
Main clause
If clause
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 20 -
Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang
diawali if
Posisi
If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main
clause
If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip
If Clause I Clause
Atau
S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip
Main Clause I Clause
1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)
- Fungsi
Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan
terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type
ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-
nan
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present
Tense ini terdiri atas
a
b
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future
Bentuknya ialah
Shallwill + Stem
Shall hellip IWe
Will hellip He She It
You They
Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -
conditionals pada main clause
If clause Main Clause
Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)
If you study hard
If it rains
If you agree
If you dont know the
meaning of words
If all doesnt change
his behaviour
If I am rich
You will pass the exam
We shall postpone our
picnic
You can wait here
You may use your
Dictionary
The teacher will punish
him
I shall buy you a car
Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan
sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative
Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif
middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot
give it again
Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot
give it again
Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari
middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals
Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah
Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause
WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem
Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change
his behaviour hellip
2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi
sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan
dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan
untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut
Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition
Present
- Fokus
fakta (present Group)
Pengandalan
- Bentuk
If Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past
Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk
S + StemVerbV
S + isamare + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 21 -
a
b
Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise
but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada
an yang sebenarnya terjadi
ex I was a boy
if I were a bird
I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc
ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung
(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya
bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi
manusia
Main Clause
a Past Future
Should would + stem
b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu
Could might + Stem
If Clause Main Clause
Simple Past
Past
FuturecouldMight
If you studied hard
If it rained
If you agreed
If you didnrsquot know the
meaning of word
if All didnrsquot change his
bhaviour
If I were rich
You would get good
marks
We should postphone
our picnic
You could wait here
You might use you
dictionary
The teacher would
punish him
I should by you a car
Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias
dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan
Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car
Were I rich I should buy you a car
macr If he were not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Were he not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang
Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present
conditionals)
a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya
Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals
type 2 jika tense Present Group
macr Present Tense
macr Present Continous Tense
macr Present Perfect Tense
macr Present Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause
Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause
c Mengembalikan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative
dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
d Hindari penggunaan was
ex
(-) (+)
All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam
Syarat hasil
If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam
(+) (-)
People donrsquot ring me up because my number
is not in the directory
(hasil) (syarat)
People would ring me up if my number were in
the directory
(+) (+)
e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -
could pada Main Clause
ex
We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a
fire
If we got matches we could light a fire
f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak
an might
ex
Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the
cold so much
If he were not thin he might not feel the cold
so much
3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)
Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu
(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)
Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki
an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past
S + V Past tense
S + were + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 22 -
- Fokus
Fakta (past Group)
Penggandaian
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle
Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat
berbentuk
Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle
Past If Clause Main Clause
Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect
Couldmight Perfect
I you had studied hard
If it had rained
If you had agreed
If you had studied not
known the meaning of
words
If Ali had not changed
his behaviour
If I had been rich
You would have got
good marks
We should have
postphoned our picnic
You could have waited
here
You might have used
your dictionary
The teacher would have
punished him
I should have bought
you a car
Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had
ke depan
Ex
- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car
Had been rich I should have boughtyou car
- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Had you not known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang
Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )
a Menentukan tense dari fakta
Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3
jika tense-nya Past Group
- Past tense
- Past Continous Tense
macr Past Perfect Tense
macr Past Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)
Hasil (Main Clause)
c Memutar balikkan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus
negative dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
(-) (+)
All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed
Syarat hasil
If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would
not have fall
(-) (+)
I had no map I got lost
If I had had map I would not have got lost
a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan
gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan
could have + verb past participle pada main
clause
We couldnrsquot get into the house because the
hasil
police forbade us
syarat
We could have got into the house if the
police had not forbidden us
b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan
Might + have + Verb Past Participle
Ex
The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at
first
Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it
If the champion had taken the fight seriously at
first he might no have lost it
Contoh Soal
1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home
A Shall stay D stay
B Should stay E Stayed
C Stay
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 23 -
2 If I were youI _____ that book
A Would buy
B Will buy
C Buy
D bought
E Will not buy
3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger
A Would die
B died
C Will die
D Will have died
E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet
him
4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him
A If he come today I can meet him
B If he had come today I could have met him
C If he came today I could meet him
D If I met him today I could come
E If I had met him He could have come today
E-9
- SUBJUNCTIVE
- CONCORDANCE
SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan
yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan
datang
Ex
Long live the queen
God bless you
Heaven help you
Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini
(Present)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
+ S + V2
As Though
Example
- He always speaks as thought he were the
superior
- He dresses as if he were an officer
- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang
terjadi saat ini (Present)
Wish
If only + S + V2
Would rather
Example
He is sick so he is not able to come
- He wishes he came
If only he came
She would rather he came
The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance
- The students wish the teacher explained in
detail
If only the teacher explained in detail
The student would rather the teacher explained
in detail
Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past
(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu
(past)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
S + had + V3
As Though
Example
- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost
- He acted as thought he had been an actor
yesterday
- He talks about rome as if he had been there
once
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang
terjadi dahulu ( Past)
Wishedwishes
If only + S + had + V3
Would rather
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 24 -
The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday
- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test
- If only the teacher had given us a test
- We would rather teacher had given us a test
Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it
- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the
game
- If only Budi had taken part at the game
- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game
Tina was absent to the meeting last night
- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to
the meeting last night
- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting
last night
- Tina would rather she had not been absent to
the meeting last night
Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator
(A) Was (D) is
(B) Had been (E) had
(C) were
2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the
homework
(A) did (D) was doing
(B) had done (E) do
(C) have done
3 He acted as if he ______ill
(A) were (D) is
(B) was (E) have
(C) had been
4 Choose the correct ones
(1) I would rather he went to Medan now
(2) If only he had joined the last lecture
(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty
(4) She wishes she picked her mother up
5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately
my watch stops now
(A) told (D) tell
(B) had told (E) telling
(C) have told
bull CONCORDE
PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam
kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung
kepada subyek
Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja
juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek
singular kata kerja harus singular
BENTUK-BENTUK
1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan
ldquodengan
and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(Plural Subjek) ex
- Bob and Badu are here
- He and his friends have arrived
- Fire and water donrsquot agree
Kecuali
a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang
atau benda yang sama
ex
- The orator and stateman is dead
- The captain and adjutant was present
- My friend and benefactor has come
b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini
ex
- Bread and milk is his only food
- Slow and steady wins the race
- The horse and carriage is at the door
c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every
dan each
- Every boy and girl was ready
- Every woman man and child was lost
2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh
a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip
- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek
terakhir
- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch
- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant
masters were present
- Rama or his brother have done this
- Either he boy or parents have arrend
b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip
Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek
pertama
ex
- The chief with all his men was massacred
- John as well as james deserves pralse
- Justiceas well as mercy allows it
3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja
tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu
kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(pural) jika dilihat secara individu
ex
- The council has shosen its presuden
- The military were called out
- The crew was large
- The crew was taken prisoners
- A number of interesting suggestions have
been made
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 25 -
4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti
atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal
ex
- Each of his sisters is clever
- Neither of the men was very tall
- The quality of mangoes was not good
Contoh Soal
1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt
(A) was (D) am
(B) were (E) are
(C) has
2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India
(A) is (D) were
(B) am (E) has
(C) are
3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping
(A) are (D) is
(B) were (E) am
(C) was
4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate
(A) was (D) are
(B) is (E) has
(C) Am
5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry
(A) like (D) are liking
(B) likes (E) was liking
(C) is liking
E-10
REPORTED SPEECH
Pengertian
Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect
speech
DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara
INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung
kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali
Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau
pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan
beberapa perubahan
a Pronoun
Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -
maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-
han kalimat
b Keteranngan waktu
Direct Indirect
now
today
tomorrow
yesterday
tonight
last night
last ago
next
then
that day
the following day
the previous day
the following night
the previous night
the previous
the following
Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu
berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -
oleh Every
c Tenses
Direct Indirect
Present Tense
PresCont
Pres Perfect
Pres Perf Con
Past Tense
Future Tense
Future Cont
Future Perf
Past Tense
Past Cont
Past Perfect
Past Perf Con
Past Perfect
Past Future
Past F Con
PastF Perf
Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction
dalam Past
Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika
introduction dalam present
Present Past
Say
Will say
Have said
Said
Would say
Had said
d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda
kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya
e Keterangan lain
Direct Indirect
this
these
here
that
those
there
Reported Speech terdiri atas
A Statement
B Imperative
C Interrogative
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 26 -
Reported Speech
a Statement
Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect
selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak
digunakan
Contoh
PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT
Jack said My sisters learning to cook now
Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then
PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE
Bob said I come to school by bus every morning
Bob said that he came to school by bus every
morning
PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT
Tini said My uncle has bought a new car
Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car
PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON
Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for
half an hour here
Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for
half an hour there
PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT
Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt
herself
Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot
hurt herself
SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE
Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow
Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old
the following day
FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT
Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with
my friend this time tomorrow
Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis
with his friend this time the following day
Bob said I must go to bed early
Bob said he had to go bed early
Jack said My father can drive a car
Jack said his father could drive a car
Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon
Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon
The teacher told us you have to finish your
exercise at home
The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise
at home
b Imperative
Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan
kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak
tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga
kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive
Contoh
I said to Bob Open the window please
I asked Bob to Open the window
The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us
at once
The angry workmen asked the manager to pay
them at once
Badu said to Budi Please lend me your
dictionary
Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary
The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise
books and put them on my table
The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise
books and put them on his table
Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan
sebelum to
The mother said to her children Donrsquot play
with fire
The mother asked her children not to play with
fire
The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot
get off the bus while it is going
The bus conductor told the passengers not to get
off the bus while it was going
Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night
without your cout
Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night
without her coat
The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a
lot of noise
The teacher told the student not to make a lot of
noise
Statement
Imperative
Interro
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 12 -
c) Kata-kata sifat tertentu tak menggunakan kaidah
di atas tersebut di bawah ini
Positive Comparative
good
bad
much
many
little
best
worst
most
most
least
Contoh
Budi is 20 years old
Joni is 21 years old
Ati is 19 years old
Ati is the youngest
Joni is the oldest
The harus digunakan sebelum bentuk Superla
tive
B Comparison Of Adverb
Perbandingan Adverb atau kata keterangan
Pada umumnya yang dibandingkan ialah Adverb of
manner (keterangan Cara)
Bentuk perbandingan
1 Untuk kata-kata keterangan (adverb) yang di
bentuk bukan dari Adjective + ly maka er dan
est digunakan dalam membentukcompa-
rative dan Superlative
Positive Comp Super
fast
hard
high
faster
harder
higher
fastest
hardest
highest
2 Kata keterangan yang bersal dari Adjective +
ly menggunakan bentuk more dan most untuk
Comparative dan Superlative
Pos Comparative Super
slowly
simply
nicely
neatly
tidily
more slowly
more simply
more nicely
more neatly
more tidily
most slowly
most simply
most nicely
most neatly
most tidily
3 Kata keterangan (adverbs) tertentu tidak
menggunakan kaidah di atas tersebut dibawah
ini
Positive Comp Super
well
bad
little
much
better
worse
less
more
best
worst
least
most
Contoh
Comparative
Planes move faster than buses
Budi learns harder than Joni does
She explained it more clearly than I did
He speaks more loudly than I do
Superlative
Rockets move the fastest
Ati learns the hardest
Mr Ali explains the lesson the most clearly of the
teachers
C Equal Comparison
Perbandingan setara Pembentuknya ialah
asas
not asas
not soas
Untuk bentuk tersebut kita bisa mengguna
kan baik untuk kata sifat (adjective) maupun kata
keterangan (adverb)
1 Adjective
Untuk perbandingan yang positif kita gu-
nakan bentuk
as adjective as
Contoh
This book is as thick as that one
Ani is as clever as Budi
Untuk mengungkapkan perbandingan yang nega-
tif dapat digunakan dua bentuk
not so adjective as
not as adjective as
Contoh
The car is not as fast as that one
The car is not so fast as that one
Tuti is not as clever as Ati
Tuti is not so clever as Ati
2 Adverb
Positive
as adverb as
Contoh
He thinks as hard as I do
He played as well as I did
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 13 -
Negative
helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip
helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip
Contoh
He doesnrsquot walk as fast as I do
He doesnrsquot walk so fast as I do
Joni didnrsquot sing as well as Nita did yesterday
Joni didnrsquot sing so well as Nita did yesterday
Contoh Soal
1 Lauren _____ than Diana
(A) tender
(B) tenderer
(C) more tender
(D) the tenderest
(E) the more tender
2 Martin doesnrsquot speak ____
(A) so foudly as you do
(B) so loud as you do
(C) as loudly as you do
(D) as loud as you do
(E) as louder as you do
E-6
TENSES-3
1 SIMPLE FUTURE
2 FUTURE CONTINOUS
3 FUTURE PERFECT
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINOUS
1 SIMPLE FUTURE
Pengertian
Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilaksanakan
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Oleh karena itu kalimat Future TenseSim-
ple Future selalu ditandai dengan keterangan waktu
soon
afterwards
tomorrow
tonight
the day after tomorrow
next week
next month
next year
bentuk
S + shallwill + V1
I
shall
We
you
he
she will
it
they
Contoh
Jack will visit his moter in the country next
week
I shall not attend the party tonight
We shanrsquot have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys wonrsquot swim across the river next
weekend
Interrogative Form
Untuk membentuk kalimat interrogative
kata bantu shall will diletakkan sebelum atau di
depan Subyek
Shallwill + S + V1
Will Jack visit his mother in the country next
week
Shall I attend the party tonight
Shall we have another extra leson tomorrow
Will the boys swim across the river next
weekend
Will you take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Will Tini return the book to the library next
month
Contoh Soal 1 We _____ our homework together soon
(A) shall do (D) did
(B) do (E) does
(C) done
2 The visitor _____ tonight
(A) arrived (D) arrives
(B) has arrived (E) arrive
(C) will arrived
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 14 -
3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit
(A) shall (D) does
(B) will (E) has
(C) Do
TO BE GOING TO
Fungsi
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa
yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif
dari bentuk Shall dan Will
Bentuk
S + isamare + going to + V1
I ______ am
You
We are
they
he
she is
it
Contoh
Jack is going to visit his mother in the country
next week
I am going to attend the part tonight
We are going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river
next weekend
You are going to take a day off the day after
Tomorrow
Tini is going to return the book to the library
next mont
Negative Form
Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk
kalimat negatif
S + to be + not + Going to + V1
Jack is not going to visit his mother in the
country next week
I am not going to attend the part tonight
We are not going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the
river next weekend
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
Tini is not going to return the book to the
Library next month
Interrogative
Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -
subyek
To be + S + going to + V1
Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country
next week
Am I going to attend the part tonight
Are we going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
Are the boys going to swim across the river next
weekend
Are you going to take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Is Tini going to return the book to the library
next month
Contoh Soal
1 The teacher __ a test soon
(1) has given
(2) will given
(3) gave
(4) Is going to give
2 The boys __ a short course nex week
(A) Are going to take
(B) Is going to take
(C) Shall take
(D) Has taken
(E) Took
3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow
(A) Will (D) Are going
(B) Shall (E) must
(C) is going
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 15 -
4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month
(A) Is going to leave
(B) Are going to leave
(C) Has leave
(D) Left
(E) Leaving
5 I ____ supper afterwards
(1) am going to (3) shall have
(2) will have (4) have had
2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
Shallwill + be + v + ing
FUNGSI
Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini
This time tomorrow
Next week
Monday
Month
Moring
Etc
Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang
-an waktu simple future
ex
- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow
- Ill be watching tv tonight
- This time next week the pupils will be having a
test
- John will be helping us this evening
3 FUTURE PERFECT
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + V3
FUNGSI
Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai
pada masa yang akan datang
Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya
selalu diawali oleh kata by mis
by the end of this month
by the end of the week
by now
by the end of the year
ex
- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three
days
- By the time he finishes the question I will
have read the book for one hour
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing
Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan
masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang
Terdapat kesamaan antara future
perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-
terutama dalam fungsi
ex
- When she get to London she will have been
travelling for five days
- By the end of this year he will have been
working for three years
Contoh Soal
1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five
years by the end of this year
(A) will work
(B) have worked
(C) will have been working
(D) will be working
(E) is going to work
2 Dont come at five oclock because _____
(A) I will be playing
(B) I will have been playing
(C) I have played
(D) I will have played
(E) I will playing
3 My friends _____ next sunday
(1) Will invite
(2) Will be inviting
(3) Is going to invite
(4) Is inviting
4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday
(1) have
(2) will have
(3) would have
(4) shall be having
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 16 -
()
Is the butter is kept here hellip
Is Budi played the guitar hellip
2 Present Continous Tense
(+)
A They are repairing the bridge
B The bridge is being repaired
A The man is supervising me
P Iam being supervised by hellip
(-)
A The thief is climbing the wall when the
Police saw him
P the wall is being climbed by the thief when
the police saw
The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-
ing supervised hellip
()
Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip
Are you being supervised helliphellip
3 Present Perfect Tense
(+)
A Tuti has written two letters
P Two letters have been written
A He has don the work well
P The work has been donehellip
(-)
Two letters have not been written
The work has not been done hellip
()
Have two letters been written
Has the work been done by him
5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this
year
(1) Will stay
(2) Will have been staying
(3) Will be staying
(4) Will be stayed
E-7
- PASSIVE VOICE
- IMPERSONAL IT
PASSIVE VOICE
Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan
pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan
Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata
kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh
objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek
merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat
pasif
Bentuk
To be + V3
Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga
mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk
kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut
ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang
diiutinya
1 Present tense
(+)
A We keep the butter here
P The butter is kept here
A Budi plays the guitar at night
P The guitar is played by budi
A The teacher teaches the pupils
P The pupils are taught by hellip
(-)
The butter is kept here hellip
The guitar is not played hellip
S + isamare + V3
S + isamare + not + V3
isamare + S + V3
S + isamare + being + V3
S + Isamare + not + being + V3
Isamare + S + being + V3
S + hashave + been + V3
S + hashave + not + been +V3
hashave + S + been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 17 -
1 4 Past Tense
(+)
A The bad boys broke the windows
P The windows were were broken by
A The farmer hit the snake
P The snake was hit by
(-)
The windows were not broken
The snake was not hit
()
Were the windows were broken by
Was the snake hit by
5 Past Continous Tense
(+)
A They were taking the injured player out of the
Field
P the injured player were being taken by them
6 Past Perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came
P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -
Badu came
A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest
arrived
P The meal had been prepared by the mother -
When the guest arrived
7 Future Tense
(+)
A He will meet you at the station
P You will be met by him
A Budi will lend me his book
P I shall be lent by
()
Will you be met by him
Will you be lent by
8 To be going to
(+)
A We are going to hoid a party
P A party is going to be held hellip
A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -
Nts
P The lazy students are going to be punished by-
The teacher
9 Future Perfect Tense
S + shallwill + have + been + V3
A They will have elected new president in five
Years
P New President will have been elected in five
years
A IPTN will have produced war planes by the
year of 2000
P War planes will have been produced by IPTN
by
10 Past Future
(+)
A if it rained We should postphone our picnic
P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned
A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher
would punish him
P if all didnt change his behaviour he would
be punished by the teacher
11 Past Puture Perfect
(+)
A If you had studied hard you would have got
good marks
P If you had studied hard good marks would
have been got by you
A If the goverment had not made mistake the
judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent
to prison
P If the goverment had not made mistake
Sophia Laurent would not have the judge
would not have beensent to prison by the
judge
S + waswere + V3
S + waswere + not + V3
waswere + S+ V3
S + waswere + being + V3
S + shallwill + be + V3
Will shall + S + be + V3
S + isamare + going to + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 18 -
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
12 Modals
S + modals + be + V3
Modals can hellip hellipcould
may helliphellip might
must hellip
has to hellip had to
have to hellip had to
ought to
should
A you must shut these doors
P These doors must be shut
A You ought to open the windows
P The windows ought to be opened
A They should told him
P He should be told by them
A He has to drive me home
P I have to be driven by him hellip
13 Modals With The Perfect Tense
S + modals + have + been + V3
A The girl must have watered the flowers when I
saw her
P The flowers must have been watered by the girl
when hellip
A I could have asked somebody to carry that
box
P Somebody could have been asked to carry
That box by me
A The teacher might have told the story when
I was absent
P The story might have been told by the teacher
story when I was absent
Contoh Soal
1 Most scientific book ___ in English
(A) Are printing (D) has been printed
(B) Are print (E) are printed
(C) Is print
2 America ______ four hundred years ago
A discovered
B will be discovered
C had discovered
D was discovered
E was being discovered
3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister
A will be driven
B has be driven
C is driven
D was driven
E will be being driven
4He sald the several plans ___
A were being
B were been
C has been
D are been
E had being
5The food _____ several hours before the guast
arrived
A were cook
B had cooking
C has cook
D were cooked
E had been cooked
IMPERSONAL IT
PENGERTIAN
It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal
pronoun
APLIKASI
1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan
- distance
contoh
it is a long way to London
It is about two kilometers reach the post of -
fice
- time
Contoh
What time is it
It is four orsquoclock
- condition
Contoh
It is cold outside
It is warm inside
2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya
- Gerund
Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 19 -
kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it
Going on appears no good
It appears no good going on - To infinitive
Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem
patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-
nya digantikan oleh it
To say is easy
It is easy to say
- That clause
Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas
That they will have to go seem a pity
It seems a pity that willhave to go
3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya
- To infinitive
Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it
diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja
seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu
merupakan obyek bukan subyek
Contoh
We consider to cheat is wrong
We consider it wrong to cheat
- That clause
Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause
Contoh
We think that they didnt try is a pity
We think it a pity that he didnt try
Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to
infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu
menyebabkan hilangnya that
Contoh
People believe that to be polite is important
People believe it important tobe polite
Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh
it antara lain
- Believe - know
- Consider - realize
- Declare - snow
- Find - suppose
- Guees - take
- Imagine - think
- Understand
Contoh Soal
1 Step inside ____ outside
(A) There is cold
(B) Itrsquos cold
(C) Cold
(D) It
(E) It cold
2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep
(A) It is
(B) It will be
(C) It was
(D) It
(E) It should be
3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house
in a week
(A) It
(B) It be
(C) It is
(D) There is
(E) There be
4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other
word
(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson
(B) it difficult understand the lesson
(C) its difficult understand the lesson
(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson
(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson
5 _____ right for us to obey our parents
(A) there is
(B) there are
(C) there has
(D) it is
(E) it has
E-8
CONDITIONALS
Secara harfiah conditionals dapat
diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-
kalimat yang terdiri dari
1 syarat prasyarat
2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi
Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan
tercermin pada main clause
- hasil
- syarat
Conditional
Main clause
If clause
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 20 -
Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang
diawali if
Posisi
If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main
clause
If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip
If Clause I Clause
Atau
S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip
Main Clause I Clause
1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)
- Fungsi
Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan
terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type
ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-
nan
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present
Tense ini terdiri atas
a
b
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future
Bentuknya ialah
Shallwill + Stem
Shall hellip IWe
Will hellip He She It
You They
Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -
conditionals pada main clause
If clause Main Clause
Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)
If you study hard
If it rains
If you agree
If you dont know the
meaning of words
If all doesnt change
his behaviour
If I am rich
You will pass the exam
We shall postpone our
picnic
You can wait here
You may use your
Dictionary
The teacher will punish
him
I shall buy you a car
Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan
sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative
Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif
middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot
give it again
Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot
give it again
Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari
middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals
Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah
Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause
WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem
Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change
his behaviour hellip
2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi
sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan
dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan
untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut
Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition
Present
- Fokus
fakta (present Group)
Pengandalan
- Bentuk
If Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past
Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk
S + StemVerbV
S + isamare + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 21 -
a
b
Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise
but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada
an yang sebenarnya terjadi
ex I was a boy
if I were a bird
I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc
ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung
(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya
bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi
manusia
Main Clause
a Past Future
Should would + stem
b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu
Could might + Stem
If Clause Main Clause
Simple Past
Past
FuturecouldMight
If you studied hard
If it rained
If you agreed
If you didnrsquot know the
meaning of word
if All didnrsquot change his
bhaviour
If I were rich
You would get good
marks
We should postphone
our picnic
You could wait here
You might use you
dictionary
The teacher would
punish him
I should by you a car
Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias
dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan
Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car
Were I rich I should buy you a car
macr If he were not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Were he not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang
Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present
conditionals)
a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya
Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals
type 2 jika tense Present Group
macr Present Tense
macr Present Continous Tense
macr Present Perfect Tense
macr Present Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause
Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause
c Mengembalikan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative
dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
d Hindari penggunaan was
ex
(-) (+)
All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam
Syarat hasil
If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam
(+) (-)
People donrsquot ring me up because my number
is not in the directory
(hasil) (syarat)
People would ring me up if my number were in
the directory
(+) (+)
e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -
could pada Main Clause
ex
We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a
fire
If we got matches we could light a fire
f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak
an might
ex
Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the
cold so much
If he were not thin he might not feel the cold
so much
3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)
Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu
(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)
Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki
an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past
S + V Past tense
S + were + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 22 -
- Fokus
Fakta (past Group)
Penggandaian
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle
Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat
berbentuk
Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle
Past If Clause Main Clause
Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect
Couldmight Perfect
I you had studied hard
If it had rained
If you had agreed
If you had studied not
known the meaning of
words
If Ali had not changed
his behaviour
If I had been rich
You would have got
good marks
We should have
postphoned our picnic
You could have waited
here
You might have used
your dictionary
The teacher would have
punished him
I should have bought
you a car
Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had
ke depan
Ex
- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car
Had been rich I should have boughtyou car
- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Had you not known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang
Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )
a Menentukan tense dari fakta
Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3
jika tense-nya Past Group
- Past tense
- Past Continous Tense
macr Past Perfect Tense
macr Past Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)
Hasil (Main Clause)
c Memutar balikkan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus
negative dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
(-) (+)
All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed
Syarat hasil
If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would
not have fall
(-) (+)
I had no map I got lost
If I had had map I would not have got lost
a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan
gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan
could have + verb past participle pada main
clause
We couldnrsquot get into the house because the
hasil
police forbade us
syarat
We could have got into the house if the
police had not forbidden us
b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan
Might + have + Verb Past Participle
Ex
The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at
first
Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it
If the champion had taken the fight seriously at
first he might no have lost it
Contoh Soal
1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home
A Shall stay D stay
B Should stay E Stayed
C Stay
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 23 -
2 If I were youI _____ that book
A Would buy
B Will buy
C Buy
D bought
E Will not buy
3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger
A Would die
B died
C Will die
D Will have died
E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet
him
4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him
A If he come today I can meet him
B If he had come today I could have met him
C If he came today I could meet him
D If I met him today I could come
E If I had met him He could have come today
E-9
- SUBJUNCTIVE
- CONCORDANCE
SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan
yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan
datang
Ex
Long live the queen
God bless you
Heaven help you
Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini
(Present)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
+ S + V2
As Though
Example
- He always speaks as thought he were the
superior
- He dresses as if he were an officer
- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang
terjadi saat ini (Present)
Wish
If only + S + V2
Would rather
Example
He is sick so he is not able to come
- He wishes he came
If only he came
She would rather he came
The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance
- The students wish the teacher explained in
detail
If only the teacher explained in detail
The student would rather the teacher explained
in detail
Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past
(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu
(past)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
S + had + V3
As Though
Example
- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost
- He acted as thought he had been an actor
yesterday
- He talks about rome as if he had been there
once
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang
terjadi dahulu ( Past)
Wishedwishes
If only + S + had + V3
Would rather
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 24 -
The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday
- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test
- If only the teacher had given us a test
- We would rather teacher had given us a test
Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it
- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the
game
- If only Budi had taken part at the game
- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game
Tina was absent to the meeting last night
- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to
the meeting last night
- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting
last night
- Tina would rather she had not been absent to
the meeting last night
Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator
(A) Was (D) is
(B) Had been (E) had
(C) were
2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the
homework
(A) did (D) was doing
(B) had done (E) do
(C) have done
3 He acted as if he ______ill
(A) were (D) is
(B) was (E) have
(C) had been
4 Choose the correct ones
(1) I would rather he went to Medan now
(2) If only he had joined the last lecture
(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty
(4) She wishes she picked her mother up
5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately
my watch stops now
(A) told (D) tell
(B) had told (E) telling
(C) have told
bull CONCORDE
PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam
kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung
kepada subyek
Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja
juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek
singular kata kerja harus singular
BENTUK-BENTUK
1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan
ldquodengan
and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(Plural Subjek) ex
- Bob and Badu are here
- He and his friends have arrived
- Fire and water donrsquot agree
Kecuali
a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang
atau benda yang sama
ex
- The orator and stateman is dead
- The captain and adjutant was present
- My friend and benefactor has come
b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini
ex
- Bread and milk is his only food
- Slow and steady wins the race
- The horse and carriage is at the door
c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every
dan each
- Every boy and girl was ready
- Every woman man and child was lost
2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh
a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip
- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek
terakhir
- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch
- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant
masters were present
- Rama or his brother have done this
- Either he boy or parents have arrend
b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip
Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek
pertama
ex
- The chief with all his men was massacred
- John as well as james deserves pralse
- Justiceas well as mercy allows it
3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja
tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu
kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(pural) jika dilihat secara individu
ex
- The council has shosen its presuden
- The military were called out
- The crew was large
- The crew was taken prisoners
- A number of interesting suggestions have
been made
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 25 -
4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti
atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal
ex
- Each of his sisters is clever
- Neither of the men was very tall
- The quality of mangoes was not good
Contoh Soal
1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt
(A) was (D) am
(B) were (E) are
(C) has
2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India
(A) is (D) were
(B) am (E) has
(C) are
3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping
(A) are (D) is
(B) were (E) am
(C) was
4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate
(A) was (D) are
(B) is (E) has
(C) Am
5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry
(A) like (D) are liking
(B) likes (E) was liking
(C) is liking
E-10
REPORTED SPEECH
Pengertian
Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect
speech
DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara
INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung
kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali
Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau
pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan
beberapa perubahan
a Pronoun
Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -
maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-
han kalimat
b Keteranngan waktu
Direct Indirect
now
today
tomorrow
yesterday
tonight
last night
last ago
next
then
that day
the following day
the previous day
the following night
the previous night
the previous
the following
Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu
berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -
oleh Every
c Tenses
Direct Indirect
Present Tense
PresCont
Pres Perfect
Pres Perf Con
Past Tense
Future Tense
Future Cont
Future Perf
Past Tense
Past Cont
Past Perfect
Past Perf Con
Past Perfect
Past Future
Past F Con
PastF Perf
Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction
dalam Past
Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika
introduction dalam present
Present Past
Say
Will say
Have said
Said
Would say
Had said
d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda
kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya
e Keterangan lain
Direct Indirect
this
these
here
that
those
there
Reported Speech terdiri atas
A Statement
B Imperative
C Interrogative
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 26 -
Reported Speech
a Statement
Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect
selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak
digunakan
Contoh
PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT
Jack said My sisters learning to cook now
Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then
PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE
Bob said I come to school by bus every morning
Bob said that he came to school by bus every
morning
PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT
Tini said My uncle has bought a new car
Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car
PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON
Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for
half an hour here
Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for
half an hour there
PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT
Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt
herself
Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot
hurt herself
SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE
Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow
Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old
the following day
FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT
Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with
my friend this time tomorrow
Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis
with his friend this time the following day
Bob said I must go to bed early
Bob said he had to go bed early
Jack said My father can drive a car
Jack said his father could drive a car
Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon
Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon
The teacher told us you have to finish your
exercise at home
The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise
at home
b Imperative
Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan
kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak
tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga
kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive
Contoh
I said to Bob Open the window please
I asked Bob to Open the window
The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us
at once
The angry workmen asked the manager to pay
them at once
Badu said to Budi Please lend me your
dictionary
Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary
The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise
books and put them on my table
The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise
books and put them on his table
Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan
sebelum to
The mother said to her children Donrsquot play
with fire
The mother asked her children not to play with
fire
The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot
get off the bus while it is going
The bus conductor told the passengers not to get
off the bus while it was going
Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night
without your cout
Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night
without her coat
The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a
lot of noise
The teacher told the student not to make a lot of
noise
Statement
Imperative
Interro
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 13 -
Negative
helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip
helliphellip not ashelliphellip adverb hellipas helliphelliphellip
Contoh
He doesnrsquot walk as fast as I do
He doesnrsquot walk so fast as I do
Joni didnrsquot sing as well as Nita did yesterday
Joni didnrsquot sing so well as Nita did yesterday
Contoh Soal
1 Lauren _____ than Diana
(A) tender
(B) tenderer
(C) more tender
(D) the tenderest
(E) the more tender
2 Martin doesnrsquot speak ____
(A) so foudly as you do
(B) so loud as you do
(C) as loudly as you do
(D) as loud as you do
(E) as louder as you do
E-6
TENSES-3
1 SIMPLE FUTURE
2 FUTURE CONTINOUS
3 FUTURE PERFECT
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINOUS
1 SIMPLE FUTURE
Pengertian
Menyatakan pekerjaan yang dilaksanakan
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Oleh karena itu kalimat Future TenseSim-
ple Future selalu ditandai dengan keterangan waktu
soon
afterwards
tomorrow
tonight
the day after tomorrow
next week
next month
next year
bentuk
S + shallwill + V1
I
shall
We
you
he
she will
it
they
Contoh
Jack will visit his moter in the country next
week
I shall not attend the party tonight
We shanrsquot have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys wonrsquot swim across the river next
weekend
Interrogative Form
Untuk membentuk kalimat interrogative
kata bantu shall will diletakkan sebelum atau di
depan Subyek
Shallwill + S + V1
Will Jack visit his mother in the country next
week
Shall I attend the party tonight
Shall we have another extra leson tomorrow
Will the boys swim across the river next
weekend
Will you take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Will Tini return the book to the library next
month
Contoh Soal 1 We _____ our homework together soon
(A) shall do (D) did
(B) do (E) does
(C) done
2 The visitor _____ tonight
(A) arrived (D) arrives
(B) has arrived (E) arrive
(C) will arrived
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 14 -
3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit
(A) shall (D) does
(B) will (E) has
(C) Do
TO BE GOING TO
Fungsi
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa
yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif
dari bentuk Shall dan Will
Bentuk
S + isamare + going to + V1
I ______ am
You
We are
they
he
she is
it
Contoh
Jack is going to visit his mother in the country
next week
I am going to attend the part tonight
We are going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river
next weekend
You are going to take a day off the day after
Tomorrow
Tini is going to return the book to the library
next mont
Negative Form
Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk
kalimat negatif
S + to be + not + Going to + V1
Jack is not going to visit his mother in the
country next week
I am not going to attend the part tonight
We are not going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the
river next weekend
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
Tini is not going to return the book to the
Library next month
Interrogative
Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -
subyek
To be + S + going to + V1
Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country
next week
Am I going to attend the part tonight
Are we going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
Are the boys going to swim across the river next
weekend
Are you going to take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Is Tini going to return the book to the library
next month
Contoh Soal
1 The teacher __ a test soon
(1) has given
(2) will given
(3) gave
(4) Is going to give
2 The boys __ a short course nex week
(A) Are going to take
(B) Is going to take
(C) Shall take
(D) Has taken
(E) Took
3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow
(A) Will (D) Are going
(B) Shall (E) must
(C) is going
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 15 -
4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month
(A) Is going to leave
(B) Are going to leave
(C) Has leave
(D) Left
(E) Leaving
5 I ____ supper afterwards
(1) am going to (3) shall have
(2) will have (4) have had
2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
Shallwill + be + v + ing
FUNGSI
Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini
This time tomorrow
Next week
Monday
Month
Moring
Etc
Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang
-an waktu simple future
ex
- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow
- Ill be watching tv tonight
- This time next week the pupils will be having a
test
- John will be helping us this evening
3 FUTURE PERFECT
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + V3
FUNGSI
Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai
pada masa yang akan datang
Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya
selalu diawali oleh kata by mis
by the end of this month
by the end of the week
by now
by the end of the year
ex
- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three
days
- By the time he finishes the question I will
have read the book for one hour
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing
Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan
masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang
Terdapat kesamaan antara future
perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-
terutama dalam fungsi
ex
- When she get to London she will have been
travelling for five days
- By the end of this year he will have been
working for three years
Contoh Soal
1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five
years by the end of this year
(A) will work
(B) have worked
(C) will have been working
(D) will be working
(E) is going to work
2 Dont come at five oclock because _____
(A) I will be playing
(B) I will have been playing
(C) I have played
(D) I will have played
(E) I will playing
3 My friends _____ next sunday
(1) Will invite
(2) Will be inviting
(3) Is going to invite
(4) Is inviting
4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday
(1) have
(2) will have
(3) would have
(4) shall be having
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 16 -
()
Is the butter is kept here hellip
Is Budi played the guitar hellip
2 Present Continous Tense
(+)
A They are repairing the bridge
B The bridge is being repaired
A The man is supervising me
P Iam being supervised by hellip
(-)
A The thief is climbing the wall when the
Police saw him
P the wall is being climbed by the thief when
the police saw
The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-
ing supervised hellip
()
Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip
Are you being supervised helliphellip
3 Present Perfect Tense
(+)
A Tuti has written two letters
P Two letters have been written
A He has don the work well
P The work has been donehellip
(-)
Two letters have not been written
The work has not been done hellip
()
Have two letters been written
Has the work been done by him
5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this
year
(1) Will stay
(2) Will have been staying
(3) Will be staying
(4) Will be stayed
E-7
- PASSIVE VOICE
- IMPERSONAL IT
PASSIVE VOICE
Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan
pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan
Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata
kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh
objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek
merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat
pasif
Bentuk
To be + V3
Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga
mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk
kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut
ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang
diiutinya
1 Present tense
(+)
A We keep the butter here
P The butter is kept here
A Budi plays the guitar at night
P The guitar is played by budi
A The teacher teaches the pupils
P The pupils are taught by hellip
(-)
The butter is kept here hellip
The guitar is not played hellip
S + isamare + V3
S + isamare + not + V3
isamare + S + V3
S + isamare + being + V3
S + Isamare + not + being + V3
Isamare + S + being + V3
S + hashave + been + V3
S + hashave + not + been +V3
hashave + S + been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 17 -
1 4 Past Tense
(+)
A The bad boys broke the windows
P The windows were were broken by
A The farmer hit the snake
P The snake was hit by
(-)
The windows were not broken
The snake was not hit
()
Were the windows were broken by
Was the snake hit by
5 Past Continous Tense
(+)
A They were taking the injured player out of the
Field
P the injured player were being taken by them
6 Past Perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came
P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -
Badu came
A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest
arrived
P The meal had been prepared by the mother -
When the guest arrived
7 Future Tense
(+)
A He will meet you at the station
P You will be met by him
A Budi will lend me his book
P I shall be lent by
()
Will you be met by him
Will you be lent by
8 To be going to
(+)
A We are going to hoid a party
P A party is going to be held hellip
A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -
Nts
P The lazy students are going to be punished by-
The teacher
9 Future Perfect Tense
S + shallwill + have + been + V3
A They will have elected new president in five
Years
P New President will have been elected in five
years
A IPTN will have produced war planes by the
year of 2000
P War planes will have been produced by IPTN
by
10 Past Future
(+)
A if it rained We should postphone our picnic
P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned
A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher
would punish him
P if all didnt change his behaviour he would
be punished by the teacher
11 Past Puture Perfect
(+)
A If you had studied hard you would have got
good marks
P If you had studied hard good marks would
have been got by you
A If the goverment had not made mistake the
judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent
to prison
P If the goverment had not made mistake
Sophia Laurent would not have the judge
would not have beensent to prison by the
judge
S + waswere + V3
S + waswere + not + V3
waswere + S+ V3
S + waswere + being + V3
S + shallwill + be + V3
Will shall + S + be + V3
S + isamare + going to + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 18 -
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
12 Modals
S + modals + be + V3
Modals can hellip hellipcould
may helliphellip might
must hellip
has to hellip had to
have to hellip had to
ought to
should
A you must shut these doors
P These doors must be shut
A You ought to open the windows
P The windows ought to be opened
A They should told him
P He should be told by them
A He has to drive me home
P I have to be driven by him hellip
13 Modals With The Perfect Tense
S + modals + have + been + V3
A The girl must have watered the flowers when I
saw her
P The flowers must have been watered by the girl
when hellip
A I could have asked somebody to carry that
box
P Somebody could have been asked to carry
That box by me
A The teacher might have told the story when
I was absent
P The story might have been told by the teacher
story when I was absent
Contoh Soal
1 Most scientific book ___ in English
(A) Are printing (D) has been printed
(B) Are print (E) are printed
(C) Is print
2 America ______ four hundred years ago
A discovered
B will be discovered
C had discovered
D was discovered
E was being discovered
3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister
A will be driven
B has be driven
C is driven
D was driven
E will be being driven
4He sald the several plans ___
A were being
B were been
C has been
D are been
E had being
5The food _____ several hours before the guast
arrived
A were cook
B had cooking
C has cook
D were cooked
E had been cooked
IMPERSONAL IT
PENGERTIAN
It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal
pronoun
APLIKASI
1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan
- distance
contoh
it is a long way to London
It is about two kilometers reach the post of -
fice
- time
Contoh
What time is it
It is four orsquoclock
- condition
Contoh
It is cold outside
It is warm inside
2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya
- Gerund
Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 19 -
kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it
Going on appears no good
It appears no good going on - To infinitive
Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem
patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-
nya digantikan oleh it
To say is easy
It is easy to say
- That clause
Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas
That they will have to go seem a pity
It seems a pity that willhave to go
3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya
- To infinitive
Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it
diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja
seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu
merupakan obyek bukan subyek
Contoh
We consider to cheat is wrong
We consider it wrong to cheat
- That clause
Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause
Contoh
We think that they didnt try is a pity
We think it a pity that he didnt try
Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to
infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu
menyebabkan hilangnya that
Contoh
People believe that to be polite is important
People believe it important tobe polite
Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh
it antara lain
- Believe - know
- Consider - realize
- Declare - snow
- Find - suppose
- Guees - take
- Imagine - think
- Understand
Contoh Soal
1 Step inside ____ outside
(A) There is cold
(B) Itrsquos cold
(C) Cold
(D) It
(E) It cold
2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep
(A) It is
(B) It will be
(C) It was
(D) It
(E) It should be
3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house
in a week
(A) It
(B) It be
(C) It is
(D) There is
(E) There be
4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other
word
(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson
(B) it difficult understand the lesson
(C) its difficult understand the lesson
(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson
(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson
5 _____ right for us to obey our parents
(A) there is
(B) there are
(C) there has
(D) it is
(E) it has
E-8
CONDITIONALS
Secara harfiah conditionals dapat
diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-
kalimat yang terdiri dari
1 syarat prasyarat
2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi
Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan
tercermin pada main clause
- hasil
- syarat
Conditional
Main clause
If clause
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 20 -
Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang
diawali if
Posisi
If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main
clause
If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip
If Clause I Clause
Atau
S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip
Main Clause I Clause
1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)
- Fungsi
Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan
terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type
ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-
nan
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present
Tense ini terdiri atas
a
b
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future
Bentuknya ialah
Shallwill + Stem
Shall hellip IWe
Will hellip He She It
You They
Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -
conditionals pada main clause
If clause Main Clause
Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)
If you study hard
If it rains
If you agree
If you dont know the
meaning of words
If all doesnt change
his behaviour
If I am rich
You will pass the exam
We shall postpone our
picnic
You can wait here
You may use your
Dictionary
The teacher will punish
him
I shall buy you a car
Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan
sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative
Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif
middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot
give it again
Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot
give it again
Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari
middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals
Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah
Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause
WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem
Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change
his behaviour hellip
2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi
sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan
dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan
untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut
Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition
Present
- Fokus
fakta (present Group)
Pengandalan
- Bentuk
If Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past
Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk
S + StemVerbV
S + isamare + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 21 -
a
b
Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise
but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada
an yang sebenarnya terjadi
ex I was a boy
if I were a bird
I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc
ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung
(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya
bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi
manusia
Main Clause
a Past Future
Should would + stem
b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu
Could might + Stem
If Clause Main Clause
Simple Past
Past
FuturecouldMight
If you studied hard
If it rained
If you agreed
If you didnrsquot know the
meaning of word
if All didnrsquot change his
bhaviour
If I were rich
You would get good
marks
We should postphone
our picnic
You could wait here
You might use you
dictionary
The teacher would
punish him
I should by you a car
Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias
dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan
Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car
Were I rich I should buy you a car
macr If he were not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Were he not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang
Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present
conditionals)
a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya
Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals
type 2 jika tense Present Group
macr Present Tense
macr Present Continous Tense
macr Present Perfect Tense
macr Present Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause
Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause
c Mengembalikan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative
dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
d Hindari penggunaan was
ex
(-) (+)
All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam
Syarat hasil
If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam
(+) (-)
People donrsquot ring me up because my number
is not in the directory
(hasil) (syarat)
People would ring me up if my number were in
the directory
(+) (+)
e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -
could pada Main Clause
ex
We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a
fire
If we got matches we could light a fire
f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak
an might
ex
Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the
cold so much
If he were not thin he might not feel the cold
so much
3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)
Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu
(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)
Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki
an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past
S + V Past tense
S + were + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 22 -
- Fokus
Fakta (past Group)
Penggandaian
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle
Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat
berbentuk
Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle
Past If Clause Main Clause
Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect
Couldmight Perfect
I you had studied hard
If it had rained
If you had agreed
If you had studied not
known the meaning of
words
If Ali had not changed
his behaviour
If I had been rich
You would have got
good marks
We should have
postphoned our picnic
You could have waited
here
You might have used
your dictionary
The teacher would have
punished him
I should have bought
you a car
Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had
ke depan
Ex
- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car
Had been rich I should have boughtyou car
- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Had you not known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang
Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )
a Menentukan tense dari fakta
Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3
jika tense-nya Past Group
- Past tense
- Past Continous Tense
macr Past Perfect Tense
macr Past Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)
Hasil (Main Clause)
c Memutar balikkan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus
negative dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
(-) (+)
All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed
Syarat hasil
If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would
not have fall
(-) (+)
I had no map I got lost
If I had had map I would not have got lost
a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan
gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan
could have + verb past participle pada main
clause
We couldnrsquot get into the house because the
hasil
police forbade us
syarat
We could have got into the house if the
police had not forbidden us
b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan
Might + have + Verb Past Participle
Ex
The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at
first
Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it
If the champion had taken the fight seriously at
first he might no have lost it
Contoh Soal
1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home
A Shall stay D stay
B Should stay E Stayed
C Stay
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 23 -
2 If I were youI _____ that book
A Would buy
B Will buy
C Buy
D bought
E Will not buy
3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger
A Would die
B died
C Will die
D Will have died
E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet
him
4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him
A If he come today I can meet him
B If he had come today I could have met him
C If he came today I could meet him
D If I met him today I could come
E If I had met him He could have come today
E-9
- SUBJUNCTIVE
- CONCORDANCE
SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan
yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan
datang
Ex
Long live the queen
God bless you
Heaven help you
Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini
(Present)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
+ S + V2
As Though
Example
- He always speaks as thought he were the
superior
- He dresses as if he were an officer
- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang
terjadi saat ini (Present)
Wish
If only + S + V2
Would rather
Example
He is sick so he is not able to come
- He wishes he came
If only he came
She would rather he came
The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance
- The students wish the teacher explained in
detail
If only the teacher explained in detail
The student would rather the teacher explained
in detail
Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past
(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu
(past)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
S + had + V3
As Though
Example
- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost
- He acted as thought he had been an actor
yesterday
- He talks about rome as if he had been there
once
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang
terjadi dahulu ( Past)
Wishedwishes
If only + S + had + V3
Would rather
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 24 -
The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday
- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test
- If only the teacher had given us a test
- We would rather teacher had given us a test
Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it
- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the
game
- If only Budi had taken part at the game
- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game
Tina was absent to the meeting last night
- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to
the meeting last night
- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting
last night
- Tina would rather she had not been absent to
the meeting last night
Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator
(A) Was (D) is
(B) Had been (E) had
(C) were
2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the
homework
(A) did (D) was doing
(B) had done (E) do
(C) have done
3 He acted as if he ______ill
(A) were (D) is
(B) was (E) have
(C) had been
4 Choose the correct ones
(1) I would rather he went to Medan now
(2) If only he had joined the last lecture
(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty
(4) She wishes she picked her mother up
5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately
my watch stops now
(A) told (D) tell
(B) had told (E) telling
(C) have told
bull CONCORDE
PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam
kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung
kepada subyek
Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja
juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek
singular kata kerja harus singular
BENTUK-BENTUK
1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan
ldquodengan
and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(Plural Subjek) ex
- Bob and Badu are here
- He and his friends have arrived
- Fire and water donrsquot agree
Kecuali
a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang
atau benda yang sama
ex
- The orator and stateman is dead
- The captain and adjutant was present
- My friend and benefactor has come
b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini
ex
- Bread and milk is his only food
- Slow and steady wins the race
- The horse and carriage is at the door
c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every
dan each
- Every boy and girl was ready
- Every woman man and child was lost
2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh
a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip
- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek
terakhir
- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch
- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant
masters were present
- Rama or his brother have done this
- Either he boy or parents have arrend
b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip
Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek
pertama
ex
- The chief with all his men was massacred
- John as well as james deserves pralse
- Justiceas well as mercy allows it
3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja
tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu
kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(pural) jika dilihat secara individu
ex
- The council has shosen its presuden
- The military were called out
- The crew was large
- The crew was taken prisoners
- A number of interesting suggestions have
been made
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 25 -
4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti
atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal
ex
- Each of his sisters is clever
- Neither of the men was very tall
- The quality of mangoes was not good
Contoh Soal
1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt
(A) was (D) am
(B) were (E) are
(C) has
2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India
(A) is (D) were
(B) am (E) has
(C) are
3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping
(A) are (D) is
(B) were (E) am
(C) was
4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate
(A) was (D) are
(B) is (E) has
(C) Am
5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry
(A) like (D) are liking
(B) likes (E) was liking
(C) is liking
E-10
REPORTED SPEECH
Pengertian
Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect
speech
DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara
INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung
kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali
Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau
pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan
beberapa perubahan
a Pronoun
Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -
maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-
han kalimat
b Keteranngan waktu
Direct Indirect
now
today
tomorrow
yesterday
tonight
last night
last ago
next
then
that day
the following day
the previous day
the following night
the previous night
the previous
the following
Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu
berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -
oleh Every
c Tenses
Direct Indirect
Present Tense
PresCont
Pres Perfect
Pres Perf Con
Past Tense
Future Tense
Future Cont
Future Perf
Past Tense
Past Cont
Past Perfect
Past Perf Con
Past Perfect
Past Future
Past F Con
PastF Perf
Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction
dalam Past
Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika
introduction dalam present
Present Past
Say
Will say
Have said
Said
Would say
Had said
d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda
kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya
e Keterangan lain
Direct Indirect
this
these
here
that
those
there
Reported Speech terdiri atas
A Statement
B Imperative
C Interrogative
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 26 -
Reported Speech
a Statement
Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect
selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak
digunakan
Contoh
PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT
Jack said My sisters learning to cook now
Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then
PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE
Bob said I come to school by bus every morning
Bob said that he came to school by bus every
morning
PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT
Tini said My uncle has bought a new car
Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car
PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON
Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for
half an hour here
Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for
half an hour there
PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT
Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt
herself
Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot
hurt herself
SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE
Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow
Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old
the following day
FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT
Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with
my friend this time tomorrow
Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis
with his friend this time the following day
Bob said I must go to bed early
Bob said he had to go bed early
Jack said My father can drive a car
Jack said his father could drive a car
Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon
Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon
The teacher told us you have to finish your
exercise at home
The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise
at home
b Imperative
Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan
kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak
tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga
kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive
Contoh
I said to Bob Open the window please
I asked Bob to Open the window
The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us
at once
The angry workmen asked the manager to pay
them at once
Badu said to Budi Please lend me your
dictionary
Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary
The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise
books and put them on my table
The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise
books and put them on his table
Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan
sebelum to
The mother said to her children Donrsquot play
with fire
The mother asked her children not to play with
fire
The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot
get off the bus while it is going
The bus conductor told the passengers not to get
off the bus while it was going
Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night
without your cout
Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night
without her coat
The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a
lot of noise
The teacher told the student not to make a lot of
noise
Statement
Imperative
Interro
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 14 -
3 ____ the father punish the son for his bad habit
(A) shall (D) does
(B) will (E) has
(C) Do
TO BE GOING TO
Fungsi
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi pada masa
yang akan datang Bisa digunakan sebagai alternatif
dari bentuk Shall dan Will
Bentuk
S + isamare + going to + V1
I ______ am
You
We are
they
he
she is
it
Contoh
Jack is going to visit his mother in the country
next week
I am going to attend the part tonight
We are going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are going to swim a acroxx the river
next weekend
You are going to take a day off the day after
Tomorrow
Tini is going to return the book to the library
next mont
Negative Form
Not digunakan sesudah to be untuk membentuk
kalimat negatif
S + to be + not + Going to + V1
Jack is not going to visit his mother in the
country next week
I am not going to attend the part tonight
We are not going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
The boys are not going to swim a acroxx the
river next weekend
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
You are not going to take a day off the day -
after tomorrow
Tini is not going to return the book to the
Library next month
Interrogative
Dibentuk dengan melatakkan to be sebe -
subyek
To be + S + going to + V1
Is Jack going to visit his mother in the country
next week
Am I going to attend the part tonight
Are we going to have another extra lesson
tomorrow
Are the boys going to swim across the river next
weekend
Are you going to take a day off the day after
tomorrow
Is Tini going to return the book to the library
next month
Contoh Soal
1 The teacher __ a test soon
(1) has given
(2) will given
(3) gave
(4) Is going to give
2 The boys __ a short course nex week
(A) Are going to take
(B) Is going to take
(C) Shall take
(D) Has taken
(E) Took
3 The lady __ to shop tomorrow
(A) Will (D) Are going
(B) Shall (E) must
(C) is going
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 15 -
4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month
(A) Is going to leave
(B) Are going to leave
(C) Has leave
(D) Left
(E) Leaving
5 I ____ supper afterwards
(1) am going to (3) shall have
(2) will have (4) have had
2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
Shallwill + be + v + ing
FUNGSI
Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini
This time tomorrow
Next week
Monday
Month
Moring
Etc
Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang
-an waktu simple future
ex
- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow
- Ill be watching tv tonight
- This time next week the pupils will be having a
test
- John will be helping us this evening
3 FUTURE PERFECT
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + V3
FUNGSI
Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai
pada masa yang akan datang
Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya
selalu diawali oleh kata by mis
by the end of this month
by the end of the week
by now
by the end of the year
ex
- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three
days
- By the time he finishes the question I will
have read the book for one hour
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing
Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan
masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang
Terdapat kesamaan antara future
perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-
terutama dalam fungsi
ex
- When she get to London she will have been
travelling for five days
- By the end of this year he will have been
working for three years
Contoh Soal
1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five
years by the end of this year
(A) will work
(B) have worked
(C) will have been working
(D) will be working
(E) is going to work
2 Dont come at five oclock because _____
(A) I will be playing
(B) I will have been playing
(C) I have played
(D) I will have played
(E) I will playing
3 My friends _____ next sunday
(1) Will invite
(2) Will be inviting
(3) Is going to invite
(4) Is inviting
4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday
(1) have
(2) will have
(3) would have
(4) shall be having
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 16 -
()
Is the butter is kept here hellip
Is Budi played the guitar hellip
2 Present Continous Tense
(+)
A They are repairing the bridge
B The bridge is being repaired
A The man is supervising me
P Iam being supervised by hellip
(-)
A The thief is climbing the wall when the
Police saw him
P the wall is being climbed by the thief when
the police saw
The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-
ing supervised hellip
()
Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip
Are you being supervised helliphellip
3 Present Perfect Tense
(+)
A Tuti has written two letters
P Two letters have been written
A He has don the work well
P The work has been donehellip
(-)
Two letters have not been written
The work has not been done hellip
()
Have two letters been written
Has the work been done by him
5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this
year
(1) Will stay
(2) Will have been staying
(3) Will be staying
(4) Will be stayed
E-7
- PASSIVE VOICE
- IMPERSONAL IT
PASSIVE VOICE
Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan
pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan
Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata
kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh
objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek
merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat
pasif
Bentuk
To be + V3
Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga
mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk
kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut
ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang
diiutinya
1 Present tense
(+)
A We keep the butter here
P The butter is kept here
A Budi plays the guitar at night
P The guitar is played by budi
A The teacher teaches the pupils
P The pupils are taught by hellip
(-)
The butter is kept here hellip
The guitar is not played hellip
S + isamare + V3
S + isamare + not + V3
isamare + S + V3
S + isamare + being + V3
S + Isamare + not + being + V3
Isamare + S + being + V3
S + hashave + been + V3
S + hashave + not + been +V3
hashave + S + been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 17 -
1 4 Past Tense
(+)
A The bad boys broke the windows
P The windows were were broken by
A The farmer hit the snake
P The snake was hit by
(-)
The windows were not broken
The snake was not hit
()
Were the windows were broken by
Was the snake hit by
5 Past Continous Tense
(+)
A They were taking the injured player out of the
Field
P the injured player were being taken by them
6 Past Perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came
P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -
Badu came
A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest
arrived
P The meal had been prepared by the mother -
When the guest arrived
7 Future Tense
(+)
A He will meet you at the station
P You will be met by him
A Budi will lend me his book
P I shall be lent by
()
Will you be met by him
Will you be lent by
8 To be going to
(+)
A We are going to hoid a party
P A party is going to be held hellip
A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -
Nts
P The lazy students are going to be punished by-
The teacher
9 Future Perfect Tense
S + shallwill + have + been + V3
A They will have elected new president in five
Years
P New President will have been elected in five
years
A IPTN will have produced war planes by the
year of 2000
P War planes will have been produced by IPTN
by
10 Past Future
(+)
A if it rained We should postphone our picnic
P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned
A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher
would punish him
P if all didnt change his behaviour he would
be punished by the teacher
11 Past Puture Perfect
(+)
A If you had studied hard you would have got
good marks
P If you had studied hard good marks would
have been got by you
A If the goverment had not made mistake the
judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent
to prison
P If the goverment had not made mistake
Sophia Laurent would not have the judge
would not have beensent to prison by the
judge
S + waswere + V3
S + waswere + not + V3
waswere + S+ V3
S + waswere + being + V3
S + shallwill + be + V3
Will shall + S + be + V3
S + isamare + going to + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 18 -
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
12 Modals
S + modals + be + V3
Modals can hellip hellipcould
may helliphellip might
must hellip
has to hellip had to
have to hellip had to
ought to
should
A you must shut these doors
P These doors must be shut
A You ought to open the windows
P The windows ought to be opened
A They should told him
P He should be told by them
A He has to drive me home
P I have to be driven by him hellip
13 Modals With The Perfect Tense
S + modals + have + been + V3
A The girl must have watered the flowers when I
saw her
P The flowers must have been watered by the girl
when hellip
A I could have asked somebody to carry that
box
P Somebody could have been asked to carry
That box by me
A The teacher might have told the story when
I was absent
P The story might have been told by the teacher
story when I was absent
Contoh Soal
1 Most scientific book ___ in English
(A) Are printing (D) has been printed
(B) Are print (E) are printed
(C) Is print
2 America ______ four hundred years ago
A discovered
B will be discovered
C had discovered
D was discovered
E was being discovered
3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister
A will be driven
B has be driven
C is driven
D was driven
E will be being driven
4He sald the several plans ___
A were being
B were been
C has been
D are been
E had being
5The food _____ several hours before the guast
arrived
A were cook
B had cooking
C has cook
D were cooked
E had been cooked
IMPERSONAL IT
PENGERTIAN
It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal
pronoun
APLIKASI
1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan
- distance
contoh
it is a long way to London
It is about two kilometers reach the post of -
fice
- time
Contoh
What time is it
It is four orsquoclock
- condition
Contoh
It is cold outside
It is warm inside
2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya
- Gerund
Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 19 -
kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it
Going on appears no good
It appears no good going on - To infinitive
Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem
patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-
nya digantikan oleh it
To say is easy
It is easy to say
- That clause
Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas
That they will have to go seem a pity
It seems a pity that willhave to go
3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya
- To infinitive
Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it
diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja
seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu
merupakan obyek bukan subyek
Contoh
We consider to cheat is wrong
We consider it wrong to cheat
- That clause
Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause
Contoh
We think that they didnt try is a pity
We think it a pity that he didnt try
Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to
infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu
menyebabkan hilangnya that
Contoh
People believe that to be polite is important
People believe it important tobe polite
Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh
it antara lain
- Believe - know
- Consider - realize
- Declare - snow
- Find - suppose
- Guees - take
- Imagine - think
- Understand
Contoh Soal
1 Step inside ____ outside
(A) There is cold
(B) Itrsquos cold
(C) Cold
(D) It
(E) It cold
2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep
(A) It is
(B) It will be
(C) It was
(D) It
(E) It should be
3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house
in a week
(A) It
(B) It be
(C) It is
(D) There is
(E) There be
4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other
word
(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson
(B) it difficult understand the lesson
(C) its difficult understand the lesson
(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson
(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson
5 _____ right for us to obey our parents
(A) there is
(B) there are
(C) there has
(D) it is
(E) it has
E-8
CONDITIONALS
Secara harfiah conditionals dapat
diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-
kalimat yang terdiri dari
1 syarat prasyarat
2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi
Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan
tercermin pada main clause
- hasil
- syarat
Conditional
Main clause
If clause
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 20 -
Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang
diawali if
Posisi
If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main
clause
If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip
If Clause I Clause
Atau
S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip
Main Clause I Clause
1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)
- Fungsi
Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan
terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type
ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-
nan
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present
Tense ini terdiri atas
a
b
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future
Bentuknya ialah
Shallwill + Stem
Shall hellip IWe
Will hellip He She It
You They
Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -
conditionals pada main clause
If clause Main Clause
Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)
If you study hard
If it rains
If you agree
If you dont know the
meaning of words
If all doesnt change
his behaviour
If I am rich
You will pass the exam
We shall postpone our
picnic
You can wait here
You may use your
Dictionary
The teacher will punish
him
I shall buy you a car
Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan
sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative
Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif
middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot
give it again
Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot
give it again
Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari
middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals
Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah
Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause
WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem
Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change
his behaviour hellip
2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi
sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan
dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan
untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut
Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition
Present
- Fokus
fakta (present Group)
Pengandalan
- Bentuk
If Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past
Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk
S + StemVerbV
S + isamare + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 21 -
a
b
Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise
but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada
an yang sebenarnya terjadi
ex I was a boy
if I were a bird
I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc
ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung
(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya
bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi
manusia
Main Clause
a Past Future
Should would + stem
b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu
Could might + Stem
If Clause Main Clause
Simple Past
Past
FuturecouldMight
If you studied hard
If it rained
If you agreed
If you didnrsquot know the
meaning of word
if All didnrsquot change his
bhaviour
If I were rich
You would get good
marks
We should postphone
our picnic
You could wait here
You might use you
dictionary
The teacher would
punish him
I should by you a car
Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias
dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan
Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car
Were I rich I should buy you a car
macr If he were not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Were he not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang
Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present
conditionals)
a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya
Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals
type 2 jika tense Present Group
macr Present Tense
macr Present Continous Tense
macr Present Perfect Tense
macr Present Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause
Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause
c Mengembalikan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative
dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
d Hindari penggunaan was
ex
(-) (+)
All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam
Syarat hasil
If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam
(+) (-)
People donrsquot ring me up because my number
is not in the directory
(hasil) (syarat)
People would ring me up if my number were in
the directory
(+) (+)
e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -
could pada Main Clause
ex
We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a
fire
If we got matches we could light a fire
f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak
an might
ex
Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the
cold so much
If he were not thin he might not feel the cold
so much
3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)
Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu
(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)
Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki
an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past
S + V Past tense
S + were + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 22 -
- Fokus
Fakta (past Group)
Penggandaian
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle
Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat
berbentuk
Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle
Past If Clause Main Clause
Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect
Couldmight Perfect
I you had studied hard
If it had rained
If you had agreed
If you had studied not
known the meaning of
words
If Ali had not changed
his behaviour
If I had been rich
You would have got
good marks
We should have
postphoned our picnic
You could have waited
here
You might have used
your dictionary
The teacher would have
punished him
I should have bought
you a car
Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had
ke depan
Ex
- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car
Had been rich I should have boughtyou car
- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Had you not known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang
Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )
a Menentukan tense dari fakta
Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3
jika tense-nya Past Group
- Past tense
- Past Continous Tense
macr Past Perfect Tense
macr Past Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)
Hasil (Main Clause)
c Memutar balikkan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus
negative dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
(-) (+)
All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed
Syarat hasil
If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would
not have fall
(-) (+)
I had no map I got lost
If I had had map I would not have got lost
a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan
gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan
could have + verb past participle pada main
clause
We couldnrsquot get into the house because the
hasil
police forbade us
syarat
We could have got into the house if the
police had not forbidden us
b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan
Might + have + Verb Past Participle
Ex
The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at
first
Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it
If the champion had taken the fight seriously at
first he might no have lost it
Contoh Soal
1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home
A Shall stay D stay
B Should stay E Stayed
C Stay
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 23 -
2 If I were youI _____ that book
A Would buy
B Will buy
C Buy
D bought
E Will not buy
3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger
A Would die
B died
C Will die
D Will have died
E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet
him
4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him
A If he come today I can meet him
B If he had come today I could have met him
C If he came today I could meet him
D If I met him today I could come
E If I had met him He could have come today
E-9
- SUBJUNCTIVE
- CONCORDANCE
SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan
yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan
datang
Ex
Long live the queen
God bless you
Heaven help you
Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini
(Present)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
+ S + V2
As Though
Example
- He always speaks as thought he were the
superior
- He dresses as if he were an officer
- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang
terjadi saat ini (Present)
Wish
If only + S + V2
Would rather
Example
He is sick so he is not able to come
- He wishes he came
If only he came
She would rather he came
The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance
- The students wish the teacher explained in
detail
If only the teacher explained in detail
The student would rather the teacher explained
in detail
Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past
(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu
(past)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
S + had + V3
As Though
Example
- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost
- He acted as thought he had been an actor
yesterday
- He talks about rome as if he had been there
once
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang
terjadi dahulu ( Past)
Wishedwishes
If only + S + had + V3
Would rather
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 24 -
The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday
- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test
- If only the teacher had given us a test
- We would rather teacher had given us a test
Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it
- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the
game
- If only Budi had taken part at the game
- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game
Tina was absent to the meeting last night
- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to
the meeting last night
- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting
last night
- Tina would rather she had not been absent to
the meeting last night
Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator
(A) Was (D) is
(B) Had been (E) had
(C) were
2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the
homework
(A) did (D) was doing
(B) had done (E) do
(C) have done
3 He acted as if he ______ill
(A) were (D) is
(B) was (E) have
(C) had been
4 Choose the correct ones
(1) I would rather he went to Medan now
(2) If only he had joined the last lecture
(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty
(4) She wishes she picked her mother up
5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately
my watch stops now
(A) told (D) tell
(B) had told (E) telling
(C) have told
bull CONCORDE
PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam
kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung
kepada subyek
Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja
juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek
singular kata kerja harus singular
BENTUK-BENTUK
1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan
ldquodengan
and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(Plural Subjek) ex
- Bob and Badu are here
- He and his friends have arrived
- Fire and water donrsquot agree
Kecuali
a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang
atau benda yang sama
ex
- The orator and stateman is dead
- The captain and adjutant was present
- My friend and benefactor has come
b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini
ex
- Bread and milk is his only food
- Slow and steady wins the race
- The horse and carriage is at the door
c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every
dan each
- Every boy and girl was ready
- Every woman man and child was lost
2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh
a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip
- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek
terakhir
- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch
- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant
masters were present
- Rama or his brother have done this
- Either he boy or parents have arrend
b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip
Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek
pertama
ex
- The chief with all his men was massacred
- John as well as james deserves pralse
- Justiceas well as mercy allows it
3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja
tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu
kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(pural) jika dilihat secara individu
ex
- The council has shosen its presuden
- The military were called out
- The crew was large
- The crew was taken prisoners
- A number of interesting suggestions have
been made
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 25 -
4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti
atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal
ex
- Each of his sisters is clever
- Neither of the men was very tall
- The quality of mangoes was not good
Contoh Soal
1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt
(A) was (D) am
(B) were (E) are
(C) has
2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India
(A) is (D) were
(B) am (E) has
(C) are
3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping
(A) are (D) is
(B) were (E) am
(C) was
4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate
(A) was (D) are
(B) is (E) has
(C) Am
5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry
(A) like (D) are liking
(B) likes (E) was liking
(C) is liking
E-10
REPORTED SPEECH
Pengertian
Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect
speech
DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara
INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung
kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali
Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau
pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan
beberapa perubahan
a Pronoun
Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -
maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-
han kalimat
b Keteranngan waktu
Direct Indirect
now
today
tomorrow
yesterday
tonight
last night
last ago
next
then
that day
the following day
the previous day
the following night
the previous night
the previous
the following
Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu
berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -
oleh Every
c Tenses
Direct Indirect
Present Tense
PresCont
Pres Perfect
Pres Perf Con
Past Tense
Future Tense
Future Cont
Future Perf
Past Tense
Past Cont
Past Perfect
Past Perf Con
Past Perfect
Past Future
Past F Con
PastF Perf
Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction
dalam Past
Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika
introduction dalam present
Present Past
Say
Will say
Have said
Said
Would say
Had said
d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda
kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya
e Keterangan lain
Direct Indirect
this
these
here
that
those
there
Reported Speech terdiri atas
A Statement
B Imperative
C Interrogative
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 26 -
Reported Speech
a Statement
Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect
selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak
digunakan
Contoh
PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT
Jack said My sisters learning to cook now
Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then
PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE
Bob said I come to school by bus every morning
Bob said that he came to school by bus every
morning
PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT
Tini said My uncle has bought a new car
Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car
PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON
Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for
half an hour here
Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for
half an hour there
PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT
Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt
herself
Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot
hurt herself
SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE
Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow
Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old
the following day
FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT
Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with
my friend this time tomorrow
Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis
with his friend this time the following day
Bob said I must go to bed early
Bob said he had to go bed early
Jack said My father can drive a car
Jack said his father could drive a car
Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon
Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon
The teacher told us you have to finish your
exercise at home
The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise
at home
b Imperative
Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan
kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak
tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga
kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive
Contoh
I said to Bob Open the window please
I asked Bob to Open the window
The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us
at once
The angry workmen asked the manager to pay
them at once
Badu said to Budi Please lend me your
dictionary
Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary
The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise
books and put them on my table
The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise
books and put them on his table
Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan
sebelum to
The mother said to her children Donrsquot play
with fire
The mother asked her children not to play with
fire
The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot
get off the bus while it is going
The bus conductor told the passengers not to get
off the bus while it was going
Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night
without your cout
Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night
without her coat
The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a
lot of noise
The teacher told the student not to make a lot of
noise
Statement
Imperative
Interro
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 15 -
4 Amir __ for Jakarta next month
(A) Is going to leave
(B) Are going to leave
(C) Has leave
(D) Left
(E) Leaving
5 I ____ supper afterwards
(1) am going to (3) shall have
(2) will have (4) have had
2 FUTURE CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
Shallwill + be + v + ing
FUNGSI
Untuk menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang
terjadi pada masa yang akan datang
Keterangan waktu yang digunakan untuk fungsi ini
This time tomorrow
Next week
Monday
Month
Moring
Etc
Di samping itu ia juga dapat menggunakan keterang
-an waktu simple future
ex
- Ill be playing tennis this time tomorrow
- Ill be watching tv tonight
- This time next week the pupils will be having a
test
- John will be helping us this evening
3 FUTURE PERFECT
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + V3
FUNGSI
Menyatakan perbuatan yang telah selesai
pada masa yang akan datang
Untuk fungsi ini keterangan waktunya
selalu diawali oleh kata by mis
by the end of this month
by the end of the week
by now
by the end of the year
ex
- By tomorrow Joni will have worked for three
days
- By the time he finishes the question I will
have read the book for one hour
4 FUTURE PERFECT CONTINUOUS
BENTUK
S + Shallwill + have + been + v + ing
Menyatakan perbuatan yang sedang dan
masih berlangsung pada masa yang akan datang
Terdapat kesamaan antara future
perfect continuous dengan future perfec tense-
terutama dalam fungsi
ex
- When she get to London she will have been
travelling for five days
- By the end of this year he will have been
working for three years
Contoh Soal
1 She ___ as a secretary in the company for five
years by the end of this year
(A) will work
(B) have worked
(C) will have been working
(D) will be working
(E) is going to work
2 Dont come at five oclock because _____
(A) I will be playing
(B) I will have been playing
(C) I have played
(D) I will have played
(E) I will playing
3 My friends _____ next sunday
(1) Will invite
(2) Will be inviting
(3) Is going to invite
(4) Is inviting
4 we _____ a meeting this time next wednesday
(1) have
(2) will have
(3) would have
(4) shall be having
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 16 -
()
Is the butter is kept here hellip
Is Budi played the guitar hellip
2 Present Continous Tense
(+)
A They are repairing the bridge
B The bridge is being repaired
A The man is supervising me
P Iam being supervised by hellip
(-)
A The thief is climbing the wall when the
Police saw him
P the wall is being climbed by the thief when
the police saw
The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-
ing supervised hellip
()
Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip
Are you being supervised helliphellip
3 Present Perfect Tense
(+)
A Tuti has written two letters
P Two letters have been written
A He has don the work well
P The work has been donehellip
(-)
Two letters have not been written
The work has not been done hellip
()
Have two letters been written
Has the work been done by him
5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this
year
(1) Will stay
(2) Will have been staying
(3) Will be staying
(4) Will be stayed
E-7
- PASSIVE VOICE
- IMPERSONAL IT
PASSIVE VOICE
Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan
pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan
Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata
kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh
objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek
merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat
pasif
Bentuk
To be + V3
Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga
mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk
kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut
ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang
diiutinya
1 Present tense
(+)
A We keep the butter here
P The butter is kept here
A Budi plays the guitar at night
P The guitar is played by budi
A The teacher teaches the pupils
P The pupils are taught by hellip
(-)
The butter is kept here hellip
The guitar is not played hellip
S + isamare + V3
S + isamare + not + V3
isamare + S + V3
S + isamare + being + V3
S + Isamare + not + being + V3
Isamare + S + being + V3
S + hashave + been + V3
S + hashave + not + been +V3
hashave + S + been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 17 -
1 4 Past Tense
(+)
A The bad boys broke the windows
P The windows were were broken by
A The farmer hit the snake
P The snake was hit by
(-)
The windows were not broken
The snake was not hit
()
Were the windows were broken by
Was the snake hit by
5 Past Continous Tense
(+)
A They were taking the injured player out of the
Field
P the injured player were being taken by them
6 Past Perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came
P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -
Badu came
A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest
arrived
P The meal had been prepared by the mother -
When the guest arrived
7 Future Tense
(+)
A He will meet you at the station
P You will be met by him
A Budi will lend me his book
P I shall be lent by
()
Will you be met by him
Will you be lent by
8 To be going to
(+)
A We are going to hoid a party
P A party is going to be held hellip
A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -
Nts
P The lazy students are going to be punished by-
The teacher
9 Future Perfect Tense
S + shallwill + have + been + V3
A They will have elected new president in five
Years
P New President will have been elected in five
years
A IPTN will have produced war planes by the
year of 2000
P War planes will have been produced by IPTN
by
10 Past Future
(+)
A if it rained We should postphone our picnic
P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned
A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher
would punish him
P if all didnt change his behaviour he would
be punished by the teacher
11 Past Puture Perfect
(+)
A If you had studied hard you would have got
good marks
P If you had studied hard good marks would
have been got by you
A If the goverment had not made mistake the
judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent
to prison
P If the goverment had not made mistake
Sophia Laurent would not have the judge
would not have beensent to prison by the
judge
S + waswere + V3
S + waswere + not + V3
waswere + S+ V3
S + waswere + being + V3
S + shallwill + be + V3
Will shall + S + be + V3
S + isamare + going to + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 18 -
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
12 Modals
S + modals + be + V3
Modals can hellip hellipcould
may helliphellip might
must hellip
has to hellip had to
have to hellip had to
ought to
should
A you must shut these doors
P These doors must be shut
A You ought to open the windows
P The windows ought to be opened
A They should told him
P He should be told by them
A He has to drive me home
P I have to be driven by him hellip
13 Modals With The Perfect Tense
S + modals + have + been + V3
A The girl must have watered the flowers when I
saw her
P The flowers must have been watered by the girl
when hellip
A I could have asked somebody to carry that
box
P Somebody could have been asked to carry
That box by me
A The teacher might have told the story when
I was absent
P The story might have been told by the teacher
story when I was absent
Contoh Soal
1 Most scientific book ___ in English
(A) Are printing (D) has been printed
(B) Are print (E) are printed
(C) Is print
2 America ______ four hundred years ago
A discovered
B will be discovered
C had discovered
D was discovered
E was being discovered
3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister
A will be driven
B has be driven
C is driven
D was driven
E will be being driven
4He sald the several plans ___
A were being
B were been
C has been
D are been
E had being
5The food _____ several hours before the guast
arrived
A were cook
B had cooking
C has cook
D were cooked
E had been cooked
IMPERSONAL IT
PENGERTIAN
It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal
pronoun
APLIKASI
1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan
- distance
contoh
it is a long way to London
It is about two kilometers reach the post of -
fice
- time
Contoh
What time is it
It is four orsquoclock
- condition
Contoh
It is cold outside
It is warm inside
2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya
- Gerund
Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 19 -
kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it
Going on appears no good
It appears no good going on - To infinitive
Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem
patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-
nya digantikan oleh it
To say is easy
It is easy to say
- That clause
Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas
That they will have to go seem a pity
It seems a pity that willhave to go
3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya
- To infinitive
Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it
diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja
seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu
merupakan obyek bukan subyek
Contoh
We consider to cheat is wrong
We consider it wrong to cheat
- That clause
Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause
Contoh
We think that they didnt try is a pity
We think it a pity that he didnt try
Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to
infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu
menyebabkan hilangnya that
Contoh
People believe that to be polite is important
People believe it important tobe polite
Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh
it antara lain
- Believe - know
- Consider - realize
- Declare - snow
- Find - suppose
- Guees - take
- Imagine - think
- Understand
Contoh Soal
1 Step inside ____ outside
(A) There is cold
(B) Itrsquos cold
(C) Cold
(D) It
(E) It cold
2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep
(A) It is
(B) It will be
(C) It was
(D) It
(E) It should be
3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house
in a week
(A) It
(B) It be
(C) It is
(D) There is
(E) There be
4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other
word
(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson
(B) it difficult understand the lesson
(C) its difficult understand the lesson
(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson
(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson
5 _____ right for us to obey our parents
(A) there is
(B) there are
(C) there has
(D) it is
(E) it has
E-8
CONDITIONALS
Secara harfiah conditionals dapat
diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-
kalimat yang terdiri dari
1 syarat prasyarat
2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi
Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan
tercermin pada main clause
- hasil
- syarat
Conditional
Main clause
If clause
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 20 -
Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang
diawali if
Posisi
If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main
clause
If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip
If Clause I Clause
Atau
S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip
Main Clause I Clause
1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)
- Fungsi
Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan
terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type
ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-
nan
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present
Tense ini terdiri atas
a
b
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future
Bentuknya ialah
Shallwill + Stem
Shall hellip IWe
Will hellip He She It
You They
Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -
conditionals pada main clause
If clause Main Clause
Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)
If you study hard
If it rains
If you agree
If you dont know the
meaning of words
If all doesnt change
his behaviour
If I am rich
You will pass the exam
We shall postpone our
picnic
You can wait here
You may use your
Dictionary
The teacher will punish
him
I shall buy you a car
Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan
sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative
Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif
middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot
give it again
Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot
give it again
Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari
middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals
Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah
Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause
WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem
Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change
his behaviour hellip
2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi
sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan
dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan
untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut
Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition
Present
- Fokus
fakta (present Group)
Pengandalan
- Bentuk
If Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past
Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk
S + StemVerbV
S + isamare + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 21 -
a
b
Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise
but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada
an yang sebenarnya terjadi
ex I was a boy
if I were a bird
I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc
ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung
(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya
bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi
manusia
Main Clause
a Past Future
Should would + stem
b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu
Could might + Stem
If Clause Main Clause
Simple Past
Past
FuturecouldMight
If you studied hard
If it rained
If you agreed
If you didnrsquot know the
meaning of word
if All didnrsquot change his
bhaviour
If I were rich
You would get good
marks
We should postphone
our picnic
You could wait here
You might use you
dictionary
The teacher would
punish him
I should by you a car
Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias
dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan
Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car
Were I rich I should buy you a car
macr If he were not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Were he not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang
Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present
conditionals)
a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya
Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals
type 2 jika tense Present Group
macr Present Tense
macr Present Continous Tense
macr Present Perfect Tense
macr Present Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause
Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause
c Mengembalikan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative
dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
d Hindari penggunaan was
ex
(-) (+)
All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam
Syarat hasil
If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam
(+) (-)
People donrsquot ring me up because my number
is not in the directory
(hasil) (syarat)
People would ring me up if my number were in
the directory
(+) (+)
e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -
could pada Main Clause
ex
We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a
fire
If we got matches we could light a fire
f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak
an might
ex
Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the
cold so much
If he were not thin he might not feel the cold
so much
3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)
Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu
(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)
Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki
an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past
S + V Past tense
S + were + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 22 -
- Fokus
Fakta (past Group)
Penggandaian
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle
Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat
berbentuk
Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle
Past If Clause Main Clause
Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect
Couldmight Perfect
I you had studied hard
If it had rained
If you had agreed
If you had studied not
known the meaning of
words
If Ali had not changed
his behaviour
If I had been rich
You would have got
good marks
We should have
postphoned our picnic
You could have waited
here
You might have used
your dictionary
The teacher would have
punished him
I should have bought
you a car
Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had
ke depan
Ex
- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car
Had been rich I should have boughtyou car
- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Had you not known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang
Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )
a Menentukan tense dari fakta
Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3
jika tense-nya Past Group
- Past tense
- Past Continous Tense
macr Past Perfect Tense
macr Past Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)
Hasil (Main Clause)
c Memutar balikkan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus
negative dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
(-) (+)
All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed
Syarat hasil
If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would
not have fall
(-) (+)
I had no map I got lost
If I had had map I would not have got lost
a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan
gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan
could have + verb past participle pada main
clause
We couldnrsquot get into the house because the
hasil
police forbade us
syarat
We could have got into the house if the
police had not forbidden us
b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan
Might + have + Verb Past Participle
Ex
The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at
first
Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it
If the champion had taken the fight seriously at
first he might no have lost it
Contoh Soal
1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home
A Shall stay D stay
B Should stay E Stayed
C Stay
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 23 -
2 If I were youI _____ that book
A Would buy
B Will buy
C Buy
D bought
E Will not buy
3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger
A Would die
B died
C Will die
D Will have died
E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet
him
4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him
A If he come today I can meet him
B If he had come today I could have met him
C If he came today I could meet him
D If I met him today I could come
E If I had met him He could have come today
E-9
- SUBJUNCTIVE
- CONCORDANCE
SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan
yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan
datang
Ex
Long live the queen
God bless you
Heaven help you
Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini
(Present)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
+ S + V2
As Though
Example
- He always speaks as thought he were the
superior
- He dresses as if he were an officer
- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang
terjadi saat ini (Present)
Wish
If only + S + V2
Would rather
Example
He is sick so he is not able to come
- He wishes he came
If only he came
She would rather he came
The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance
- The students wish the teacher explained in
detail
If only the teacher explained in detail
The student would rather the teacher explained
in detail
Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past
(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu
(past)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
S + had + V3
As Though
Example
- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost
- He acted as thought he had been an actor
yesterday
- He talks about rome as if he had been there
once
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang
terjadi dahulu ( Past)
Wishedwishes
If only + S + had + V3
Would rather
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 24 -
The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday
- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test
- If only the teacher had given us a test
- We would rather teacher had given us a test
Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it
- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the
game
- If only Budi had taken part at the game
- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game
Tina was absent to the meeting last night
- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to
the meeting last night
- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting
last night
- Tina would rather she had not been absent to
the meeting last night
Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator
(A) Was (D) is
(B) Had been (E) had
(C) were
2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the
homework
(A) did (D) was doing
(B) had done (E) do
(C) have done
3 He acted as if he ______ill
(A) were (D) is
(B) was (E) have
(C) had been
4 Choose the correct ones
(1) I would rather he went to Medan now
(2) If only he had joined the last lecture
(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty
(4) She wishes she picked her mother up
5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately
my watch stops now
(A) told (D) tell
(B) had told (E) telling
(C) have told
bull CONCORDE
PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam
kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung
kepada subyek
Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja
juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek
singular kata kerja harus singular
BENTUK-BENTUK
1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan
ldquodengan
and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(Plural Subjek) ex
- Bob and Badu are here
- He and his friends have arrived
- Fire and water donrsquot agree
Kecuali
a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang
atau benda yang sama
ex
- The orator and stateman is dead
- The captain and adjutant was present
- My friend and benefactor has come
b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini
ex
- Bread and milk is his only food
- Slow and steady wins the race
- The horse and carriage is at the door
c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every
dan each
- Every boy and girl was ready
- Every woman man and child was lost
2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh
a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip
- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek
terakhir
- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch
- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant
masters were present
- Rama or his brother have done this
- Either he boy or parents have arrend
b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip
Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek
pertama
ex
- The chief with all his men was massacred
- John as well as james deserves pralse
- Justiceas well as mercy allows it
3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja
tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu
kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(pural) jika dilihat secara individu
ex
- The council has shosen its presuden
- The military were called out
- The crew was large
- The crew was taken prisoners
- A number of interesting suggestions have
been made
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 25 -
4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti
atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal
ex
- Each of his sisters is clever
- Neither of the men was very tall
- The quality of mangoes was not good
Contoh Soal
1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt
(A) was (D) am
(B) were (E) are
(C) has
2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India
(A) is (D) were
(B) am (E) has
(C) are
3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping
(A) are (D) is
(B) were (E) am
(C) was
4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate
(A) was (D) are
(B) is (E) has
(C) Am
5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry
(A) like (D) are liking
(B) likes (E) was liking
(C) is liking
E-10
REPORTED SPEECH
Pengertian
Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect
speech
DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara
INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung
kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali
Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau
pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan
beberapa perubahan
a Pronoun
Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -
maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-
han kalimat
b Keteranngan waktu
Direct Indirect
now
today
tomorrow
yesterday
tonight
last night
last ago
next
then
that day
the following day
the previous day
the following night
the previous night
the previous
the following
Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu
berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -
oleh Every
c Tenses
Direct Indirect
Present Tense
PresCont
Pres Perfect
Pres Perf Con
Past Tense
Future Tense
Future Cont
Future Perf
Past Tense
Past Cont
Past Perfect
Past Perf Con
Past Perfect
Past Future
Past F Con
PastF Perf
Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction
dalam Past
Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika
introduction dalam present
Present Past
Say
Will say
Have said
Said
Would say
Had said
d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda
kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya
e Keterangan lain
Direct Indirect
this
these
here
that
those
there
Reported Speech terdiri atas
A Statement
B Imperative
C Interrogative
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 26 -
Reported Speech
a Statement
Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect
selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak
digunakan
Contoh
PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT
Jack said My sisters learning to cook now
Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then
PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE
Bob said I come to school by bus every morning
Bob said that he came to school by bus every
morning
PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT
Tini said My uncle has bought a new car
Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car
PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON
Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for
half an hour here
Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for
half an hour there
PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT
Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt
herself
Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot
hurt herself
SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE
Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow
Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old
the following day
FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT
Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with
my friend this time tomorrow
Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis
with his friend this time the following day
Bob said I must go to bed early
Bob said he had to go bed early
Jack said My father can drive a car
Jack said his father could drive a car
Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon
Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon
The teacher told us you have to finish your
exercise at home
The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise
at home
b Imperative
Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan
kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak
tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga
kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive
Contoh
I said to Bob Open the window please
I asked Bob to Open the window
The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us
at once
The angry workmen asked the manager to pay
them at once
Badu said to Budi Please lend me your
dictionary
Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary
The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise
books and put them on my table
The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise
books and put them on his table
Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan
sebelum to
The mother said to her children Donrsquot play
with fire
The mother asked her children not to play with
fire
The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot
get off the bus while it is going
The bus conductor told the passengers not to get
off the bus while it was going
Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night
without your cout
Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night
without her coat
The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a
lot of noise
The teacher told the student not to make a lot of
noise
Statement
Imperative
Interro
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 16 -
()
Is the butter is kept here hellip
Is Budi played the guitar hellip
2 Present Continous Tense
(+)
A They are repairing the bridge
B The bridge is being repaired
A The man is supervising me
P Iam being supervised by hellip
(-)
A The thief is climbing the wall when the
Police saw him
P the wall is being climbed by the thief when
the police saw
The bridge isnrsquot being repaired I am not be-
ing supervised hellip
()
Is the bridge being repaired helliphellip
Are you being supervised helliphellip
3 Present Perfect Tense
(+)
A Tuti has written two letters
P Two letters have been written
A He has don the work well
P The work has been donehellip
(-)
Two letters have not been written
The work has not been done hellip
()
Have two letters been written
Has the work been done by him
5 John ___ in prison for two months by and of this
year
(1) Will stay
(2) Will have been staying
(3) Will be staying
(4) Will be stayed
E-7
- PASSIVE VOICE
- IMPERSONAL IT
PASSIVE VOICE
Adalah kalimat dimana subjek bukan
pelaku cerita atau dikenal pekerjaan
Passive hanya memiliki satu jenis kata
kerjayakni kata kerja transitive dimana ia butuh
objek untuk membuat suatu kalimat dan objek
merupakan pokok kaliamt dari sebuah kalimat
pasif
Bentuk
To be + V3
Seperti juga kalimat aktif kalimat pasiv juga
mengikuti tense dalam artian terdapat tense untuk
kalimat pasiv mis present past dan futureBerikut
ini bentuk kalimat pasiv dengan tense yang
diiutinya
1 Present tense
(+)
A We keep the butter here
P The butter is kept here
A Budi plays the guitar at night
P The guitar is played by budi
A The teacher teaches the pupils
P The pupils are taught by hellip
(-)
The butter is kept here hellip
The guitar is not played hellip
S + isamare + V3
S + isamare + not + V3
isamare + S + V3
S + isamare + being + V3
S + Isamare + not + being + V3
Isamare + S + being + V3
S + hashave + been + V3
S + hashave + not + been +V3
hashave + S + been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 17 -
1 4 Past Tense
(+)
A The bad boys broke the windows
P The windows were were broken by
A The farmer hit the snake
P The snake was hit by
(-)
The windows were not broken
The snake was not hit
()
Were the windows were broken by
Was the snake hit by
5 Past Continous Tense
(+)
A They were taking the injured player out of the
Field
P the injured player were being taken by them
6 Past Perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came
P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -
Badu came
A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest
arrived
P The meal had been prepared by the mother -
When the guest arrived
7 Future Tense
(+)
A He will meet you at the station
P You will be met by him
A Budi will lend me his book
P I shall be lent by
()
Will you be met by him
Will you be lent by
8 To be going to
(+)
A We are going to hoid a party
P A party is going to be held hellip
A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -
Nts
P The lazy students are going to be punished by-
The teacher
9 Future Perfect Tense
S + shallwill + have + been + V3
A They will have elected new president in five
Years
P New President will have been elected in five
years
A IPTN will have produced war planes by the
year of 2000
P War planes will have been produced by IPTN
by
10 Past Future
(+)
A if it rained We should postphone our picnic
P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned
A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher
would punish him
P if all didnt change his behaviour he would
be punished by the teacher
11 Past Puture Perfect
(+)
A If you had studied hard you would have got
good marks
P If you had studied hard good marks would
have been got by you
A If the goverment had not made mistake the
judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent
to prison
P If the goverment had not made mistake
Sophia Laurent would not have the judge
would not have beensent to prison by the
judge
S + waswere + V3
S + waswere + not + V3
waswere + S+ V3
S + waswere + being + V3
S + shallwill + be + V3
Will shall + S + be + V3
S + isamare + going to + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 18 -
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
12 Modals
S + modals + be + V3
Modals can hellip hellipcould
may helliphellip might
must hellip
has to hellip had to
have to hellip had to
ought to
should
A you must shut these doors
P These doors must be shut
A You ought to open the windows
P The windows ought to be opened
A They should told him
P He should be told by them
A He has to drive me home
P I have to be driven by him hellip
13 Modals With The Perfect Tense
S + modals + have + been + V3
A The girl must have watered the flowers when I
saw her
P The flowers must have been watered by the girl
when hellip
A I could have asked somebody to carry that
box
P Somebody could have been asked to carry
That box by me
A The teacher might have told the story when
I was absent
P The story might have been told by the teacher
story when I was absent
Contoh Soal
1 Most scientific book ___ in English
(A) Are printing (D) has been printed
(B) Are print (E) are printed
(C) Is print
2 America ______ four hundred years ago
A discovered
B will be discovered
C had discovered
D was discovered
E was being discovered
3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister
A will be driven
B has be driven
C is driven
D was driven
E will be being driven
4He sald the several plans ___
A were being
B were been
C has been
D are been
E had being
5The food _____ several hours before the guast
arrived
A were cook
B had cooking
C has cook
D were cooked
E had been cooked
IMPERSONAL IT
PENGERTIAN
It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal
pronoun
APLIKASI
1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan
- distance
contoh
it is a long way to London
It is about two kilometers reach the post of -
fice
- time
Contoh
What time is it
It is four orsquoclock
- condition
Contoh
It is cold outside
It is warm inside
2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya
- Gerund
Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 19 -
kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it
Going on appears no good
It appears no good going on - To infinitive
Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem
patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-
nya digantikan oleh it
To say is easy
It is easy to say
- That clause
Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas
That they will have to go seem a pity
It seems a pity that willhave to go
3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya
- To infinitive
Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it
diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja
seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu
merupakan obyek bukan subyek
Contoh
We consider to cheat is wrong
We consider it wrong to cheat
- That clause
Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause
Contoh
We think that they didnt try is a pity
We think it a pity that he didnt try
Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to
infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu
menyebabkan hilangnya that
Contoh
People believe that to be polite is important
People believe it important tobe polite
Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh
it antara lain
- Believe - know
- Consider - realize
- Declare - snow
- Find - suppose
- Guees - take
- Imagine - think
- Understand
Contoh Soal
1 Step inside ____ outside
(A) There is cold
(B) Itrsquos cold
(C) Cold
(D) It
(E) It cold
2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep
(A) It is
(B) It will be
(C) It was
(D) It
(E) It should be
3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house
in a week
(A) It
(B) It be
(C) It is
(D) There is
(E) There be
4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other
word
(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson
(B) it difficult understand the lesson
(C) its difficult understand the lesson
(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson
(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson
5 _____ right for us to obey our parents
(A) there is
(B) there are
(C) there has
(D) it is
(E) it has
E-8
CONDITIONALS
Secara harfiah conditionals dapat
diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-
kalimat yang terdiri dari
1 syarat prasyarat
2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi
Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan
tercermin pada main clause
- hasil
- syarat
Conditional
Main clause
If clause
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 20 -
Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang
diawali if
Posisi
If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main
clause
If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip
If Clause I Clause
Atau
S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip
Main Clause I Clause
1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)
- Fungsi
Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan
terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type
ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-
nan
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present
Tense ini terdiri atas
a
b
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future
Bentuknya ialah
Shallwill + Stem
Shall hellip IWe
Will hellip He She It
You They
Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -
conditionals pada main clause
If clause Main Clause
Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)
If you study hard
If it rains
If you agree
If you dont know the
meaning of words
If all doesnt change
his behaviour
If I am rich
You will pass the exam
We shall postpone our
picnic
You can wait here
You may use your
Dictionary
The teacher will punish
him
I shall buy you a car
Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan
sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative
Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif
middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot
give it again
Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot
give it again
Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari
middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals
Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah
Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause
WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem
Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change
his behaviour hellip
2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi
sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan
dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan
untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut
Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition
Present
- Fokus
fakta (present Group)
Pengandalan
- Bentuk
If Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past
Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk
S + StemVerbV
S + isamare + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 21 -
a
b
Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise
but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada
an yang sebenarnya terjadi
ex I was a boy
if I were a bird
I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc
ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung
(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya
bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi
manusia
Main Clause
a Past Future
Should would + stem
b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu
Could might + Stem
If Clause Main Clause
Simple Past
Past
FuturecouldMight
If you studied hard
If it rained
If you agreed
If you didnrsquot know the
meaning of word
if All didnrsquot change his
bhaviour
If I were rich
You would get good
marks
We should postphone
our picnic
You could wait here
You might use you
dictionary
The teacher would
punish him
I should by you a car
Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias
dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan
Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car
Were I rich I should buy you a car
macr If he were not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Were he not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang
Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present
conditionals)
a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya
Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals
type 2 jika tense Present Group
macr Present Tense
macr Present Continous Tense
macr Present Perfect Tense
macr Present Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause
Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause
c Mengembalikan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative
dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
d Hindari penggunaan was
ex
(-) (+)
All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam
Syarat hasil
If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam
(+) (-)
People donrsquot ring me up because my number
is not in the directory
(hasil) (syarat)
People would ring me up if my number were in
the directory
(+) (+)
e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -
could pada Main Clause
ex
We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a
fire
If we got matches we could light a fire
f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak
an might
ex
Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the
cold so much
If he were not thin he might not feel the cold
so much
3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)
Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu
(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)
Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki
an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past
S + V Past tense
S + were + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 22 -
- Fokus
Fakta (past Group)
Penggandaian
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle
Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat
berbentuk
Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle
Past If Clause Main Clause
Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect
Couldmight Perfect
I you had studied hard
If it had rained
If you had agreed
If you had studied not
known the meaning of
words
If Ali had not changed
his behaviour
If I had been rich
You would have got
good marks
We should have
postphoned our picnic
You could have waited
here
You might have used
your dictionary
The teacher would have
punished him
I should have bought
you a car
Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had
ke depan
Ex
- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car
Had been rich I should have boughtyou car
- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Had you not known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang
Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )
a Menentukan tense dari fakta
Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3
jika tense-nya Past Group
- Past tense
- Past Continous Tense
macr Past Perfect Tense
macr Past Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)
Hasil (Main Clause)
c Memutar balikkan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus
negative dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
(-) (+)
All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed
Syarat hasil
If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would
not have fall
(-) (+)
I had no map I got lost
If I had had map I would not have got lost
a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan
gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan
could have + verb past participle pada main
clause
We couldnrsquot get into the house because the
hasil
police forbade us
syarat
We could have got into the house if the
police had not forbidden us
b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan
Might + have + Verb Past Participle
Ex
The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at
first
Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it
If the champion had taken the fight seriously at
first he might no have lost it
Contoh Soal
1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home
A Shall stay D stay
B Should stay E Stayed
C Stay
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 23 -
2 If I were youI _____ that book
A Would buy
B Will buy
C Buy
D bought
E Will not buy
3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger
A Would die
B died
C Will die
D Will have died
E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet
him
4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him
A If he come today I can meet him
B If he had come today I could have met him
C If he came today I could meet him
D If I met him today I could come
E If I had met him He could have come today
E-9
- SUBJUNCTIVE
- CONCORDANCE
SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan
yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan
datang
Ex
Long live the queen
God bless you
Heaven help you
Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini
(Present)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
+ S + V2
As Though
Example
- He always speaks as thought he were the
superior
- He dresses as if he were an officer
- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang
terjadi saat ini (Present)
Wish
If only + S + V2
Would rather
Example
He is sick so he is not able to come
- He wishes he came
If only he came
She would rather he came
The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance
- The students wish the teacher explained in
detail
If only the teacher explained in detail
The student would rather the teacher explained
in detail
Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past
(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu
(past)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
S + had + V3
As Though
Example
- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost
- He acted as thought he had been an actor
yesterday
- He talks about rome as if he had been there
once
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang
terjadi dahulu ( Past)
Wishedwishes
If only + S + had + V3
Would rather
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 24 -
The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday
- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test
- If only the teacher had given us a test
- We would rather teacher had given us a test
Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it
- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the
game
- If only Budi had taken part at the game
- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game
Tina was absent to the meeting last night
- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to
the meeting last night
- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting
last night
- Tina would rather she had not been absent to
the meeting last night
Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator
(A) Was (D) is
(B) Had been (E) had
(C) were
2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the
homework
(A) did (D) was doing
(B) had done (E) do
(C) have done
3 He acted as if he ______ill
(A) were (D) is
(B) was (E) have
(C) had been
4 Choose the correct ones
(1) I would rather he went to Medan now
(2) If only he had joined the last lecture
(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty
(4) She wishes she picked her mother up
5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately
my watch stops now
(A) told (D) tell
(B) had told (E) telling
(C) have told
bull CONCORDE
PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam
kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung
kepada subyek
Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja
juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek
singular kata kerja harus singular
BENTUK-BENTUK
1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan
ldquodengan
and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(Plural Subjek) ex
- Bob and Badu are here
- He and his friends have arrived
- Fire and water donrsquot agree
Kecuali
a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang
atau benda yang sama
ex
- The orator and stateman is dead
- The captain and adjutant was present
- My friend and benefactor has come
b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini
ex
- Bread and milk is his only food
- Slow and steady wins the race
- The horse and carriage is at the door
c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every
dan each
- Every boy and girl was ready
- Every woman man and child was lost
2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh
a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip
- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek
terakhir
- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch
- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant
masters were present
- Rama or his brother have done this
- Either he boy or parents have arrend
b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip
Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek
pertama
ex
- The chief with all his men was massacred
- John as well as james deserves pralse
- Justiceas well as mercy allows it
3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja
tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu
kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(pural) jika dilihat secara individu
ex
- The council has shosen its presuden
- The military were called out
- The crew was large
- The crew was taken prisoners
- A number of interesting suggestions have
been made
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 25 -
4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti
atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal
ex
- Each of his sisters is clever
- Neither of the men was very tall
- The quality of mangoes was not good
Contoh Soal
1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt
(A) was (D) am
(B) were (E) are
(C) has
2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India
(A) is (D) were
(B) am (E) has
(C) are
3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping
(A) are (D) is
(B) were (E) am
(C) was
4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate
(A) was (D) are
(B) is (E) has
(C) Am
5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry
(A) like (D) are liking
(B) likes (E) was liking
(C) is liking
E-10
REPORTED SPEECH
Pengertian
Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect
speech
DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara
INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung
kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali
Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau
pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan
beberapa perubahan
a Pronoun
Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -
maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-
han kalimat
b Keteranngan waktu
Direct Indirect
now
today
tomorrow
yesterday
tonight
last night
last ago
next
then
that day
the following day
the previous day
the following night
the previous night
the previous
the following
Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu
berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -
oleh Every
c Tenses
Direct Indirect
Present Tense
PresCont
Pres Perfect
Pres Perf Con
Past Tense
Future Tense
Future Cont
Future Perf
Past Tense
Past Cont
Past Perfect
Past Perf Con
Past Perfect
Past Future
Past F Con
PastF Perf
Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction
dalam Past
Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika
introduction dalam present
Present Past
Say
Will say
Have said
Said
Would say
Had said
d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda
kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya
e Keterangan lain
Direct Indirect
this
these
here
that
those
there
Reported Speech terdiri atas
A Statement
B Imperative
C Interrogative
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 26 -
Reported Speech
a Statement
Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect
selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak
digunakan
Contoh
PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT
Jack said My sisters learning to cook now
Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then
PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE
Bob said I come to school by bus every morning
Bob said that he came to school by bus every
morning
PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT
Tini said My uncle has bought a new car
Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car
PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON
Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for
half an hour here
Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for
half an hour there
PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT
Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt
herself
Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot
hurt herself
SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE
Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow
Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old
the following day
FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT
Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with
my friend this time tomorrow
Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis
with his friend this time the following day
Bob said I must go to bed early
Bob said he had to go bed early
Jack said My father can drive a car
Jack said his father could drive a car
Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon
Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon
The teacher told us you have to finish your
exercise at home
The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise
at home
b Imperative
Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan
kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak
tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga
kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive
Contoh
I said to Bob Open the window please
I asked Bob to Open the window
The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us
at once
The angry workmen asked the manager to pay
them at once
Badu said to Budi Please lend me your
dictionary
Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary
The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise
books and put them on my table
The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise
books and put them on his table
Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan
sebelum to
The mother said to her children Donrsquot play
with fire
The mother asked her children not to play with
fire
The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot
get off the bus while it is going
The bus conductor told the passengers not to get
off the bus while it was going
Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night
without your cout
Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night
without her coat
The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a
lot of noise
The teacher told the student not to make a lot of
noise
Statement
Imperative
Interro
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 17 -
1 4 Past Tense
(+)
A The bad boys broke the windows
P The windows were were broken by
A The farmer hit the snake
P The snake was hit by
(-)
The windows were not broken
The snake was not hit
()
Were the windows were broken by
Was the snake hit by
5 Past Continous Tense
(+)
A They were taking the injured player out of the
Field
P the injured player were being taken by them
6 Past Perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
A Ani had watered the flowers when Badu came
P The flowers had been watered by Ani when -
Badu came
A Mother had prepared the meal when the guest
arrived
P The meal had been prepared by the mother -
When the guest arrived
7 Future Tense
(+)
A He will meet you at the station
P You will be met by him
A Budi will lend me his book
P I shall be lent by
()
Will you be met by him
Will you be lent by
8 To be going to
(+)
A We are going to hoid a party
P A party is going to be held hellip
A the teacher is going to punish the lazy stude -
Nts
P The lazy students are going to be punished by-
The teacher
9 Future Perfect Tense
S + shallwill + have + been + V3
A They will have elected new president in five
Years
P New President will have been elected in five
years
A IPTN will have produced war planes by the
year of 2000
P War planes will have been produced by IPTN
by
10 Past Future
(+)
A if it rained We should postphone our picnic
P if it rained our picnic would be postphoned
A if all didnt change his behaviour the teacher
would punish him
P if all didnt change his behaviour he would
be punished by the teacher
11 Past Puture Perfect
(+)
A If you had studied hard you would have got
good marks
P If you had studied hard good marks would
have been got by you
A If the goverment had not made mistake the
judge would not have sent Sophia Laurent
to prison
P If the goverment had not made mistake
Sophia Laurent would not have the judge
would not have beensent to prison by the
judge
S + waswere + V3
S + waswere + not + V3
waswere + S+ V3
S + waswere + being + V3
S + shallwill + be + V3
Will shall + S + be + V3
S + isamare + going to + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + be + V3
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 18 -
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
12 Modals
S + modals + be + V3
Modals can hellip hellipcould
may helliphellip might
must hellip
has to hellip had to
have to hellip had to
ought to
should
A you must shut these doors
P These doors must be shut
A You ought to open the windows
P The windows ought to be opened
A They should told him
P He should be told by them
A He has to drive me home
P I have to be driven by him hellip
13 Modals With The Perfect Tense
S + modals + have + been + V3
A The girl must have watered the flowers when I
saw her
P The flowers must have been watered by the girl
when hellip
A I could have asked somebody to carry that
box
P Somebody could have been asked to carry
That box by me
A The teacher might have told the story when
I was absent
P The story might have been told by the teacher
story when I was absent
Contoh Soal
1 Most scientific book ___ in English
(A) Are printing (D) has been printed
(B) Are print (E) are printed
(C) Is print
2 America ______ four hundred years ago
A discovered
B will be discovered
C had discovered
D was discovered
E was being discovered
3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister
A will be driven
B has be driven
C is driven
D was driven
E will be being driven
4He sald the several plans ___
A were being
B were been
C has been
D are been
E had being
5The food _____ several hours before the guast
arrived
A were cook
B had cooking
C has cook
D were cooked
E had been cooked
IMPERSONAL IT
PENGERTIAN
It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal
pronoun
APLIKASI
1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan
- distance
contoh
it is a long way to London
It is about two kilometers reach the post of -
fice
- time
Contoh
What time is it
It is four orsquoclock
- condition
Contoh
It is cold outside
It is warm inside
2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya
- Gerund
Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 19 -
kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it
Going on appears no good
It appears no good going on - To infinitive
Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem
patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-
nya digantikan oleh it
To say is easy
It is easy to say
- That clause
Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas
That they will have to go seem a pity
It seems a pity that willhave to go
3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya
- To infinitive
Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it
diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja
seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu
merupakan obyek bukan subyek
Contoh
We consider to cheat is wrong
We consider it wrong to cheat
- That clause
Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause
Contoh
We think that they didnt try is a pity
We think it a pity that he didnt try
Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to
infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu
menyebabkan hilangnya that
Contoh
People believe that to be polite is important
People believe it important tobe polite
Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh
it antara lain
- Believe - know
- Consider - realize
- Declare - snow
- Find - suppose
- Guees - take
- Imagine - think
- Understand
Contoh Soal
1 Step inside ____ outside
(A) There is cold
(B) Itrsquos cold
(C) Cold
(D) It
(E) It cold
2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep
(A) It is
(B) It will be
(C) It was
(D) It
(E) It should be
3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house
in a week
(A) It
(B) It be
(C) It is
(D) There is
(E) There be
4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other
word
(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson
(B) it difficult understand the lesson
(C) its difficult understand the lesson
(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson
(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson
5 _____ right for us to obey our parents
(A) there is
(B) there are
(C) there has
(D) it is
(E) it has
E-8
CONDITIONALS
Secara harfiah conditionals dapat
diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-
kalimat yang terdiri dari
1 syarat prasyarat
2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi
Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan
tercermin pada main clause
- hasil
- syarat
Conditional
Main clause
If clause
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 20 -
Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang
diawali if
Posisi
If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main
clause
If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip
If Clause I Clause
Atau
S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip
Main Clause I Clause
1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)
- Fungsi
Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan
terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type
ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-
nan
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present
Tense ini terdiri atas
a
b
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future
Bentuknya ialah
Shallwill + Stem
Shall hellip IWe
Will hellip He She It
You They
Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -
conditionals pada main clause
If clause Main Clause
Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)
If you study hard
If it rains
If you agree
If you dont know the
meaning of words
If all doesnt change
his behaviour
If I am rich
You will pass the exam
We shall postpone our
picnic
You can wait here
You may use your
Dictionary
The teacher will punish
him
I shall buy you a car
Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan
sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative
Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif
middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot
give it again
Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot
give it again
Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari
middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals
Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah
Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause
WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem
Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change
his behaviour hellip
2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi
sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan
dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan
untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut
Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition
Present
- Fokus
fakta (present Group)
Pengandalan
- Bentuk
If Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past
Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk
S + StemVerbV
S + isamare + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 21 -
a
b
Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise
but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada
an yang sebenarnya terjadi
ex I was a boy
if I were a bird
I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc
ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung
(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya
bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi
manusia
Main Clause
a Past Future
Should would + stem
b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu
Could might + Stem
If Clause Main Clause
Simple Past
Past
FuturecouldMight
If you studied hard
If it rained
If you agreed
If you didnrsquot know the
meaning of word
if All didnrsquot change his
bhaviour
If I were rich
You would get good
marks
We should postphone
our picnic
You could wait here
You might use you
dictionary
The teacher would
punish him
I should by you a car
Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias
dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan
Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car
Were I rich I should buy you a car
macr If he were not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Were he not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang
Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present
conditionals)
a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya
Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals
type 2 jika tense Present Group
macr Present Tense
macr Present Continous Tense
macr Present Perfect Tense
macr Present Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause
Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause
c Mengembalikan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative
dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
d Hindari penggunaan was
ex
(-) (+)
All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam
Syarat hasil
If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam
(+) (-)
People donrsquot ring me up because my number
is not in the directory
(hasil) (syarat)
People would ring me up if my number were in
the directory
(+) (+)
e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -
could pada Main Clause
ex
We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a
fire
If we got matches we could light a fire
f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak
an might
ex
Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the
cold so much
If he were not thin he might not feel the cold
so much
3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)
Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu
(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)
Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki
an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past
S + V Past tense
S + were + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 22 -
- Fokus
Fakta (past Group)
Penggandaian
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle
Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat
berbentuk
Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle
Past If Clause Main Clause
Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect
Couldmight Perfect
I you had studied hard
If it had rained
If you had agreed
If you had studied not
known the meaning of
words
If Ali had not changed
his behaviour
If I had been rich
You would have got
good marks
We should have
postphoned our picnic
You could have waited
here
You might have used
your dictionary
The teacher would have
punished him
I should have bought
you a car
Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had
ke depan
Ex
- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car
Had been rich I should have boughtyou car
- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Had you not known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang
Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )
a Menentukan tense dari fakta
Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3
jika tense-nya Past Group
- Past tense
- Past Continous Tense
macr Past Perfect Tense
macr Past Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)
Hasil (Main Clause)
c Memutar balikkan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus
negative dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
(-) (+)
All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed
Syarat hasil
If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would
not have fall
(-) (+)
I had no map I got lost
If I had had map I would not have got lost
a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan
gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan
could have + verb past participle pada main
clause
We couldnrsquot get into the house because the
hasil
police forbade us
syarat
We could have got into the house if the
police had not forbidden us
b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan
Might + have + Verb Past Participle
Ex
The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at
first
Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it
If the champion had taken the fight seriously at
first he might no have lost it
Contoh Soal
1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home
A Shall stay D stay
B Should stay E Stayed
C Stay
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 23 -
2 If I were youI _____ that book
A Would buy
B Will buy
C Buy
D bought
E Will not buy
3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger
A Would die
B died
C Will die
D Will have died
E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet
him
4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him
A If he come today I can meet him
B If he had come today I could have met him
C If he came today I could meet him
D If I met him today I could come
E If I had met him He could have come today
E-9
- SUBJUNCTIVE
- CONCORDANCE
SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan
yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan
datang
Ex
Long live the queen
God bless you
Heaven help you
Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini
(Present)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
+ S + V2
As Though
Example
- He always speaks as thought he were the
superior
- He dresses as if he were an officer
- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang
terjadi saat ini (Present)
Wish
If only + S + V2
Would rather
Example
He is sick so he is not able to come
- He wishes he came
If only he came
She would rather he came
The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance
- The students wish the teacher explained in
detail
If only the teacher explained in detail
The student would rather the teacher explained
in detail
Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past
(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu
(past)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
S + had + V3
As Though
Example
- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost
- He acted as thought he had been an actor
yesterday
- He talks about rome as if he had been there
once
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang
terjadi dahulu ( Past)
Wishedwishes
If only + S + had + V3
Would rather
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 24 -
The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday
- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test
- If only the teacher had given us a test
- We would rather teacher had given us a test
Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it
- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the
game
- If only Budi had taken part at the game
- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game
Tina was absent to the meeting last night
- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to
the meeting last night
- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting
last night
- Tina would rather she had not been absent to
the meeting last night
Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator
(A) Was (D) is
(B) Had been (E) had
(C) were
2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the
homework
(A) did (D) was doing
(B) had done (E) do
(C) have done
3 He acted as if he ______ill
(A) were (D) is
(B) was (E) have
(C) had been
4 Choose the correct ones
(1) I would rather he went to Medan now
(2) If only he had joined the last lecture
(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty
(4) She wishes she picked her mother up
5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately
my watch stops now
(A) told (D) tell
(B) had told (E) telling
(C) have told
bull CONCORDE
PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam
kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung
kepada subyek
Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja
juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek
singular kata kerja harus singular
BENTUK-BENTUK
1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan
ldquodengan
and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(Plural Subjek) ex
- Bob and Badu are here
- He and his friends have arrived
- Fire and water donrsquot agree
Kecuali
a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang
atau benda yang sama
ex
- The orator and stateman is dead
- The captain and adjutant was present
- My friend and benefactor has come
b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini
ex
- Bread and milk is his only food
- Slow and steady wins the race
- The horse and carriage is at the door
c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every
dan each
- Every boy and girl was ready
- Every woman man and child was lost
2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh
a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip
- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek
terakhir
- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch
- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant
masters were present
- Rama or his brother have done this
- Either he boy or parents have arrend
b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip
Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek
pertama
ex
- The chief with all his men was massacred
- John as well as james deserves pralse
- Justiceas well as mercy allows it
3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja
tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu
kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(pural) jika dilihat secara individu
ex
- The council has shosen its presuden
- The military were called out
- The crew was large
- The crew was taken prisoners
- A number of interesting suggestions have
been made
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 25 -
4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti
atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal
ex
- Each of his sisters is clever
- Neither of the men was very tall
- The quality of mangoes was not good
Contoh Soal
1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt
(A) was (D) am
(B) were (E) are
(C) has
2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India
(A) is (D) were
(B) am (E) has
(C) are
3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping
(A) are (D) is
(B) were (E) am
(C) was
4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate
(A) was (D) are
(B) is (E) has
(C) Am
5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry
(A) like (D) are liking
(B) likes (E) was liking
(C) is liking
E-10
REPORTED SPEECH
Pengertian
Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect
speech
DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara
INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung
kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali
Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau
pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan
beberapa perubahan
a Pronoun
Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -
maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-
han kalimat
b Keteranngan waktu
Direct Indirect
now
today
tomorrow
yesterday
tonight
last night
last ago
next
then
that day
the following day
the previous day
the following night
the previous night
the previous
the following
Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu
berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -
oleh Every
c Tenses
Direct Indirect
Present Tense
PresCont
Pres Perfect
Pres Perf Con
Past Tense
Future Tense
Future Cont
Future Perf
Past Tense
Past Cont
Past Perfect
Past Perf Con
Past Perfect
Past Future
Past F Con
PastF Perf
Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction
dalam Past
Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika
introduction dalam present
Present Past
Say
Will say
Have said
Said
Would say
Had said
d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda
kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya
e Keterangan lain
Direct Indirect
this
these
here
that
those
there
Reported Speech terdiri atas
A Statement
B Imperative
C Interrogative
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 26 -
Reported Speech
a Statement
Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect
selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak
digunakan
Contoh
PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT
Jack said My sisters learning to cook now
Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then
PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE
Bob said I come to school by bus every morning
Bob said that he came to school by bus every
morning
PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT
Tini said My uncle has bought a new car
Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car
PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON
Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for
half an hour here
Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for
half an hour there
PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT
Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt
herself
Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot
hurt herself
SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE
Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow
Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old
the following day
FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT
Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with
my friend this time tomorrow
Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis
with his friend this time the following day
Bob said I must go to bed early
Bob said he had to go bed early
Jack said My father can drive a car
Jack said his father could drive a car
Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon
Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon
The teacher told us you have to finish your
exercise at home
The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise
at home
b Imperative
Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan
kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak
tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga
kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive
Contoh
I said to Bob Open the window please
I asked Bob to Open the window
The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us
at once
The angry workmen asked the manager to pay
them at once
Badu said to Budi Please lend me your
dictionary
Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary
The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise
books and put them on my table
The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise
books and put them on his table
Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan
sebelum to
The mother said to her children Donrsquot play
with fire
The mother asked her children not to play with
fire
The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot
get off the bus while it is going
The bus conductor told the passengers not to get
off the bus while it was going
Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night
without your cout
Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night
without her coat
The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a
lot of noise
The teacher told the student not to make a lot of
noise
Statement
Imperative
Interro
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 18 -
S + wuoldshould + have +been + V3
12 Modals
S + modals + be + V3
Modals can hellip hellipcould
may helliphellip might
must hellip
has to hellip had to
have to hellip had to
ought to
should
A you must shut these doors
P These doors must be shut
A You ought to open the windows
P The windows ought to be opened
A They should told him
P He should be told by them
A He has to drive me home
P I have to be driven by him hellip
13 Modals With The Perfect Tense
S + modals + have + been + V3
A The girl must have watered the flowers when I
saw her
P The flowers must have been watered by the girl
when hellip
A I could have asked somebody to carry that
box
P Somebody could have been asked to carry
That box by me
A The teacher might have told the story when
I was absent
P The story might have been told by the teacher
story when I was absent
Contoh Soal
1 Most scientific book ___ in English
(A) Are printing (D) has been printed
(B) Are print (E) are printed
(C) Is print
2 America ______ four hundred years ago
A discovered
B will be discovered
C had discovered
D was discovered
E was being discovered
3 Tomorrow the car ___ by my sister
A will be driven
B has be driven
C is driven
D was driven
E will be being driven
4He sald the several plans ___
A were being
B were been
C has been
D are been
E had being
5The food _____ several hours before the guast
arrived
A were cook
B had cooking
C has cook
D were cooked
E had been cooked
IMPERSONAL IT
PENGERTIAN
It yang bukan berfungsi sebagai personal
pronoun
APLIKASI
1 Digunakan untuk menyatakan
- distance
contoh
it is a long way to London
It is about two kilometers reach the post of -
fice
- time
Contoh
What time is it
It is four orsquoclock
- condition
Contoh
It is cold outside
It is warm inside
2Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang subyeknya
- Gerund
Dilakukan dengan meletakkan Gerund diakhir -
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 19 -
kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it
Going on appears no good
It appears no good going on - To infinitive
Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem
patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-
nya digantikan oleh it
To say is easy
It is easy to say
- That clause
Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas
That they will have to go seem a pity
It seems a pity that willhave to go
3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya
- To infinitive
Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it
diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja
seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu
merupakan obyek bukan subyek
Contoh
We consider to cheat is wrong
We consider it wrong to cheat
- That clause
Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause
Contoh
We think that they didnt try is a pity
We think it a pity that he didnt try
Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to
infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu
menyebabkan hilangnya that
Contoh
People believe that to be polite is important
People believe it important tobe polite
Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh
it antara lain
- Believe - know
- Consider - realize
- Declare - snow
- Find - suppose
- Guees - take
- Imagine - think
- Understand
Contoh Soal
1 Step inside ____ outside
(A) There is cold
(B) Itrsquos cold
(C) Cold
(D) It
(E) It cold
2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep
(A) It is
(B) It will be
(C) It was
(D) It
(E) It should be
3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house
in a week
(A) It
(B) It be
(C) It is
(D) There is
(E) There be
4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other
word
(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson
(B) it difficult understand the lesson
(C) its difficult understand the lesson
(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson
(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson
5 _____ right for us to obey our parents
(A) there is
(B) there are
(C) there has
(D) it is
(E) it has
E-8
CONDITIONALS
Secara harfiah conditionals dapat
diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-
kalimat yang terdiri dari
1 syarat prasyarat
2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi
Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan
tercermin pada main clause
- hasil
- syarat
Conditional
Main clause
If clause
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 20 -
Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang
diawali if
Posisi
If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main
clause
If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip
If Clause I Clause
Atau
S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip
Main Clause I Clause
1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)
- Fungsi
Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan
terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type
ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-
nan
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present
Tense ini terdiri atas
a
b
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future
Bentuknya ialah
Shallwill + Stem
Shall hellip IWe
Will hellip He She It
You They
Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -
conditionals pada main clause
If clause Main Clause
Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)
If you study hard
If it rains
If you agree
If you dont know the
meaning of words
If all doesnt change
his behaviour
If I am rich
You will pass the exam
We shall postpone our
picnic
You can wait here
You may use your
Dictionary
The teacher will punish
him
I shall buy you a car
Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan
sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative
Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif
middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot
give it again
Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot
give it again
Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari
middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals
Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah
Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause
WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem
Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change
his behaviour hellip
2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi
sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan
dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan
untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut
Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition
Present
- Fokus
fakta (present Group)
Pengandalan
- Bentuk
If Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past
Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk
S + StemVerbV
S + isamare + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 21 -
a
b
Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise
but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada
an yang sebenarnya terjadi
ex I was a boy
if I were a bird
I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc
ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung
(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya
bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi
manusia
Main Clause
a Past Future
Should would + stem
b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu
Could might + Stem
If Clause Main Clause
Simple Past
Past
FuturecouldMight
If you studied hard
If it rained
If you agreed
If you didnrsquot know the
meaning of word
if All didnrsquot change his
bhaviour
If I were rich
You would get good
marks
We should postphone
our picnic
You could wait here
You might use you
dictionary
The teacher would
punish him
I should by you a car
Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias
dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan
Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car
Were I rich I should buy you a car
macr If he were not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Were he not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang
Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present
conditionals)
a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya
Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals
type 2 jika tense Present Group
macr Present Tense
macr Present Continous Tense
macr Present Perfect Tense
macr Present Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause
Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause
c Mengembalikan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative
dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
d Hindari penggunaan was
ex
(-) (+)
All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam
Syarat hasil
If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam
(+) (-)
People donrsquot ring me up because my number
is not in the directory
(hasil) (syarat)
People would ring me up if my number were in
the directory
(+) (+)
e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -
could pada Main Clause
ex
We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a
fire
If we got matches we could light a fire
f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak
an might
ex
Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the
cold so much
If he were not thin he might not feel the cold
so much
3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)
Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu
(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)
Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki
an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past
S + V Past tense
S + were + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 22 -
- Fokus
Fakta (past Group)
Penggandaian
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle
Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat
berbentuk
Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle
Past If Clause Main Clause
Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect
Couldmight Perfect
I you had studied hard
If it had rained
If you had agreed
If you had studied not
known the meaning of
words
If Ali had not changed
his behaviour
If I had been rich
You would have got
good marks
We should have
postphoned our picnic
You could have waited
here
You might have used
your dictionary
The teacher would have
punished him
I should have bought
you a car
Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had
ke depan
Ex
- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car
Had been rich I should have boughtyou car
- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Had you not known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang
Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )
a Menentukan tense dari fakta
Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3
jika tense-nya Past Group
- Past tense
- Past Continous Tense
macr Past Perfect Tense
macr Past Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)
Hasil (Main Clause)
c Memutar balikkan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus
negative dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
(-) (+)
All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed
Syarat hasil
If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would
not have fall
(-) (+)
I had no map I got lost
If I had had map I would not have got lost
a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan
gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan
could have + verb past participle pada main
clause
We couldnrsquot get into the house because the
hasil
police forbade us
syarat
We could have got into the house if the
police had not forbidden us
b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan
Might + have + Verb Past Participle
Ex
The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at
first
Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it
If the champion had taken the fight seriously at
first he might no have lost it
Contoh Soal
1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home
A Shall stay D stay
B Should stay E Stayed
C Stay
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 23 -
2 If I were youI _____ that book
A Would buy
B Will buy
C Buy
D bought
E Will not buy
3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger
A Would die
B died
C Will die
D Will have died
E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet
him
4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him
A If he come today I can meet him
B If he had come today I could have met him
C If he came today I could meet him
D If I met him today I could come
E If I had met him He could have come today
E-9
- SUBJUNCTIVE
- CONCORDANCE
SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan
yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan
datang
Ex
Long live the queen
God bless you
Heaven help you
Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini
(Present)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
+ S + V2
As Though
Example
- He always speaks as thought he were the
superior
- He dresses as if he were an officer
- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang
terjadi saat ini (Present)
Wish
If only + S + V2
Would rather
Example
He is sick so he is not able to come
- He wishes he came
If only he came
She would rather he came
The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance
- The students wish the teacher explained in
detail
If only the teacher explained in detail
The student would rather the teacher explained
in detail
Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past
(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu
(past)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
S + had + V3
As Though
Example
- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost
- He acted as thought he had been an actor
yesterday
- He talks about rome as if he had been there
once
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang
terjadi dahulu ( Past)
Wishedwishes
If only + S + had + V3
Would rather
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 24 -
The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday
- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test
- If only the teacher had given us a test
- We would rather teacher had given us a test
Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it
- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the
game
- If only Budi had taken part at the game
- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game
Tina was absent to the meeting last night
- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to
the meeting last night
- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting
last night
- Tina would rather she had not been absent to
the meeting last night
Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator
(A) Was (D) is
(B) Had been (E) had
(C) were
2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the
homework
(A) did (D) was doing
(B) had done (E) do
(C) have done
3 He acted as if he ______ill
(A) were (D) is
(B) was (E) have
(C) had been
4 Choose the correct ones
(1) I would rather he went to Medan now
(2) If only he had joined the last lecture
(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty
(4) She wishes she picked her mother up
5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately
my watch stops now
(A) told (D) tell
(B) had told (E) telling
(C) have told
bull CONCORDE
PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam
kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung
kepada subyek
Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja
juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek
singular kata kerja harus singular
BENTUK-BENTUK
1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan
ldquodengan
and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(Plural Subjek) ex
- Bob and Badu are here
- He and his friends have arrived
- Fire and water donrsquot agree
Kecuali
a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang
atau benda yang sama
ex
- The orator and stateman is dead
- The captain and adjutant was present
- My friend and benefactor has come
b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini
ex
- Bread and milk is his only food
- Slow and steady wins the race
- The horse and carriage is at the door
c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every
dan each
- Every boy and girl was ready
- Every woman man and child was lost
2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh
a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip
- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek
terakhir
- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch
- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant
masters were present
- Rama or his brother have done this
- Either he boy or parents have arrend
b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip
Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek
pertama
ex
- The chief with all his men was massacred
- John as well as james deserves pralse
- Justiceas well as mercy allows it
3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja
tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu
kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(pural) jika dilihat secara individu
ex
- The council has shosen its presuden
- The military were called out
- The crew was large
- The crew was taken prisoners
- A number of interesting suggestions have
been made
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 25 -
4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti
atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal
ex
- Each of his sisters is clever
- Neither of the men was very tall
- The quality of mangoes was not good
Contoh Soal
1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt
(A) was (D) am
(B) were (E) are
(C) has
2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India
(A) is (D) were
(B) am (E) has
(C) are
3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping
(A) are (D) is
(B) were (E) am
(C) was
4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate
(A) was (D) are
(B) is (E) has
(C) Am
5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry
(A) like (D) are liking
(B) likes (E) was liking
(C) is liking
E-10
REPORTED SPEECH
Pengertian
Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect
speech
DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara
INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung
kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali
Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau
pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan
beberapa perubahan
a Pronoun
Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -
maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-
han kalimat
b Keteranngan waktu
Direct Indirect
now
today
tomorrow
yesterday
tonight
last night
last ago
next
then
that day
the following day
the previous day
the following night
the previous night
the previous
the following
Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu
berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -
oleh Every
c Tenses
Direct Indirect
Present Tense
PresCont
Pres Perfect
Pres Perf Con
Past Tense
Future Tense
Future Cont
Future Perf
Past Tense
Past Cont
Past Perfect
Past Perf Con
Past Perfect
Past Future
Past F Con
PastF Perf
Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction
dalam Past
Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika
introduction dalam present
Present Past
Say
Will say
Have said
Said
Would say
Had said
d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda
kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya
e Keterangan lain
Direct Indirect
this
these
here
that
those
there
Reported Speech terdiri atas
A Statement
B Imperative
C Interrogative
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 26 -
Reported Speech
a Statement
Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect
selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak
digunakan
Contoh
PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT
Jack said My sisters learning to cook now
Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then
PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE
Bob said I come to school by bus every morning
Bob said that he came to school by bus every
morning
PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT
Tini said My uncle has bought a new car
Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car
PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON
Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for
half an hour here
Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for
half an hour there
PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT
Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt
herself
Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot
hurt herself
SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE
Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow
Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old
the following day
FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT
Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with
my friend this time tomorrow
Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis
with his friend this time the following day
Bob said I must go to bed early
Bob said he had to go bed early
Jack said My father can drive a car
Jack said his father could drive a car
Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon
Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon
The teacher told us you have to finish your
exercise at home
The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise
at home
b Imperative
Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan
kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak
tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga
kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive
Contoh
I said to Bob Open the window please
I asked Bob to Open the window
The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us
at once
The angry workmen asked the manager to pay
them at once
Badu said to Budi Please lend me your
dictionary
Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary
The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise
books and put them on my table
The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise
books and put them on his table
Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan
sebelum to
The mother said to her children Donrsquot play
with fire
The mother asked her children not to play with
fire
The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot
get off the bus while it is going
The bus conductor told the passengers not to get
off the bus while it was going
Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night
without your cout
Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night
without her coat
The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a
lot of noise
The teacher told the student not to make a lot of
noise
Statement
Imperative
Interro
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 19 -
kalimat dan mengganti posisinya dengan it
Going on appears no good
It appears no good going on - To infinitive
Caranya sama seperti diatas yaitu dengan menem
patkan to infinitive diakhir kalimat dan posisi-
nya digantikan oleh it
To say is easy
It is easy to say
- That clause
Lakukan pada that clause cara diatas
That they will have to go seem a pity
It seems a pity that willhave to go
3 Dapat digunakan pada kalimat yang objeknya
- To infinitive
Memindahkan ke akhir kalimat dan meletakkan it
diposisinya Kata kerja to be atau kata-kata kerja
seem appear look happen dihilangkan kaena itu
merupakan obyek bukan subyek
Contoh
We consider to cheat is wrong
We consider it wrong to cheat
- That clause
Lakukan cara di atas untuk that clause
Contoh
We think that they didnt try is a pity
We think it a pity that he didnt try
Kalau sesudah that langsung diikuti oleh to
infinitive (tanpa subyek ) maka penempatan itu
menyebabkan hilangnya that
Contoh
People believe that to be polite is important
People believe it important tobe polite
Ada beberapa kata kerja yang biasanya diikuti oleh
it antara lain
- Believe - know
- Consider - realize
- Declare - snow
- Find - suppose
- Guees - take
- Imagine - think
- Understand
Contoh Soal
1 Step inside ____ outside
(A) There is cold
(B) Itrsquos cold
(C) Cold
(D) It
(E) It cold
2 I think ___ necessary for you to sleep
(A) It is
(B) It will be
(C) It was
(D) It
(E) It should be
3 _____ impossible for us to build a brick house
in a week
(A) It
(B) It be
(C) It is
(D) There is
(E) There be
4 To understand the lesson is difficult in other
word
(A) it has difficult to understand the lesson
(B) it difficult understand the lesson
(C) its difficult understand the lesson
(D) it is difficult to understand the lesson
(E) That is difficult to understand the lesson
5 _____ right for us to obey our parents
(A) there is
(B) there are
(C) there has
(D) it is
(E) it has
E-8
CONDITIONALS
Secara harfiah conditionals dapat
diartikan pengandaian Merupakan kalimat-
kalimat yang terdiri dari
1 syarat prasyarat
2 Hasil jika prasyarat tersebut terpenuhi
Syarat prasyarat tercermin pada if clause dan
tercermin pada main clause
- hasil
- syarat
Conditional
Main clause
If clause
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 20 -
Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang
diawali if
Posisi
If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main
clause
If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip
If Clause I Clause
Atau
S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip
Main Clause I Clause
1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)
- Fungsi
Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan
terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type
ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-
nan
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present
Tense ini terdiri atas
a
b
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future
Bentuknya ialah
Shallwill + Stem
Shall hellip IWe
Will hellip He She It
You They
Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -
conditionals pada main clause
If clause Main Clause
Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)
If you study hard
If it rains
If you agree
If you dont know the
meaning of words
If all doesnt change
his behaviour
If I am rich
You will pass the exam
We shall postpone our
picnic
You can wait here
You may use your
Dictionary
The teacher will punish
him
I shall buy you a car
Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan
sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative
Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif
middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot
give it again
Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot
give it again
Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari
middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals
Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah
Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause
WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem
Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change
his behaviour hellip
2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi
sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan
dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan
untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut
Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition
Present
- Fokus
fakta (present Group)
Pengandalan
- Bentuk
If Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past
Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk
S + StemVerbV
S + isamare + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 21 -
a
b
Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise
but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada
an yang sebenarnya terjadi
ex I was a boy
if I were a bird
I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc
ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung
(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya
bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi
manusia
Main Clause
a Past Future
Should would + stem
b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu
Could might + Stem
If Clause Main Clause
Simple Past
Past
FuturecouldMight
If you studied hard
If it rained
If you agreed
If you didnrsquot know the
meaning of word
if All didnrsquot change his
bhaviour
If I were rich
You would get good
marks
We should postphone
our picnic
You could wait here
You might use you
dictionary
The teacher would
punish him
I should by you a car
Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias
dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan
Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car
Were I rich I should buy you a car
macr If he were not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Were he not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang
Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present
conditionals)
a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya
Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals
type 2 jika tense Present Group
macr Present Tense
macr Present Continous Tense
macr Present Perfect Tense
macr Present Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause
Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause
c Mengembalikan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative
dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
d Hindari penggunaan was
ex
(-) (+)
All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam
Syarat hasil
If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam
(+) (-)
People donrsquot ring me up because my number
is not in the directory
(hasil) (syarat)
People would ring me up if my number were in
the directory
(+) (+)
e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -
could pada Main Clause
ex
We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a
fire
If we got matches we could light a fire
f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak
an might
ex
Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the
cold so much
If he were not thin he might not feel the cold
so much
3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)
Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu
(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)
Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki
an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past
S + V Past tense
S + were + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 22 -
- Fokus
Fakta (past Group)
Penggandaian
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle
Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat
berbentuk
Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle
Past If Clause Main Clause
Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect
Couldmight Perfect
I you had studied hard
If it had rained
If you had agreed
If you had studied not
known the meaning of
words
If Ali had not changed
his behaviour
If I had been rich
You would have got
good marks
We should have
postphoned our picnic
You could have waited
here
You might have used
your dictionary
The teacher would have
punished him
I should have bought
you a car
Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had
ke depan
Ex
- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car
Had been rich I should have boughtyou car
- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Had you not known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang
Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )
a Menentukan tense dari fakta
Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3
jika tense-nya Past Group
- Past tense
- Past Continous Tense
macr Past Perfect Tense
macr Past Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)
Hasil (Main Clause)
c Memutar balikkan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus
negative dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
(-) (+)
All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed
Syarat hasil
If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would
not have fall
(-) (+)
I had no map I got lost
If I had had map I would not have got lost
a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan
gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan
could have + verb past participle pada main
clause
We couldnrsquot get into the house because the
hasil
police forbade us
syarat
We could have got into the house if the
police had not forbidden us
b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan
Might + have + Verb Past Participle
Ex
The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at
first
Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it
If the champion had taken the fight seriously at
first he might no have lost it
Contoh Soal
1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home
A Shall stay D stay
B Should stay E Stayed
C Stay
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 23 -
2 If I were youI _____ that book
A Would buy
B Will buy
C Buy
D bought
E Will not buy
3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger
A Would die
B died
C Will die
D Will have died
E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet
him
4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him
A If he come today I can meet him
B If he had come today I could have met him
C If he came today I could meet him
D If I met him today I could come
E If I had met him He could have come today
E-9
- SUBJUNCTIVE
- CONCORDANCE
SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan
yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan
datang
Ex
Long live the queen
God bless you
Heaven help you
Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini
(Present)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
+ S + V2
As Though
Example
- He always speaks as thought he were the
superior
- He dresses as if he were an officer
- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang
terjadi saat ini (Present)
Wish
If only + S + V2
Would rather
Example
He is sick so he is not able to come
- He wishes he came
If only he came
She would rather he came
The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance
- The students wish the teacher explained in
detail
If only the teacher explained in detail
The student would rather the teacher explained
in detail
Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past
(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu
(past)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
S + had + V3
As Though
Example
- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost
- He acted as thought he had been an actor
yesterday
- He talks about rome as if he had been there
once
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang
terjadi dahulu ( Past)
Wishedwishes
If only + S + had + V3
Would rather
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 24 -
The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday
- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test
- If only the teacher had given us a test
- We would rather teacher had given us a test
Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it
- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the
game
- If only Budi had taken part at the game
- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game
Tina was absent to the meeting last night
- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to
the meeting last night
- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting
last night
- Tina would rather she had not been absent to
the meeting last night
Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator
(A) Was (D) is
(B) Had been (E) had
(C) were
2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the
homework
(A) did (D) was doing
(B) had done (E) do
(C) have done
3 He acted as if he ______ill
(A) were (D) is
(B) was (E) have
(C) had been
4 Choose the correct ones
(1) I would rather he went to Medan now
(2) If only he had joined the last lecture
(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty
(4) She wishes she picked her mother up
5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately
my watch stops now
(A) told (D) tell
(B) had told (E) telling
(C) have told
bull CONCORDE
PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam
kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung
kepada subyek
Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja
juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek
singular kata kerja harus singular
BENTUK-BENTUK
1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan
ldquodengan
and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(Plural Subjek) ex
- Bob and Badu are here
- He and his friends have arrived
- Fire and water donrsquot agree
Kecuali
a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang
atau benda yang sama
ex
- The orator and stateman is dead
- The captain and adjutant was present
- My friend and benefactor has come
b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini
ex
- Bread and milk is his only food
- Slow and steady wins the race
- The horse and carriage is at the door
c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every
dan each
- Every boy and girl was ready
- Every woman man and child was lost
2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh
a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip
- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek
terakhir
- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch
- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant
masters were present
- Rama or his brother have done this
- Either he boy or parents have arrend
b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip
Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek
pertama
ex
- The chief with all his men was massacred
- John as well as james deserves pralse
- Justiceas well as mercy allows it
3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja
tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu
kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(pural) jika dilihat secara individu
ex
- The council has shosen its presuden
- The military were called out
- The crew was large
- The crew was taken prisoners
- A number of interesting suggestions have
been made
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 25 -
4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti
atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal
ex
- Each of his sisters is clever
- Neither of the men was very tall
- The quality of mangoes was not good
Contoh Soal
1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt
(A) was (D) am
(B) were (E) are
(C) has
2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India
(A) is (D) were
(B) am (E) has
(C) are
3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping
(A) are (D) is
(B) were (E) am
(C) was
4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate
(A) was (D) are
(B) is (E) has
(C) Am
5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry
(A) like (D) are liking
(B) likes (E) was liking
(C) is liking
E-10
REPORTED SPEECH
Pengertian
Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect
speech
DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara
INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung
kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali
Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau
pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan
beberapa perubahan
a Pronoun
Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -
maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-
han kalimat
b Keteranngan waktu
Direct Indirect
now
today
tomorrow
yesterday
tonight
last night
last ago
next
then
that day
the following day
the previous day
the following night
the previous night
the previous
the following
Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu
berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -
oleh Every
c Tenses
Direct Indirect
Present Tense
PresCont
Pres Perfect
Pres Perf Con
Past Tense
Future Tense
Future Cont
Future Perf
Past Tense
Past Cont
Past Perfect
Past Perf Con
Past Perfect
Past Future
Past F Con
PastF Perf
Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction
dalam Past
Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika
introduction dalam present
Present Past
Say
Will say
Have said
Said
Would say
Had said
d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda
kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya
e Keterangan lain
Direct Indirect
this
these
here
that
those
there
Reported Speech terdiri atas
A Statement
B Imperative
C Interrogative
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 26 -
Reported Speech
a Statement
Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect
selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak
digunakan
Contoh
PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT
Jack said My sisters learning to cook now
Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then
PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE
Bob said I come to school by bus every morning
Bob said that he came to school by bus every
morning
PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT
Tini said My uncle has bought a new car
Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car
PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON
Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for
half an hour here
Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for
half an hour there
PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT
Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt
herself
Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot
hurt herself
SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE
Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow
Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old
the following day
FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT
Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with
my friend this time tomorrow
Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis
with his friend this time the following day
Bob said I must go to bed early
Bob said he had to go bed early
Jack said My father can drive a car
Jack said his father could drive a car
Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon
Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon
The teacher told us you have to finish your
exercise at home
The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise
at home
b Imperative
Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan
kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak
tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga
kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive
Contoh
I said to Bob Open the window please
I asked Bob to Open the window
The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us
at once
The angry workmen asked the manager to pay
them at once
Badu said to Budi Please lend me your
dictionary
Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary
The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise
books and put them on my table
The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise
books and put them on his table
Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan
sebelum to
The mother said to her children Donrsquot play
with fire
The mother asked her children not to play with
fire
The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot
get off the bus while it is going
The bus conductor told the passengers not to get
off the bus while it was going
Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night
without your cout
Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night
without her coat
The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a
lot of noise
The teacher told the student not to make a lot of
noise
Statement
Imperative
Interro
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 20 -
Catatan if Clause ialah rangkaian kata-kata yang
diawali if
Posisi
If clause bias di depan atau di belakang main
clause
If + S + V + helliphellip S + V + helliphellip
If Clause I Clause
Atau
S + V + helliphellip If + S + V + helliphellip
Main Clause I Clause
1 Open Conditionals (Future ConditionalsType 1)
- Fungsi
Untuk menyatakan bahwa sesuatu akan
terjadi jika syaratnya dipenuhi Conditionals type
ini disebut possibilityprobability artinya kemungki-
nan
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Present
Tense ini terdiri atas
a
b
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Future
Bentuknya ialah
Shallwill + Stem
Shall hellip IWe
Will hellip He She It
You They
Can dan May sering digunakan dalam -
conditionals pada main clause
If clause Main Clause
Simple Present SimpleFuture(canmay)
If you study hard
If it rains
If you agree
If you dont know the
meaning of words
If all doesnt change
his behaviour
If I am rich
You will pass the exam
We shall postpone our
picnic
You can wait here
You may use your
Dictionary
The teacher will punish
him
I shall buy you a car
Unless Unless if not jika tidak Digunakan
sebagai ganti dari if clause yang negative
Kalimat yang diawali unless harus positif
middot If all doesnt change his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
Unless all changes his behaviour The teacher
will punish him
If you dont save your moneyyour fatherwonrsquot
give it again
Unless you save your money your father wonrsquot
give it again
Main clause yang negative tidak dapat dihindari
middot Kalimat Tanya dalam conditionals
Yang berbentuk kalimat tanya adalah
Main clause dan posisinya di depan if Clause
WillShallCanmay + Stemhellipif + S + Stem
Will the teacher punish him if Ali doesnrsquot change
his behaviour hellip
2 Present Conditionals ( Conditionals Type 20
Menyatakan sesuatu yang terjadi
sekarang (present) kontras atau bertentangan
dengan keinginan (harapan) Tertutup kesempatan
untuk memenuhi syarat sehingga disebut
Improbable (mustahil) atau Unreal Condition
Present
- Fokus
fakta (present Group)
Pengandalan
- Bentuk
If Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Simple Past
Tense ini terdiri dari atas dua bentuk
S + StemVerbV
S + isamare + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 21 -
a
b
Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise
but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada
an yang sebenarnya terjadi
ex I was a boy
if I were a bird
I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc
ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung
(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya
bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi
manusia
Main Clause
a Past Future
Should would + stem
b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu
Could might + Stem
If Clause Main Clause
Simple Past
Past
FuturecouldMight
If you studied hard
If it rained
If you agreed
If you didnrsquot know the
meaning of word
if All didnrsquot change his
bhaviour
If I were rich
You would get good
marks
We should postphone
our picnic
You could wait here
You might use you
dictionary
The teacher would
punish him
I should by you a car
Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias
dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan
Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car
Were I rich I should buy you a car
macr If he were not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Were he not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang
Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present
conditionals)
a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya
Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals
type 2 jika tense Present Group
macr Present Tense
macr Present Continous Tense
macr Present Perfect Tense
macr Present Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause
Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause
c Mengembalikan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative
dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
d Hindari penggunaan was
ex
(-) (+)
All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam
Syarat hasil
If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam
(+) (-)
People donrsquot ring me up because my number
is not in the directory
(hasil) (syarat)
People would ring me up if my number were in
the directory
(+) (+)
e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -
could pada Main Clause
ex
We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a
fire
If we got matches we could light a fire
f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak
an might
ex
Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the
cold so much
If he were not thin he might not feel the cold
so much
3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)
Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu
(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)
Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki
an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past
S + V Past tense
S + were + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 22 -
- Fokus
Fakta (past Group)
Penggandaian
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle
Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat
berbentuk
Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle
Past If Clause Main Clause
Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect
Couldmight Perfect
I you had studied hard
If it had rained
If you had agreed
If you had studied not
known the meaning of
words
If Ali had not changed
his behaviour
If I had been rich
You would have got
good marks
We should have
postphoned our picnic
You could have waited
here
You might have used
your dictionary
The teacher would have
punished him
I should have bought
you a car
Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had
ke depan
Ex
- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car
Had been rich I should have boughtyou car
- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Had you not known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang
Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )
a Menentukan tense dari fakta
Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3
jika tense-nya Past Group
- Past tense
- Past Continous Tense
macr Past Perfect Tense
macr Past Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)
Hasil (Main Clause)
c Memutar balikkan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus
negative dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
(-) (+)
All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed
Syarat hasil
If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would
not have fall
(-) (+)
I had no map I got lost
If I had had map I would not have got lost
a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan
gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan
could have + verb past participle pada main
clause
We couldnrsquot get into the house because the
hasil
police forbade us
syarat
We could have got into the house if the
police had not forbidden us
b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan
Might + have + Verb Past Participle
Ex
The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at
first
Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it
If the champion had taken the fight seriously at
first he might no have lost it
Contoh Soal
1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home
A Shall stay D stay
B Should stay E Stayed
C Stay
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 23 -
2 If I were youI _____ that book
A Would buy
B Will buy
C Buy
D bought
E Will not buy
3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger
A Would die
B died
C Will die
D Will have died
E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet
him
4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him
A If he come today I can meet him
B If he had come today I could have met him
C If he came today I could meet him
D If I met him today I could come
E If I had met him He could have come today
E-9
- SUBJUNCTIVE
- CONCORDANCE
SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan
yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan
datang
Ex
Long live the queen
God bless you
Heaven help you
Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini
(Present)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
+ S + V2
As Though
Example
- He always speaks as thought he were the
superior
- He dresses as if he were an officer
- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang
terjadi saat ini (Present)
Wish
If only + S + V2
Would rather
Example
He is sick so he is not able to come
- He wishes he came
If only he came
She would rather he came
The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance
- The students wish the teacher explained in
detail
If only the teacher explained in detail
The student would rather the teacher explained
in detail
Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past
(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu
(past)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
S + had + V3
As Though
Example
- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost
- He acted as thought he had been an actor
yesterday
- He talks about rome as if he had been there
once
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang
terjadi dahulu ( Past)
Wishedwishes
If only + S + had + V3
Would rather
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 24 -
The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday
- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test
- If only the teacher had given us a test
- We would rather teacher had given us a test
Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it
- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the
game
- If only Budi had taken part at the game
- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game
Tina was absent to the meeting last night
- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to
the meeting last night
- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting
last night
- Tina would rather she had not been absent to
the meeting last night
Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator
(A) Was (D) is
(B) Had been (E) had
(C) were
2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the
homework
(A) did (D) was doing
(B) had done (E) do
(C) have done
3 He acted as if he ______ill
(A) were (D) is
(B) was (E) have
(C) had been
4 Choose the correct ones
(1) I would rather he went to Medan now
(2) If only he had joined the last lecture
(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty
(4) She wishes she picked her mother up
5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately
my watch stops now
(A) told (D) tell
(B) had told (E) telling
(C) have told
bull CONCORDE
PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam
kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung
kepada subyek
Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja
juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek
singular kata kerja harus singular
BENTUK-BENTUK
1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan
ldquodengan
and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(Plural Subjek) ex
- Bob and Badu are here
- He and his friends have arrived
- Fire and water donrsquot agree
Kecuali
a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang
atau benda yang sama
ex
- The orator and stateman is dead
- The captain and adjutant was present
- My friend and benefactor has come
b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini
ex
- Bread and milk is his only food
- Slow and steady wins the race
- The horse and carriage is at the door
c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every
dan each
- Every boy and girl was ready
- Every woman man and child was lost
2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh
a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip
- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek
terakhir
- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch
- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant
masters were present
- Rama or his brother have done this
- Either he boy or parents have arrend
b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip
Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek
pertama
ex
- The chief with all his men was massacred
- John as well as james deserves pralse
- Justiceas well as mercy allows it
3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja
tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu
kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(pural) jika dilihat secara individu
ex
- The council has shosen its presuden
- The military were called out
- The crew was large
- The crew was taken prisoners
- A number of interesting suggestions have
been made
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 25 -
4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti
atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal
ex
- Each of his sisters is clever
- Neither of the men was very tall
- The quality of mangoes was not good
Contoh Soal
1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt
(A) was (D) am
(B) were (E) are
(C) has
2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India
(A) is (D) were
(B) am (E) has
(C) are
3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping
(A) are (D) is
(B) were (E) am
(C) was
4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate
(A) was (D) are
(B) is (E) has
(C) Am
5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry
(A) like (D) are liking
(B) likes (E) was liking
(C) is liking
E-10
REPORTED SPEECH
Pengertian
Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect
speech
DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara
INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung
kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali
Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau
pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan
beberapa perubahan
a Pronoun
Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -
maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-
han kalimat
b Keteranngan waktu
Direct Indirect
now
today
tomorrow
yesterday
tonight
last night
last ago
next
then
that day
the following day
the previous day
the following night
the previous night
the previous
the following
Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu
berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -
oleh Every
c Tenses
Direct Indirect
Present Tense
PresCont
Pres Perfect
Pres Perf Con
Past Tense
Future Tense
Future Cont
Future Perf
Past Tense
Past Cont
Past Perfect
Past Perf Con
Past Perfect
Past Future
Past F Con
PastF Perf
Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction
dalam Past
Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika
introduction dalam present
Present Past
Say
Will say
Have said
Said
Would say
Had said
d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda
kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya
e Keterangan lain
Direct Indirect
this
these
here
that
those
there
Reported Speech terdiri atas
A Statement
B Imperative
C Interrogative
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 26 -
Reported Speech
a Statement
Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect
selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak
digunakan
Contoh
PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT
Jack said My sisters learning to cook now
Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then
PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE
Bob said I come to school by bus every morning
Bob said that he came to school by bus every
morning
PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT
Tini said My uncle has bought a new car
Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car
PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON
Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for
half an hour here
Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for
half an hour there
PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT
Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt
herself
Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot
hurt herself
SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE
Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow
Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old
the following day
FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT
Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with
my friend this time tomorrow
Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis
with his friend this time the following day
Bob said I must go to bed early
Bob said he had to go bed early
Jack said My father can drive a car
Jack said his father could drive a car
Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon
Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon
The teacher told us you have to finish your
exercise at home
The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise
at home
b Imperative
Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan
kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak
tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga
kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive
Contoh
I said to Bob Open the window please
I asked Bob to Open the window
The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us
at once
The angry workmen asked the manager to pay
them at once
Badu said to Budi Please lend me your
dictionary
Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary
The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise
books and put them on my table
The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise
books and put them on his table
Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan
sebelum to
The mother said to her children Donrsquot play
with fire
The mother asked her children not to play with
fire
The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot
get off the bus while it is going
The bus conductor told the passengers not to get
off the bus while it was going
Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night
without your cout
Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night
without her coat
The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a
lot of noise
The teacher told the student not to make a lot of
noise
Statement
Imperative
Interro
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 21 -
a
b
Was tidak digunakan oelh sebab itu ia dise
but unreal If Clause tidak menggambarkan keada
an yang sebenarnya terjadi
ex I was a boy
if I were a bird
I was a boy dianggap real (nyata) Saya seorang boc
ah laki-laki dahulu Tetapi seandainya saya burung
(if I were a bird) tidak nyata (unreal) karena saya
bukanlah seorang burung yang disulap menjadi
manusia
Main Clause
a Past Future
Should would + stem
b Bentuk could Might untuk kondisi tertentu
Could might + Stem
If Clause Main Clause
Simple Past
Past
FuturecouldMight
If you studied hard
If it rained
If you agreed
If you didnrsquot know the
meaning of word
if All didnrsquot change his
bhaviour
If I were rich
You would get good
marks
We should postphone
our picnic
You could wait here
You might use you
dictionary
The teacher would
punish him
I should by you a car
Jika dalam if Clause terdapat ldquowererdquo if bias
dihapuskan dengan memindahkan were ke depan
Ex - If I were rich I should buy you a car
Were I rich I should buy you a car
macr If he were not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Were he not of today he would meet the
supervisor
Tanpa ldquoifrdquo Main Clause harus di belakang
Membentuk Conditional type 2 (present
conditionals)
a Mengidentifikasikan fakta dari segi tense-nya
Fakta dapat dibentuk ke dalam Conditionals
type 2 jika tense Present Group
macr Present Tense
macr Present Continous Tense
macr Present Perfect Tense
macr Present Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan Prasyarat hellip If Clause
Hasil helliphelliphellip Main Cause
c Mengembalikan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus negative
dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
d Hindari penggunaan was
ex
(-) (+)
All doesnrsquot study hard He falls in the exam
Syarat hasil
If Ali studied hard he would not fall in the exam
(+) (-)
People donrsquot ring me up because my number
is not in the directory
(hasil) (syarat)
People would ring me up if my number were in
the directory
(+) (+)
e Kalau dalam hasil terdapat can gunakan -
could pada Main Clause
ex
We havenrsquot got any matches we canrsquot light a
fire
If we got matches we could light a fire
f Kalau dalam fakta terdapat perhaps gunak
an might
ex
Hersquos very thin perhaps thatrsquos why he feels the
cold so much
If he were not thin he might not feel the cold
so much
3 Past Conditionals (conditional type 3)
Menyatakan sesuatutelah terjadi dahulu
(Past) bertentangan denagn keinginan (harapan)
Mustahil untuk memenuhi syarat dengan demiki
an disebut impossible atau unreal condition past
S + V Past tense
S + were + hellip
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 22 -
- Fokus
Fakta (past Group)
Penggandaian
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle
Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat
berbentuk
Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle
Past If Clause Main Clause
Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect
Couldmight Perfect
I you had studied hard
If it had rained
If you had agreed
If you had studied not
known the meaning of
words
If Ali had not changed
his behaviour
If I had been rich
You would have got
good marks
We should have
postphoned our picnic
You could have waited
here
You might have used
your dictionary
The teacher would have
punished him
I should have bought
you a car
Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had
ke depan
Ex
- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car
Had been rich I should have boughtyou car
- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Had you not known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang
Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )
a Menentukan tense dari fakta
Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3
jika tense-nya Past Group
- Past tense
- Past Continous Tense
macr Past Perfect Tense
macr Past Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)
Hasil (Main Clause)
c Memutar balikkan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus
negative dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
(-) (+)
All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed
Syarat hasil
If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would
not have fall
(-) (+)
I had no map I got lost
If I had had map I would not have got lost
a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan
gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan
could have + verb past participle pada main
clause
We couldnrsquot get into the house because the
hasil
police forbade us
syarat
We could have got into the house if the
police had not forbidden us
b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan
Might + have + Verb Past Participle
Ex
The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at
first
Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it
If the champion had taken the fight seriously at
first he might no have lost it
Contoh Soal
1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home
A Shall stay D stay
B Should stay E Stayed
C Stay
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 23 -
2 If I were youI _____ that book
A Would buy
B Will buy
C Buy
D bought
E Will not buy
3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger
A Would die
B died
C Will die
D Will have died
E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet
him
4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him
A If he come today I can meet him
B If he had come today I could have met him
C If he came today I could meet him
D If I met him today I could come
E If I had met him He could have come today
E-9
- SUBJUNCTIVE
- CONCORDANCE
SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan
yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan
datang
Ex
Long live the queen
God bless you
Heaven help you
Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini
(Present)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
+ S + V2
As Though
Example
- He always speaks as thought he were the
superior
- He dresses as if he were an officer
- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang
terjadi saat ini (Present)
Wish
If only + S + V2
Would rather
Example
He is sick so he is not able to come
- He wishes he came
If only he came
She would rather he came
The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance
- The students wish the teacher explained in
detail
If only the teacher explained in detail
The student would rather the teacher explained
in detail
Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past
(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu
(past)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
S + had + V3
As Though
Example
- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost
- He acted as thought he had been an actor
yesterday
- He talks about rome as if he had been there
once
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang
terjadi dahulu ( Past)
Wishedwishes
If only + S + had + V3
Would rather
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 24 -
The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday
- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test
- If only the teacher had given us a test
- We would rather teacher had given us a test
Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it
- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the
game
- If only Budi had taken part at the game
- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game
Tina was absent to the meeting last night
- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to
the meeting last night
- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting
last night
- Tina would rather she had not been absent to
the meeting last night
Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator
(A) Was (D) is
(B) Had been (E) had
(C) were
2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the
homework
(A) did (D) was doing
(B) had done (E) do
(C) have done
3 He acted as if he ______ill
(A) were (D) is
(B) was (E) have
(C) had been
4 Choose the correct ones
(1) I would rather he went to Medan now
(2) If only he had joined the last lecture
(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty
(4) She wishes she picked her mother up
5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately
my watch stops now
(A) told (D) tell
(B) had told (E) telling
(C) have told
bull CONCORDE
PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam
kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung
kepada subyek
Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja
juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek
singular kata kerja harus singular
BENTUK-BENTUK
1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan
ldquodengan
and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(Plural Subjek) ex
- Bob and Badu are here
- He and his friends have arrived
- Fire and water donrsquot agree
Kecuali
a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang
atau benda yang sama
ex
- The orator and stateman is dead
- The captain and adjutant was present
- My friend and benefactor has come
b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini
ex
- Bread and milk is his only food
- Slow and steady wins the race
- The horse and carriage is at the door
c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every
dan each
- Every boy and girl was ready
- Every woman man and child was lost
2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh
a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip
- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek
terakhir
- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch
- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant
masters were present
- Rama or his brother have done this
- Either he boy or parents have arrend
b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip
Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek
pertama
ex
- The chief with all his men was massacred
- John as well as james deserves pralse
- Justiceas well as mercy allows it
3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja
tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu
kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(pural) jika dilihat secara individu
ex
- The council has shosen its presuden
- The military were called out
- The crew was large
- The crew was taken prisoners
- A number of interesting suggestions have
been made
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 25 -
4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti
atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal
ex
- Each of his sisters is clever
- Neither of the men was very tall
- The quality of mangoes was not good
Contoh Soal
1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt
(A) was (D) am
(B) were (E) are
(C) has
2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India
(A) is (D) were
(B) am (E) has
(C) are
3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping
(A) are (D) is
(B) were (E) am
(C) was
4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate
(A) was (D) are
(B) is (E) has
(C) Am
5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry
(A) like (D) are liking
(B) likes (E) was liking
(C) is liking
E-10
REPORTED SPEECH
Pengertian
Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect
speech
DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara
INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung
kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali
Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau
pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan
beberapa perubahan
a Pronoun
Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -
maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-
han kalimat
b Keteranngan waktu
Direct Indirect
now
today
tomorrow
yesterday
tonight
last night
last ago
next
then
that day
the following day
the previous day
the following night
the previous night
the previous
the following
Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu
berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -
oleh Every
c Tenses
Direct Indirect
Present Tense
PresCont
Pres Perfect
Pres Perf Con
Past Tense
Future Tense
Future Cont
Future Perf
Past Tense
Past Cont
Past Perfect
Past Perf Con
Past Perfect
Past Future
Past F Con
PastF Perf
Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction
dalam Past
Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika
introduction dalam present
Present Past
Say
Will say
Have said
Said
Would say
Had said
d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda
kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya
e Keterangan lain
Direct Indirect
this
these
here
that
those
there
Reported Speech terdiri atas
A Statement
B Imperative
C Interrogative
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 26 -
Reported Speech
a Statement
Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect
selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak
digunakan
Contoh
PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT
Jack said My sisters learning to cook now
Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then
PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE
Bob said I come to school by bus every morning
Bob said that he came to school by bus every
morning
PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT
Tini said My uncle has bought a new car
Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car
PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON
Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for
half an hour here
Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for
half an hour there
PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT
Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt
herself
Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot
hurt herself
SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE
Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow
Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old
the following day
FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT
Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with
my friend this time tomorrow
Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis
with his friend this time the following day
Bob said I must go to bed early
Bob said he had to go bed early
Jack said My father can drive a car
Jack said his father could drive a car
Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon
Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon
The teacher told us you have to finish your
exercise at home
The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise
at home
b Imperative
Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan
kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak
tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga
kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive
Contoh
I said to Bob Open the window please
I asked Bob to Open the window
The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us
at once
The angry workmen asked the manager to pay
them at once
Badu said to Budi Please lend me your
dictionary
Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary
The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise
books and put them on my table
The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise
books and put them on his table
Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan
sebelum to
The mother said to her children Donrsquot play
with fire
The mother asked her children not to play with
fire
The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot
get off the bus while it is going
The bus conductor told the passengers not to get
off the bus while it was going
Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night
without your cout
Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night
without her coat
The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a
lot of noise
The teacher told the student not to make a lot of
noise
Statement
Imperative
Interro
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 22 -
- Fokus
Fakta (past Group)
Penggandaian
- Bentuk
If clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Had + Verb Past Participle (Verb 3)
Main Clause
Tense yang digunakan ialah Past Future perfect
Bentuknya
Shouldwould + have + Verb Past Participle
Untuk kondisi-kondisi tetentu main Clause dapat
berbentuk
Couldmight + have + Verb Past Participle
Past If Clause Main Clause
Past Perfect Tense Past Future Perfect
Couldmight Perfect
I you had studied hard
If it had rained
If you had agreed
If you had studied not
known the meaning of
words
If Ali had not changed
his behaviour
If I had been rich
You would have got
good marks
We should have
postphoned our picnic
You could have waited
here
You might have used
your dictionary
The teacher would have
punished him
I should have bought
you a car
Semua if bisa dihapus dengan memindahkan had
ke depan
Ex
- If I had been rich I should have boughtyou car
Had been rich I should have boughtyou car
- If you hadnrsquot known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Had you not known the meaning of word you
might have used a dictionary
Tanpa if Main Clause harus diblakang
Membentuk Conditional Tpe3 ( Past Conditional )
a Menentukan tense dari fakta
Fakta yang dirubah ke dalam Conditional tipe 3
jika tense-nya Past Group
- Past tense
- Past Continous Tense
macr Past Perfect Tense
macr Past Perfect ContinousTense
b Menentukan prasyarat ( if Clause)
Hasil (Main Clause)
c Memutar balikkan fakta
Jika fakta positif conditional harus
negative dan sebaliknya
Jika fakta negative conditional harus positif
(-) (+)
All didnrsquot study hard in the last exam He failed
Syarat hasil
If Ali had studied hard in the last exam he would
not have fall
(-) (+)
I had no map I got lost
If I had had map I would not have got lost
a Kalau dalam hasil terdapat could jangan
gunakan Shouldwouldmight tetapi gunakan
could have + verb past participle pada main
clause
We couldnrsquot get into the house because the
hasil
police forbade us
syarat
We could have got into the house if the
police had not forbidden us
b Kalau dalam fakta dapat perhaps gunakan
Might + have + Verb Past Participle
Ex
The champion didnrsquot take the fight seriously at
first
Perhaps thatrsquos why he lost it
If the champion had taken the fight seriously at
first he might no have lost it
Contoh Soal
1 If it rains tomorrow we ___at home
A Shall stay D stay
B Should stay E Stayed
C Stay
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 23 -
2 If I were youI _____ that book
A Would buy
B Will buy
C Buy
D bought
E Will not buy
3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger
A Would die
B died
C Will die
D Will have died
E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet
him
4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him
A If he come today I can meet him
B If he had come today I could have met him
C If he came today I could meet him
D If I met him today I could come
E If I had met him He could have come today
E-9
- SUBJUNCTIVE
- CONCORDANCE
SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan
yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan
datang
Ex
Long live the queen
God bless you
Heaven help you
Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini
(Present)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
+ S + V2
As Though
Example
- He always speaks as thought he were the
superior
- He dresses as if he were an officer
- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang
terjadi saat ini (Present)
Wish
If only + S + V2
Would rather
Example
He is sick so he is not able to come
- He wishes he came
If only he came
She would rather he came
The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance
- The students wish the teacher explained in
detail
If only the teacher explained in detail
The student would rather the teacher explained
in detail
Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past
(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu
(past)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
S + had + V3
As Though
Example
- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost
- He acted as thought he had been an actor
yesterday
- He talks about rome as if he had been there
once
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang
terjadi dahulu ( Past)
Wishedwishes
If only + S + had + V3
Would rather
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 24 -
The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday
- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test
- If only the teacher had given us a test
- We would rather teacher had given us a test
Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it
- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the
game
- If only Budi had taken part at the game
- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game
Tina was absent to the meeting last night
- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to
the meeting last night
- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting
last night
- Tina would rather she had not been absent to
the meeting last night
Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator
(A) Was (D) is
(B) Had been (E) had
(C) were
2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the
homework
(A) did (D) was doing
(B) had done (E) do
(C) have done
3 He acted as if he ______ill
(A) were (D) is
(B) was (E) have
(C) had been
4 Choose the correct ones
(1) I would rather he went to Medan now
(2) If only he had joined the last lecture
(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty
(4) She wishes she picked her mother up
5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately
my watch stops now
(A) told (D) tell
(B) had told (E) telling
(C) have told
bull CONCORDE
PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam
kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung
kepada subyek
Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja
juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek
singular kata kerja harus singular
BENTUK-BENTUK
1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan
ldquodengan
and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(Plural Subjek) ex
- Bob and Badu are here
- He and his friends have arrived
- Fire and water donrsquot agree
Kecuali
a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang
atau benda yang sama
ex
- The orator and stateman is dead
- The captain and adjutant was present
- My friend and benefactor has come
b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini
ex
- Bread and milk is his only food
- Slow and steady wins the race
- The horse and carriage is at the door
c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every
dan each
- Every boy and girl was ready
- Every woman man and child was lost
2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh
a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip
- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek
terakhir
- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch
- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant
masters were present
- Rama or his brother have done this
- Either he boy or parents have arrend
b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip
Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek
pertama
ex
- The chief with all his men was massacred
- John as well as james deserves pralse
- Justiceas well as mercy allows it
3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja
tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu
kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(pural) jika dilihat secara individu
ex
- The council has shosen its presuden
- The military were called out
- The crew was large
- The crew was taken prisoners
- A number of interesting suggestions have
been made
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 25 -
4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti
atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal
ex
- Each of his sisters is clever
- Neither of the men was very tall
- The quality of mangoes was not good
Contoh Soal
1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt
(A) was (D) am
(B) were (E) are
(C) has
2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India
(A) is (D) were
(B) am (E) has
(C) are
3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping
(A) are (D) is
(B) were (E) am
(C) was
4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate
(A) was (D) are
(B) is (E) has
(C) Am
5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry
(A) like (D) are liking
(B) likes (E) was liking
(C) is liking
E-10
REPORTED SPEECH
Pengertian
Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect
speech
DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara
INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung
kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali
Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau
pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan
beberapa perubahan
a Pronoun
Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -
maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-
han kalimat
b Keteranngan waktu
Direct Indirect
now
today
tomorrow
yesterday
tonight
last night
last ago
next
then
that day
the following day
the previous day
the following night
the previous night
the previous
the following
Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu
berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -
oleh Every
c Tenses
Direct Indirect
Present Tense
PresCont
Pres Perfect
Pres Perf Con
Past Tense
Future Tense
Future Cont
Future Perf
Past Tense
Past Cont
Past Perfect
Past Perf Con
Past Perfect
Past Future
Past F Con
PastF Perf
Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction
dalam Past
Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika
introduction dalam present
Present Past
Say
Will say
Have said
Said
Would say
Had said
d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda
kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya
e Keterangan lain
Direct Indirect
this
these
here
that
those
there
Reported Speech terdiri atas
A Statement
B Imperative
C Interrogative
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 26 -
Reported Speech
a Statement
Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect
selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak
digunakan
Contoh
PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT
Jack said My sisters learning to cook now
Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then
PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE
Bob said I come to school by bus every morning
Bob said that he came to school by bus every
morning
PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT
Tini said My uncle has bought a new car
Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car
PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON
Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for
half an hour here
Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for
half an hour there
PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT
Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt
herself
Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot
hurt herself
SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE
Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow
Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old
the following day
FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT
Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with
my friend this time tomorrow
Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis
with his friend this time the following day
Bob said I must go to bed early
Bob said he had to go bed early
Jack said My father can drive a car
Jack said his father could drive a car
Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon
Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon
The teacher told us you have to finish your
exercise at home
The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise
at home
b Imperative
Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan
kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak
tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga
kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive
Contoh
I said to Bob Open the window please
I asked Bob to Open the window
The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us
at once
The angry workmen asked the manager to pay
them at once
Badu said to Budi Please lend me your
dictionary
Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary
The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise
books and put them on my table
The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise
books and put them on his table
Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan
sebelum to
The mother said to her children Donrsquot play
with fire
The mother asked her children not to play with
fire
The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot
get off the bus while it is going
The bus conductor told the passengers not to get
off the bus while it was going
Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night
without your cout
Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night
without her coat
The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a
lot of noise
The teacher told the student not to make a lot of
noise
Statement
Imperative
Interro
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 23 -
2 If I were youI _____ that book
A Would buy
B Will buy
C Buy
D bought
E Will not buy
3 If he had not helped me I ___ of hunger
A Would die
B died
C Will die
D Will have died
E Would doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet
him
4 He doesnrsquot come today so I cannrsquot meet him
A If he come today I can meet him
B If he had come today I could have met him
C If he came today I could meet him
D If I met him today I could come
E If I had met him He could have come today
E-9
- SUBJUNCTIVE
- CONCORDANCE
SUBJUNCTIVE Pembagian A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
A PRESENT SUBJUNCTIVE
Menyatakan keinginan doa atau harapan
yang belum tentu terwujud pada masa yang akan
datang
Ex
Long live the queen
God bless you
Heaven help you
Sering digunakan dalam sastra atau literature
B PAST SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Menggunakan sesuatu yang terjadi saat ini
(Present)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
+ S + V2
As Though
Example
- He always speaks as thought he were the
superior
- He dresses as if he were an officer
- She speaks as thougt she knew it a lot
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesal atas sesuatu yang
terjadi saat ini (Present)
Wish
If only + S + V2
Would rather
Example
He is sick so he is not able to come
- He wishes he came
If only he came
She would rather he came
The teacher always explains the lesson in a glance
- The students wish the teacher explained in
detail
If only the teacher explained in detail
The student would rather the teacher explained
in detail
Was tidak digunakan karena unreal past
(menggambarkan sesuatu yang tidak nyata)
C PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE
1 Mengungkapkan sesuatu yang terjadi dahulu
(past)
- bertentangan dengan fakta
- diragukan kebenarannya
As If
S + had + V3
As Though
Example
- She screamed as if she had seen a ghost
- He acted as thought he had been an actor
yesterday
- He talks about rome as if he had been there
once
2Mengungkapkan rasa kesalaha atas sesuatu yang
terjadi dahulu ( Past)
Wishedwishes
If only + S + had + V3
Would rather
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 24 -
The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday
- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test
- If only the teacher had given us a test
- We would rather teacher had given us a test
Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it
- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the
game
- If only Budi had taken part at the game
- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game
Tina was absent to the meeting last night
- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to
the meeting last night
- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting
last night
- Tina would rather she had not been absent to
the meeting last night
Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator
(A) Was (D) is
(B) Had been (E) had
(C) were
2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the
homework
(A) did (D) was doing
(B) had done (E) do
(C) have done
3 He acted as if he ______ill
(A) were (D) is
(B) was (E) have
(C) had been
4 Choose the correct ones
(1) I would rather he went to Medan now
(2) If only he had joined the last lecture
(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty
(4) She wishes she picked her mother up
5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately
my watch stops now
(A) told (D) tell
(B) had told (E) telling
(C) have told
bull CONCORDE
PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam
kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung
kepada subyek
Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja
juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek
singular kata kerja harus singular
BENTUK-BENTUK
1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan
ldquodengan
and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(Plural Subjek) ex
- Bob and Badu are here
- He and his friends have arrived
- Fire and water donrsquot agree
Kecuali
a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang
atau benda yang sama
ex
- The orator and stateman is dead
- The captain and adjutant was present
- My friend and benefactor has come
b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini
ex
- Bread and milk is his only food
- Slow and steady wins the race
- The horse and carriage is at the door
c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every
dan each
- Every boy and girl was ready
- Every woman man and child was lost
2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh
a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip
- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek
terakhir
- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch
- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant
masters were present
- Rama or his brother have done this
- Either he boy or parents have arrend
b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip
Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek
pertama
ex
- The chief with all his men was massacred
- John as well as james deserves pralse
- Justiceas well as mercy allows it
3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja
tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu
kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(pural) jika dilihat secara individu
ex
- The council has shosen its presuden
- The military were called out
- The crew was large
- The crew was taken prisoners
- A number of interesting suggestions have
been made
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 25 -
4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti
atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal
ex
- Each of his sisters is clever
- Neither of the men was very tall
- The quality of mangoes was not good
Contoh Soal
1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt
(A) was (D) am
(B) were (E) are
(C) has
2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India
(A) is (D) were
(B) am (E) has
(C) are
3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping
(A) are (D) is
(B) were (E) am
(C) was
4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate
(A) was (D) are
(B) is (E) has
(C) Am
5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry
(A) like (D) are liking
(B) likes (E) was liking
(C) is liking
E-10
REPORTED SPEECH
Pengertian
Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect
speech
DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara
INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung
kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali
Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau
pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan
beberapa perubahan
a Pronoun
Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -
maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-
han kalimat
b Keteranngan waktu
Direct Indirect
now
today
tomorrow
yesterday
tonight
last night
last ago
next
then
that day
the following day
the previous day
the following night
the previous night
the previous
the following
Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu
berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -
oleh Every
c Tenses
Direct Indirect
Present Tense
PresCont
Pres Perfect
Pres Perf Con
Past Tense
Future Tense
Future Cont
Future Perf
Past Tense
Past Cont
Past Perfect
Past Perf Con
Past Perfect
Past Future
Past F Con
PastF Perf
Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction
dalam Past
Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika
introduction dalam present
Present Past
Say
Will say
Have said
Said
Would say
Had said
d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda
kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya
e Keterangan lain
Direct Indirect
this
these
here
that
those
there
Reported Speech terdiri atas
A Statement
B Imperative
C Interrogative
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 26 -
Reported Speech
a Statement
Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect
selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak
digunakan
Contoh
PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT
Jack said My sisters learning to cook now
Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then
PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE
Bob said I come to school by bus every morning
Bob said that he came to school by bus every
morning
PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT
Tini said My uncle has bought a new car
Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car
PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON
Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for
half an hour here
Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for
half an hour there
PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT
Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt
herself
Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot
hurt herself
SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE
Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow
Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old
the following day
FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT
Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with
my friend this time tomorrow
Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis
with his friend this time the following day
Bob said I must go to bed early
Bob said he had to go bed early
Jack said My father can drive a car
Jack said his father could drive a car
Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon
Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon
The teacher told us you have to finish your
exercise at home
The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise
at home
b Imperative
Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan
kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak
tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga
kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive
Contoh
I said to Bob Open the window please
I asked Bob to Open the window
The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us
at once
The angry workmen asked the manager to pay
them at once
Badu said to Budi Please lend me your
dictionary
Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary
The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise
books and put them on my table
The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise
books and put them on his table
Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan
sebelum to
The mother said to her children Donrsquot play
with fire
The mother asked her children not to play with
fire
The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot
get off the bus while it is going
The bus conductor told the passengers not to get
off the bus while it was going
Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night
without your cout
Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night
without her coat
The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a
lot of noise
The teacher told the student not to make a lot of
noise
Statement
Imperative
Interro
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 24 -
The teacher didnrsquot give us a test yesterday
- We wishedwish the teacher had given us a test
- If only the teacher had given us a test
- We would rather teacher had given us a test
Budi didnrsquot take part at the game and we lost it
- Budi wishedwishes he had taken part at the
game
- If only Budi had taken part at the game
- I would rather Budi had taken part at the game
Tina was absent to the meeting last night
- Tina wishedwishes he had not been absent to
the meeting last night
- If only Tina had not been absent the meeting
last night
- Tina would rather she had not been absent to
the meeting last night
Contoh Soal 1 He speaks as if he ____ an orator
(A) Was (D) is
(B) Had been (E) had
(C) were
2 The teacher wished all the students _______ the
homework
(A) did (D) was doing
(B) had done (E) do
(C) have done
3 He acted as if he ______ill
(A) were (D) is
(B) was (E) have
(C) had been
4 Choose the correct ones
(1) I would rather he went to Medan now
(2) If only he had joined the last lecture
(3) She wished she had joined medical faculty
(4) She wishes she picked her mother up
5 I wish I ______ you the right time unfortunately
my watch stops now
(A) told (D) tell
(B) had told (E) telling
(C) have told
bull CONCORDE
PENGERTIAN Bentuk kata kerja yang kita gunakan dalam
kalimat apakah singular atau plural tergantung
kepada subyek
Apabila Subyek Plural maka kata kerja
juga plural dan begitu pula sebaliknya jika subyek
singular kata kerja harus singular
BENTUK-BENTUK
1 Dua atau lebih singular subjek digabungkan
ldquodengan
and selalu menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(Plural Subjek) ex
- Bob and Badu are here
- He and his friends have arrived
- Fire and water donrsquot agree
Kecuali
a) Kedua subyek tunggal itu menunjukkan orang
atau benda yang sama
ex
- The orator and stateman is dead
- The captain and adjutant was present
- My friend and benefactor has come
b) Dua subyek menunjukkan satu opini
ex
- Bread and milk is his only food
- Slow and steady wins the race
- The horse and carriage is at the door
c) Dua subyek yang diawali oleh kata every
dan each
- Every boy and girl was ready
- Every woman man and child was lost
2 Dua subject yang dihubungkan oleh
a) - Neither helliphelliphelliphellipnor helliphelliphellip
- Either helliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellipor helliphelliphellip
yang menentukan bentuk kata kerja ialah subyek
terakhir
- Either Abdul or Amir has stolen the watch
- Neither the headmaster nor the assistant
masters were present
- Rama or his brother have done this
- Either he boy or parents have arrend
b) Dua subyek atau lebih yang dihubungkan oleh
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip with helliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip together with hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip in addition to hellip
- helliphelliphelliphelliphellip as well ashelliphelliphellip
Bentuk kata kerja di tentukan oleh subyek
pertama
ex
- The chief with all his men was massacred
- John as well as james deserves pralse
- Justiceas well as mercy allows it
3Collective noun menggunakan kata kerja
tunggal (singular) jika dianggap sebagai suatu
kesatuan dan menggunakan kata kerja jamak
(pural) jika dilihat secara individu
ex
- The council has shosen its presuden
- The military were called out
- The crew was large
- The crew was taken prisoners
- A number of interesting suggestions have
been made
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 25 -
4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti
atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal
ex
- Each of his sisters is clever
- Neither of the men was very tall
- The quality of mangoes was not good
Contoh Soal
1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt
(A) was (D) am
(B) were (E) are
(C) has
2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India
(A) is (D) were
(B) am (E) has
(C) are
3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping
(A) are (D) is
(B) were (E) am
(C) was
4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate
(A) was (D) are
(B) is (E) has
(C) Am
5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry
(A) like (D) are liking
(B) likes (E) was liking
(C) is liking
E-10
REPORTED SPEECH
Pengertian
Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect
speech
DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara
INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung
kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali
Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau
pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan
beberapa perubahan
a Pronoun
Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -
maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-
han kalimat
b Keteranngan waktu
Direct Indirect
now
today
tomorrow
yesterday
tonight
last night
last ago
next
then
that day
the following day
the previous day
the following night
the previous night
the previous
the following
Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu
berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -
oleh Every
c Tenses
Direct Indirect
Present Tense
PresCont
Pres Perfect
Pres Perf Con
Past Tense
Future Tense
Future Cont
Future Perf
Past Tense
Past Cont
Past Perfect
Past Perf Con
Past Perfect
Past Future
Past F Con
PastF Perf
Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction
dalam Past
Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika
introduction dalam present
Present Past
Say
Will say
Have said
Said
Would say
Had said
d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda
kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya
e Keterangan lain
Direct Indirect
this
these
here
that
those
there
Reported Speech terdiri atas
A Statement
B Imperative
C Interrogative
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 26 -
Reported Speech
a Statement
Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect
selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak
digunakan
Contoh
PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT
Jack said My sisters learning to cook now
Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then
PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE
Bob said I come to school by bus every morning
Bob said that he came to school by bus every
morning
PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT
Tini said My uncle has bought a new car
Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car
PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON
Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for
half an hour here
Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for
half an hour there
PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT
Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt
herself
Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot
hurt herself
SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE
Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow
Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old
the following day
FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT
Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with
my friend this time tomorrow
Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis
with his friend this time the following day
Bob said I must go to bed early
Bob said he had to go bed early
Jack said My father can drive a car
Jack said his father could drive a car
Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon
Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon
The teacher told us you have to finish your
exercise at home
The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise
at home
b Imperative
Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan
kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak
tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga
kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive
Contoh
I said to Bob Open the window please
I asked Bob to Open the window
The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us
at once
The angry workmen asked the manager to pay
them at once
Badu said to Budi Please lend me your
dictionary
Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary
The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise
books and put them on my table
The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise
books and put them on his table
Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan
sebelum to
The mother said to her children Donrsquot play
with fire
The mother asked her children not to play with
fire
The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot
get off the bus while it is going
The bus conductor told the passengers not to get
off the bus while it was going
Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night
without your cout
Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night
without her coat
The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a
lot of noise
The teacher told the student not to make a lot of
noise
Statement
Imperative
Interro
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 25 -
4 Kata kerja jamak yang diawali oleh kata ganti
atau benda tungga diikuti oleh subyek tunggal
ex
- Each of his sisters is clever
- Neither of the men was very tall
- The quality of mangoes was not good
Contoh Soal
1 Neither Rama nor his friends ______ hurt
(A) was (D) am
(B) were (E) are
(C) has
2 Each of these subtances _______ found in India
(A) is (D) were
(B) am (E) has
(C) are
3 A number of boys ____ caught peeping
(A) are (D) is
(B) were (E) am
(C) was
4 The horse and the cab _____ in front of the gate
(A) was (D) are
(B) is (E) has
(C) Am
5 Rama as well as Hari and govind ____ hot curry
(A) like (D) are liking
(B) likes (E) was liking
(C) is liking
E-10
REPORTED SPEECH
Pengertian
Reported speech disebut juga direct inderect
speech
DIRECT SPEECH ialah kalimat langsung
kalimat yang diucapkan oleh si pembicara
INDIRECH SPEECH kalimat tak lansung
kalimat langsung yang diceritakankembali
Penceritaan kembalikalimat langsung atau
pembentukan kalimat tak langsung menyebabkan
beberapa perubahan
a Pronoun
Karena kalimatnya diucapkan oleh orang kedua -
maka kata ganti harus disesuaikan dengan kebutu-
han kalimat
b Keteranngan waktu
Direct Indirect
now
today
tomorrow
yesterday
tonight
last night
last ago
next
then
that day
the following day
the previous day
the following night
the previous night
the previous
the following
Namun demikian tidak seluruh keterangan waktu
berubah seperti keterangan waktu yang diawali -
oleh Every
c Tenses
Direct Indirect
Present Tense
PresCont
Pres Perfect
Pres Perf Con
Past Tense
Future Tense
Future Cont
Future Perf
Past Tense
Past Cont
Past Perfect
Past Perf Con
Past Perfect
Past Future
Past F Con
PastF Perf
Perubahan Tense dimungkinkan jika introduction
dalam Past
Sebaliknya tidak ada prubahan dalam tense jika
introduction dalam present
Present Past
Say
Will say
Have said
Said
Would say
Had said
d Penghilangan beberapa tanda baca seperti tanda
kutip koma tanda seru dan tanda tanya
e Keterangan lain
Direct Indirect
this
these
here
that
those
there
Reported Speech terdiri atas
A Statement
B Imperative
C Interrogative
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 26 -
Reported Speech
a Statement
Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect
selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak
digunakan
Contoh
PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT
Jack said My sisters learning to cook now
Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then
PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE
Bob said I come to school by bus every morning
Bob said that he came to school by bus every
morning
PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT
Tini said My uncle has bought a new car
Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car
PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON
Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for
half an hour here
Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for
half an hour there
PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT
Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt
herself
Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot
hurt herself
SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE
Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow
Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old
the following day
FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT
Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with
my friend this time tomorrow
Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis
with his friend this time the following day
Bob said I must go to bed early
Bob said he had to go bed early
Jack said My father can drive a car
Jack said his father could drive a car
Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon
Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon
The teacher told us you have to finish your
exercise at home
The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise
at home
b Imperative
Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan
kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak
tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga
kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive
Contoh
I said to Bob Open the window please
I asked Bob to Open the window
The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us
at once
The angry workmen asked the manager to pay
them at once
Badu said to Budi Please lend me your
dictionary
Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary
The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise
books and put them on my table
The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise
books and put them on his table
Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan
sebelum to
The mother said to her children Donrsquot play
with fire
The mother asked her children not to play with
fire
The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot
get off the bus while it is going
The bus conductor told the passengers not to get
off the bus while it was going
Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night
without your cout
Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night
without her coat
The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a
lot of noise
The teacher told the student not to make a lot of
noise
Statement
Imperative
Interro
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 26 -
Reported Speech
a Statement
Disebut juga kalimat berita Bentuk Indirect
selalu diawali oleh That Tetapi that bisa tidak
digunakan
Contoh
PRESENT CONT ____ PAST CONT
Jack said My sisters learning to cook now
Jack said (that) his sister was learning to cook then
PRESENT TENSE ____ PAST TENSE
Bob said I come to school by bus every morning
Bob said that he came to school by bus every
morning
PRESENT PERFECT____ PAST PERFECT
Tini said My uncle has bought a new car
Tini said (that) her uncle had bought a new car
PRESENT PERFCON____ PAST PERF CON
Siti said to Johny I have been waiting for you for
half an hour here
Siti told Johny that she had been waiting for him for
half an hour there
PAST TENSE ____ PAST PERFECT
Jack said Mary fell down but she didnrsquot hurt
herself
Jack said (that) she had fallen down but she hadnrsquot
hurt herself
SIMPLE FUTURE ___ PAST FUTURE
Ted said I shall be fifteen years old tomorrow
Ted said (that) he wold would be fifteen years old
the following day
FUTURE CONT ____ PAST FUTURE CONT
Rudi said to Johny I will be playing tennis with
my friend this time tomorrow
Rudi told Johny (that) he would be playing tennis
with his friend this time the following day
Bob said I must go to bed early
Bob said he had to go bed early
Jack said My father can drive a car
Jack said his father could drive a car
Tom said My uncle may go to The USA soon
Tom said that his uncle might go toThe USA soon
The teacher told us you have to finish your
exercise at home
The teacher told us we had to finish our exercise
at home
b Imperative
Merupakan istilah lain dari perintah dan
kalimat permintaan Perubahan Tenses tidak
tampak karena adanya penggunaan to sehingga
kata kerja yang mengikutinya ialah to infinitive
Contoh
I said to Bob Open the window please
I asked Bob to Open the window
The angry workmen said to the manager Pay us
at once
The angry workmen asked the manager to pay
them at once
Badu said to Budi Please lend me your
dictionary
Badu asked Budi to lend himhis dictionary
The teacher said to Tom Collect the exercise
books and put them on my table
The teacher asked Tom to collect the exercise
books and put them on his table
Untuk kalimat Negatif not diletakkan
sebelum to
The mother said to her children Donrsquot play
with fire
The mother asked her children not to play with
fire
The bus conductor said to the passengers Donrsquot
get off the bus while it is going
The bus conductor told the passengers not to get
off the bus while it was going
Maryrsquos mother said to her Donrsquot go out at night
without your cout
Maryrsquos mother told her not to go out at night
without her coat
The teacher said to the student Donrsquot make a
lot of noise
The teacher told the student not to make a lot of
noise
Statement
Imperative
Interro
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 27 -
c Interrogative
Interrogative atau kalimat Tanya dibedakan
atas 1 YESNO QUESTION
2INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION WORDS
1 YESNO QUESTION
Kalimat Tanya yang dijawab ya atau tidak
dibentuk ke dalam indirect dengan menggunakan
kata sambung if atau whether
Kalimat tak langsung hanya berbentuk
kalimat beritaOleh karena itu kalimat tanyaditanya
dibentuk menjadi kalimat berita dalam indirect
Contoh
The stranger asked the boy Is it a long way to
get to the post office
The stranger asked the boyif it was a long way to
get to the post office
The teacher asked the student Have I given you
a test
The teacher asked the students if he had given us a
test
The old man asked the boy will you post a letter
for me
The old man asked the boy if he would post a letter
for him
Siti asked her mother Did my friend bob visited
me
Siti asked her mother if her friend bob had visited
her
The policeman asked the driver Do you have you
own license
The police asked the driver if he had his own
license
Kata sambung whether dapat menggantikan if
The police asked the driver whether he had his own
license
2 INTERROGATIVE WITH QUESTION -
WORDS
Question words pada kalimat langsung menjadi
kata sambung pada kalimat tak langsung
The stranger asked me What is your name
The stranger asked me What my name was
The father asked his son why did your teacher pu-
nish you
The father asked his son why his teacher had pu-
nished him
The policeman asked the woman where does the
suspect park his car
The policeman asked the woman when the
suspect parked his car
Mother asked Mary What are you doing now
Mother asked Mary what she was doing then
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
The teacher asked the students when they would -
finish their homework
Tense tidak berubah jika INTRODUCTION dalam present
The teacher always asks his students When do
you get up every morning
The teacher always asks his students when they
get up every morning
Mary tells me I takes a knap at two
Mary tells me that she takes a knap at two
Contoh Soal
1 Bob said Will you borrow the book for me
Bob said __________
(A) you would borrow the book for him
(B) whether you would borrow the book for
him
(C) whether I would borrow the book for him
(D) that I would borrow the book for him
(E) that you would borrow the book for him
2 The teacher asked asked the student
(A) to clean the blackboard
(B) that he cleaned the black board
(C) if he cleaned the black board
(D) whether he cleaned the blackboard
(E) he cleaned the black board
3 The police asked him where is your driving
license
The police asked Jack ______
(A) where his driving license is
(B) where his driving license was
(C) whether was his driving license
(D) where was his driving license
(E) where is his driving license
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 28 -
4 The actor said I didnrsquot want to play that part
The actor said _______
(A) He didnrsquot want to play that part
(B) He hadnrsquot wanted to play that part
(C) He havenrsquot wanted to play that part
(D) I hadnrsquot want to play that part
(E) I didnrsquot want to play that part
5 I donrsquot like to see the film
(A) He told me that he does not like to see the
film
(B) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(C) He told me that he didnrsquot like to see the film
(D) He told me that he didnrsquot like to have seen
the film
(E) He told me whatever he didnrsquot like to see the
film
E-11
- INFINITIVE
- GERUND
INFINITIVE
Fungsi
1 Sebagai pokok kalimat
Contoh
To find fault is easy
To err is human
To reign is worth ambition
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
I do not mean to read
He likes to play cards
3 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Her greatest pleasure is to sing
His custom is to ride daily
4 Objek dari kata depan
He had no choice but to obey
The speaker is about to begin
5 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan
terhadap kata kerja terutama untuk menyatakan
tujuan (puspose)
Contoh
We eat to leave
I come to bury Caesar
6 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kata sifat
Contoh
Meat are good to eat
The medicine is pleasant to cat
The boys are anxious to learn
7 Untuk menerangkan kata benda
Contoh
This is notthe time to play
You will have cause to repent
8 Untuk memberikan keterangan tambahan ter-
hadap kalimat
Contoh
To tell the truth I quite forgot my promise
To sering digunakan pada infinitive tetapi
bukan merupakan bagian yang utama
To tidak digunakan jika
1 Setelah Modals
Contoh
I will play
He may go
2 Setelah kata-kata kerja tertentu
Bid
Let
S + make + O + infinitive
See
Hear
Contoh
Let him sit
Make him stand
I saw him do it
I heard him cry
I bid him go
Contoh Soal
1 I am sorry ___ this
A Hear
B To hear
C Hearing
D Heard
E Hears
2 I have come ___ you
A To see
B Seeing
C See
D Saw
E Seen
3 Let us ___
A Pray D prays
B Prayed E praying
C To pray
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 29 -
4 The order ____ was given
A To advance
B Advanced
C Advancing
D Advance
E Advances
5 I sawher _____ there
A stand
B stands
C stood
D stood
E to stand
GERUND
Pengertian Kata kerja yang mengalami penambahan
ing yang berfungsi sebagai kata benda
V + ing
Fungsi
1 Sebagai Subyek
Contoh
Seeing is believing
Hunting tigers is a favourite sport in this country
2 Sebagai objek
Contoh
Stop playing
Children love making mud castles
3 Object of preposition
Contoh
I am tired of waiting
He is fond of swimming
4 Sebagai Complement
Contoh
Seeing believing
What I most detest is smoking
Gerund sebagaimana infinitive dapat mengikuti
kata-kata kerja tertentu yakni
mind enjoy
consider excuse
S + finish suggest + V ing
prevent keep (on)
avoid miss
risk resist
postphone
Would you mind helping me
I consider buying another house
She finished doing her homework
You prevented seeing me bad film
Gerund juga dapat digunakan sesudah rangkaian
kata-kata berikut yakni
Canrsquot stand
Canrsquot help
Itrsquos no good + V ing
Itrsquos no use
To be worth
Contoh It was no good speaking that way
It was no use telling him soon
The best was really worth seeing
I canrsquot help falling in love with you
He couldnrsquot stand laughing at you
Contoh Soal 1 We canrsquot excuse ___ in this room
A Smoke D to smoke
B smokes E smoked
C smoking
2 I couldnrsquot help ___
A laugh D laughed
B to laugh E laughed
C laughing
3 I must avoid ______ him money
A giving D given
B to given E give
C gave
E-12
- PARTICIPLE
- CAUSATIVE
PARTICIPLE
Terdiri atas - PRESENT PARTICIPLE
- PAST PARTICIPLE
Bentuk
Verb + ing
Fungsi
1 Digunakan dalam Continuous Tense
tidak dibahas lebih lanjut
2 Digunakan sebagai adjective
Untuk fungsi yang kedua ia disebut sebagai
Participle Adjective Berfungsi memberikan
keterangan tambahan terhadap kata benda
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 30 -
Contoh The rolling stone gathers no moss
The lying witness ought to be punished
The smilling general gave the flowers to the little
girl
Rolling lying smilling berasal dariVerb 1 roll lie
dan smile + ing Ketiga bentuk Present Participle
tersebut menerangkan kata benda stone (batu)
witness (saksi) dan genaral (jendral) kerenanya ia
berfungsi sebagai kata sifat
3 Digunakan sesudah kata-kata kerja tertentu
feel
find
hear
imagine
keep
leave
S + listen to + O + V + ing
look at
notice
observe
perceive
see
smell
watch
Contoh
They saw the thief running away
They left me waiting outside
We mustnrsquot keep them wating
3Menggabungkan kalimat
Kalmat-kalimat yang bias digabungkan dengan
Present Participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat = Su
byek kedua
- Salah satu kalimat continuous
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- to be atau kata bantu kalimat yang contino
us dihilangkan
Contoh
Some students were playing football
They won the game
Some students palying football won the game
- Jika kalimat continous di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat 1
Contoh
Some boys were punished
They were chesting during the examinations
Some boys cheating during the examinations were
punished
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan
oleh kalimat II
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya di -
jadikan Present Participle
Contoh
He opened the drawer
He took out a revolver
Opening the drawer he took out a revolver
He seized his stick
He rushed out of the room
Seizing his stick he rushed out of the room
c - Subyek kalimat 1 = Subyek kalimat ke dua
- Salah satu kalimat Past Perfect Tense
S + had + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknya
dan had dibentuk kedalam keadaan Present Parti
ciple
Had______ having
Contoh
I had seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
Having seen the photos of the place I didnrsquot have
any desire to go there
4 Meringkas Kalimat
Kalimat-kalimat yang diawali oleh
AS
Since + S + V
Because
Bisa diringkaskan dengan
a menghapus since As Because dan
Subjeknya
b Kemudian kata kerja (verb) dibentuk ke
dalam Present Participle
Contoh
Because He thought that he couldnrsquot buy anything
on his journey he brought anything with him
Thinking that he couldnrsquot buy anything on his
jouney he brought anything with him
bull PAST PARTICIPLE
V3
Disebut juga kata kerja bentuk ketiga
Fungsinya
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 31 -
1 Sebagai kata sifat
ex
a lost change never returns
The boiled watered has been poured into a
glass
2 Menggabungkan kalimat Kalimat yang dapat digabung dengan Past
participle
a - Subyek atau obyek salah satu kalimat
sama dengan Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kaliamt pasip
Penggabungan
- Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus
- Tobekata bantu kalimat yang passive hilang
Contoh
The students were punished by the teacher
They are lazy
The students punished by teacher are lazy
- Jika bentuk passive di kalimat kedua maka ia
diletakkan setelah subyek atau obyek kalimat I
Contoh
The old man was sad
He was mocked by the bad boys helliphellip
Penggabungan
The old man mocked by the bad boys was sad
b - Subyek kalimat pertama = Subyek kalimat
kedua
- Kejadian pada kalimat I dilanjutkan oleh
kalimat II
- kaliamt I mengandung V3
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat I dihapus amp kata kerjanya dijadikan
Past Participle
Contoh
The ship was scattered by the storm
The storm
The ship drowned
Scattered by the storm the ship drowned
c - Subyek kaliamt I = Subyek kalimat kedua
- Salah satu kalimat Past perfect Tense
S + had + been + V3
Penggabungan
Kalimat yang Past Perfect dihapus Subyeknnya dan
had dibentuk ke dalam Present Participle
He had been praised by all his friends
He was very happy
Having been praised by all his friend he was very
happy
Contoh Soal
1 _____ a sharp axe he cut down a big tree
(A) Use
(B) Used
(C) Have used
(D) Using
(E) Uses
2 The techer caught the students _____
(A) Peep
(B) Peeping
(C) To peep3 The painter
(D) Peeped
(E) Peeps
3 The painter _____ with his fans exhibited
his paints last month
(A) Talk
(B) To talk
(C) Talking
(D) Talks
(E) Talked
4 _____ in the first exam he didnrsquot want to have
another try
(A) Having failed
(B) failed
(C) fails
(D) fail
(E) To fail
5 We can drink____ water
(A) Boil
(B) Boils
(C) To boil
(D) Boiled
(E) Boiling
CAUSATIVE CASE Pengertian
Mengakibatkan dilaksanakan atau tidak
dilaksanakannya sesuatu
Formula
Aktiv
Get + O pelaku + To infinitive
Have + O pelaku + infinitive
Contoh The manager had his secretary type the letter
The manager got his secretary type the letter
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 32 -
The teacher always has his students finish the
homeworks
The teacher always gets his students finish the
homeworks
We have the servant do the house work
We get the servant to do the house work
I will have my brother fix the bicycle
I will get my brother to fix the bicycle
Passiv
Have
+ O Penderita + V3
Get
Contoh
The manager had the letter type
got
The teacher has the homeworks finished
gets
We have the house work done
get
I will have the bicycle fixed
get
Contoh Soal
1 Asthe trunks were heavy my mother my mother
got someone ____ them
(A) To move
(B) move
(C) moving
(D) moves
(E) moved
2 As He was illhe wanted to have his meal ___
(A) Serve
(B) serves
(C) to serve
(D) served
(E) serving
3 I go to the barber to have him____ my hair
(1) Cuts
(2) Cutting
(3) To cut
(4) Cut
(5)
4 The guest had the porter carry his bag
(1) The guest himself carried the luggage
(2) The guest asked someone to carry luggage
(3) The porter got the trunk carried
(4) The guest got the trunk carried
5 We have the shop ____ the magazine
(A) to deliver
(B) delivered
(C) delivers
(D) delivering
(E) deliver
E- 13
CLAUSES
CLAUSE terbagi atas dua yaitu
1 Main Clause
2 Subordinate Clause
CLAUSES
MAIN CLAUSE
1 SUBORDINATE CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki
subyek dan predikat tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan
kalimat karena pengertiannya tak lengkapIa
disebut juga anak kalimat
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE diawali oleh
kata sambung yangdisebut SUBORDINATING
CONJUNCTION
What how however
Who which whatever
When whom whenever
Where whose wherever
Who that why etc
Subordinate Conjunction + S + V
Contoh
Where I lived
When he will come back
How we got in touch with them
SUBORDINATE
CLAUSES
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 33 -
Rangkaian kata-kata tsbbukan kalimat
karena tidak memberikan pengertian yang lengkap
Agar ia dapat memberikan makna yang
lengkap dibutuhkan kalimat lain yang disebut
dengan MAIN CLAUSE
2 MAIN CLAUSE
Disebut juga induk kalimat Induk kalimat identik
dengan kalimat Dia dikatakan induk kalimat jika
ada anak kalimat
Contoh
He asked me
He let us now
The police had arranged
SUBORDINATE CLAUSE dapat menjadi sebuah
kalimat dengan adanya MAIN CLAUSE
Contoh
He asked me where I lived
He let us now When he will come back
The police had arranged How we got in touch with
them
Berdasarkan jabatan kalimat CLAUSE terbagi atas
1 NOUN CLAUSE
2 ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
3 ADVERB CLAUSE
1 NOUN CLAUSE
Rangkaian kata-kata yang memiliki subyek
dan objek tetapi tidak dapat dikatakan sebagai
kalimat atau berfungsi sebagai kata benda (noun) FUNGSI KATA BENDA DALAM KALIMAT
1 SUBYEK (POKOK KALIMAT) Contoh
When his father will return is uncertain
Why he left is a mistery
Whether we can start tomorrow seems
uncertain
What is done canrsquot be undone
2 OBJEK KATA KERJA TRANSITIF
He says that he wonrsquot go
I donrsquot know when Irsquoll return
Tell me why you did this
3 OBJEK KATA DEPAN
Pay careful attention to what I am going to say
Therersquos no meaning in what you say
Idonrsquot believe in what he tell in his story
4 COMPLEMENT OF A VERB
My belief is that he will not come
His great fear isthat he may fail
Life is what we make it
5 MENERANGKAN KATA BENDA ATAU
KATA GANTI
You must never forget this that honesty is the
best policy
It is feared that he will no come
Contoh Soal 1 Tell me _____
(A) How you found it out
(B) How did you find it out
(C) How it you found
(D) How it did find you
(E) How did it find you
2 _____ is doubtful
(A) How long shall I stay
(B) How long I shall stay
(C) How shall I stay long
(D) How shall I stay long
(E) How long I stay shall
3 Will you explained ______
(A) Why did you behave so
(B) Why so you behave
(C) So Why you behave
(D) Why you behaved so
(E) You behaved so why
4 Do _______
(A) Whatever you think right
(B) Whatever right you think
(C) Whatever do you think right
(D) Whatever right do you think
(E) Whatever right think you
5 It is not clear _____
(A) Who done this
(B) Who this done
(C) Who did do this
(D) This Who done
(E) Who this done
ADJECTIVE CLAUSE
Relative Pronoun
Relative Pronoun adalah subordinating
conjuction yang mengawali suatu Adjective
Clause (whowhom whose which that) Clause
yang diawali oleh Relative Pronoun disebut
Relative Clause
Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
Possess
who that
whom that
whose
Non Manusia Relative Pronoun
Subyek
Objek
which that
which that
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 34 -
Penggunaan
Who digunakan jika penggabungan mengakibatkan
hilangnya salah satu subyek
Menggabungkan dua kalimat yang subyeknnya
sama
Contoh
The students was my classmate
He passed the examination with flying colours
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihapus dndigantikan oleh
who dan ditempatkan sesudah subyek yang
pertama
The students who passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
The dapat menggantikan who
The students that passed the exam with flying
colours was my classmates
Objek kalimat pertama sama dengan subyek kalimat
kedua
The teacher called the girl
The girl wears glasses
Penggabungan
Subyek kalimat kedua dihilangkan dan digantikan
dengan whothat kemudian ditempatkan sesudah
objek
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
Whom
Penggabungan menyebabkan salah stuobjek hilang
Dua kalimat mempunyai objek yang sama
That is the English teacher
MrAli is speaking to her
Penggabungan
Kalimat kedua diawali oleh whothat dan objeknya
dihilangkan lalu ditempatkan sesudah objek kalimat
pertama
That is the English teacher whothat MrAli is
speaking to
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapt kata depan preposition
seperti pada kalimat diatas with kata depan tersebut
dapat diletakkan sebelum whom Whom yang
berada sesudah kata depan tidak bias digantikanoleh
that
That is the English teacherto whom MrAli is
speaking
Whose
Penggabungan yang disebabkan karena hubungan
kepunyaan(possessive )
Subyek kalimat kedua mempunyai hubungan
kepunyaan subyek atau objek kalimat pertama
I saw the boy
the boyrsquos father had an accident yesterday
Penggabungan
Bentuk kepunyaan (the boyrsquos) digantikan oleh
whose
I saw the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
Which
Jika subyek atau obyek kalimat pertama sama
dengan subyek atau obyek kalimat kedua
The book is on the table
It was written by him
The book whichthat was written by him is on the
table
That is the house
We live in it
That is the house whichthat we live in
Jika diakhir kalimat terdapat kata depan ia bisa
dipindahkan ke depan which Which yang berada
setelah kata depan tidak bisa digantikan oleh that
That is the house in which we live
Dikatakan Defining Relative Clause jika ia
mengidentifikasikan kata benda (noun) ynag
diterangkannya
That is the house whichthat we live in
That is the boy whose father had an accident
yesterday
The teacher called the girl whothat wears glasses
That is the English teacher whomthat MrAli
speaking to
Contoh Soal
1The man ___ wrote this article is a famous
writer
(A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Which
(D) Whose
(E) What
2My grand father ____ you just helped was
born ninety years ago
(A) Which
(B) Whose
(C) Whom
(D) What
(E) where
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 35 -
3 The helmet ___ you put on the shelf is my
brotherrsquos (A) Who
(B) Whom
(C) Whose
(D) Which
(E) What
4 The woman ___ daughter wrote this poem is the
professor of French
(A) who
(B) whose
(C) who
(D) which
(E) that
DAFTAR KATA-KATA KERJA TAK
BERATURAN (LIST OF IRREGULAR VERBS)
No Stem
Verb1
Past Tense
Verb II
Past
Participle
Verb III
Meaning
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
arise
awake
be
bear
become
begin
bid
bid
bite
blow
break
bring
build
burn
buy
can
catch
choose
come
creep
cut
dig
do
draw
drink
drive
eat
fail
feed
feel
fight
flee
fly
forbid
forget
forgive
freeze
get
go
give
grow
hang
arose
awoke
was were
bore
became
began
bade
bid
bit
blew
broke
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chose
came
crept
cut
dug
did
drew
drank
drove
ete
feel
fed
felt
fought
filed
flew
forbade
forgot
forgave
froze
got
went
gave
grew
hung
arisen
awoken
been
born
become
begun
bidden
bid
bitten
blown
broken
brought
built
burnt
bought
could
caught
chosen
come
crept
cut
dug
done
drawn
drunk
driven
eaten
falden
fed
felt
fought
fled
flown
forbidden
forgotten
forgiven
frozen
got
gone
given
grown
hung
terbit
membangunkan
adalahberada
melahirkan
menjadi
memulai
meminta
menawar
menggigit
bertiup
mematahkan
membawa
membangun
membakar
membeli
dapat
menangkap
memilih
dating
merangkak
memotong
menggali
melakukan
menggambar
meminum
menyetir
makan
jatuh
memberi makanan
merasakan
berkelahi
melarikan diri
terbang
melarang
lupa
memaafkan
membeku
memperoleh
pergi
memberi
tumbuh
menggantung
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
have
hear
hide
hit
hold
hurt
kneel
know
lay
lead
leave
lend
let
lie
loose
make
may
mean
meet
ought to
overcome
partake
pay
put
read
rend
ride
ring
rise
run
say
see
seek
sell
send
shake
shall
shine
shoot
show
shut
sing
sink
sit
sleep
slide
smell
speak
spell
spend
spin
apread
stand
steal
stick
sting
strike
swear
sweep
swim
swing
take
toach
tear
tell
think
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
knew
laid
led
left
lent
let
lay
lost
made
might
meant
met
ought to
overcame
partook
paid
put
rent
rend
rode
rang
rose
run
said
saw
sought
sold
sent
shook
should
shone
shot
showed
shut
sang
sank
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoke
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stole
stuck
stung
struck
swore
swept
swam
swung
took
taught
tore
told
thought
had
heard
hid
hit
held
hurt
knelt
known
laid
led
left
lent
let
lain
lost
made
-
meant
met
-
overcome
partaken
paid
put
rent
rend
ridden
rung
risen
run
said
seen
sought
sold
sent
shaken
-
shone
shot
shown
shut
sung
sunk
sat
slept
slid
smelt
spoken
spelt
spent
spun
apread
stood
stolen
stuck
stung
struck
sworn
swept
swum
swung
taken
taught
torn
told
thought
Memiliki
Mendengar
Bersembunyi
Memukul
Memegang
Melukai
Berlututu
Mengetahui
Menaruh
Memimpin
Meniggalkan
Meminjamkan
membiarkan
Berbaring
Hilang
Membuat
Mungkin
Bermaksud
Bertemu
Seharusnya
Menyelesaikan
Partisipasi
Membayar
meletakkan
Membaca
Menyewakan
Menunggang
membunyikan
Terbit
Berlari
Berkata
Melihat
Mencari
Menjual
Mengirim
Menguncang
Akan
Bersinar
Menembak
Menunjukkan
Menutup
Bernyanyi
Tenggelam
Duduk
Tidur
Tergelincir
Mencium bau
Berbicara
Mengeja
Menghabiskan
Memiintai
Menyebarkan
Berdiri
Mencuri
Melekt
Menyengat
Memukul
Bersumpah
Menyapu
berenanng
berayun membawa
mengajar
mengoyak
memberitahu
berfikir
smart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning center
- 36 -
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
Throw
Understand
Wake
Wear
Weep
Will
Win
Wind
Withdraw
write
Threw
Understood
Woke
Wore
Wept
Would
Won
Wound
Withdrew
wrote
Thrown
Understood
Woken
Woken
Wept
-
Won
Wound
Withdrawn
written
Melempar
Mengerti
Bangun
Mengenakan
Meratap
Akan
Menang
Mengunci
Menarik
menulis
smart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center
smart learning centersmart learning centersmart learning center